TW417136B

TW417136B - High frequency inductive lamp and power oscillator

Info

Publication number: TW417136B
Application number: TW88100207A
Authority: TW
Inventors: Gary K Bass; James T Dolan; Aleksandr Gitsevich; Kent Kipling; Douglas A Kirkpatrick
Original assignee: Fusion Lighting Inc
Priority date: 1998-01-13
Filing date: 1999-01-07
Publication date: 2001-01-01

Abstract

A high frequency inductively coupled electrodeless lamp includes an excitation coil with an effective electrical length which is less than one half wavelength of a driving frequency applied thereto, preferably much less. The driving frequency may be greater than 100 MHz and is preferably as high as 915 MHz. Preferably, the excitation coil is configured as a non-helical, semi-cylindrical conductive surface having less than one turn, in the general shape of a wedding ring. At high frequencies, the current in the coil forms two loops which are spaced apart and parallel to each other. Configured appropriately, the coil approximates a Helmholtz configuration. The lamp preferably utilizes an bulb encased in a reflective ceramic cup with a pre-formed aperture defined therethrough. The ceramic cup may includes structural features to aid in alignment and/or a flanged face to aid in thermal management. The lamp head is preferably an integrated lamp head comprising a metal matrix composite surrounding an insulating ceramic with the excitation integrally formed on the ceramic. A novel solid-state oscillator preferably provides RF power to the lamp. The oscillator is a single active element device capable of providing over 70 watts of power at over 70% efficiency. Various control circuits may be employed to match the driving frequency of the oscillator to a plurality of tuning states of the lamp.

Description

經濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印笨 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明ί ) 1 .發明背景 2 ·發明領域本發明大致有關放電燈，尤係有關電感耦合無電極燈。本發明亦有關新穎電結構，耦合電路、燈泡、開口構造、啓動器，及激發線圈，用於電感耦合無電極燈。本發明亦有關無電極開口燈，及製造無電極開口燈之方法。本發明亦有關新穎高功率、高頻固態振盪器。相關技術本發明屬於美國專利5，404 * 076號及美國專利申請案08/865，516號（PCT公告號97/ 4 5 8 5 8 )所揭示燈類。無電極燈爲習知技術，此類燈以其產生之1電之方式爲特徵°無電極放電可分爲Ε放電，微波放電，旅波放電 *或Η放電。本發明有關Η放AJSj!。圖1爲產生E放電之習知無電極燈圖。電源1供電至電容器2。塡氣容器3置於電容器2之扳之間。無電極燈中E放電類似電極燈之電弧放電，但電流遠小於E放電。一旦氣體崩潰爲離子或電擊狀態，電流經過電容器2板間容器壁r電容’乃產生放電電流於電漿中。圖2爲習知無電極燈，產生微波放電•微波能源1 1 提供微波沿導波管1 2至裝有充氣燈泡1 3之微波1控。微波能量激發燈泡1 3中塡充物，並產生電漿放..璽_避.，磁場波長相當於激發結構之尺寸，並以磁場E及Η分量共同激 I----------衣------，玎 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用t國國家摞準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐） -4- ί 417136 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局工消资合作社印製五、發明説明& ) 發放電。圖3爲產生旅波放電之習知無電極燈。能源2 1提供能量至一發射器2 2。一充氣容器2 3置於發射器2 2中。發射器2 2電極間隙提供E場，發射平面波放電。容嚴中電锻爲波順著傳遞之結構。圖4爲產生Η放電之習知無電極燈。此類亦稱爲電感耦合燈，已於一百年前首先提及。J.】. Thomson之實驗說明於倫敦，愛丁堡及都柏林Philosophical雜誌及科學期刊》 Vo 1 . 32，197號，第五輯，1891年1〇月印行之文章w有關經由排氣管無電極放電〃。近來，D. 0. W h a i_ m b y博士評估無電極燈技術發展，見載於I E E E會刊140卷6號，1993年1 1月，465至473頁之文章照明ffl無電極燈〃。 . 一些電感耦合燈之操作特性已經了解，並經分析特徵，如見於 R. B· Piejack，V. A_ Godyak 及 B. M. Aexandrovich 所著a電感R F放電之簡單分析〃，電漿源科學技術， 1992年第179 — 186頁及ARF電感螢光燈之電光特性〃，照明工程學會期刊，1 9 9 4年冬季，4 0 — 4 4頁。具各式燈泡及線圈構形之電感鍋合燈見於美國專:手|j 8 4 3 ，5 3 4號，名稱爲w產生電光之方法〃近來，具新穎激發燈絲之電感耦合燈見於美國專利 4，812，702 號、4894，591 號及 5，0 3 9 ，9 0 3號（之後稱一 9 0 3專利）。本紙法尺度逋用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4规格（210X297公釐） I II · -1— I- n - -I 1 n - - i 11 - u T 0¾ 、-'e (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -5- Λ Α7 Β7 五、發明説明ί 如電至捲電引起電漿可 Η放電已章提出，在燈本左右以 13. 爲1至已知電圖4，習知電感耦合燈一例包含繞充氣容器3 3之線變化磁場，引發驅分析爲次特徵在於有其他電 (a )至泡之內（文所指a 下之頻率 5 6 Μ Η 3 Ο Μ Η 感耦合燈於線圈3 2 封閉電場，感耦合燈幾 (e )四例或選擇在外低頻"係針。習知電感 z 。例j如， z ，所例示操作於低頻圈3 2。線圈動電漿電流之之單圈。見上常形成可見甜何形態。例如，包含高電感 )，見 4 7 1 對電感耦合燈耦_合燈之典型一 9 0 3專利爲 1 3 . 5 6 (即 1 Ο Ο Μ 低頻電源3 1供 3 2周圍之交流電場。應用上，述Piejack專利。圈形電漿放電。圖 1 Wharmby 文燈絲捲繞鐵素環頁。爲 1 Ο Q Μ Η z 操作頻率爲討論之操作頻率 Μ Η ζ。大部分 Η ζ左右以下） —^1- ^^1---^^1 * - I Β^ϋ I - - I ^^1 n U3. 1T (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製Yin Ben, the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ί) 1. Background of the invention 2 · Field of the invention The present invention relates generally to discharge lamps, and more particularly to inductively coupled electrodeless lamps. The invention also relates to novel electrical structures, coupling circuits, light bulbs, opening structures, starters, and excitation coils for inductively coupled electrodeless lamps. The invention also relates to an electrodeless opening lamp, and a method for manufacturing an electrodeless opening lamp. The invention also relates to novel high power, high frequency solid state oscillators. Related Technology The present invention belongs to the lamps disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,404 * 076 and U.S. Patent Application No. 08 / 865,516 (PCT Publication No. 97/4 5 8 5 8). Electrodeless lamps are a conventional technology. These lamps are characterized by the way they produce electricity. Electrodeless discharge can be divided into E discharge, microwave discharge, travel wave discharge *, or tritium discharge. The present invention relates to amplifying AJSj !. FIG. 1 is a diagram of a conventional electrodeless lamp generating E discharge. Power supply 1 supplies power to capacitor 2. The radon container 3 is placed between the capacitors 2. In the electrodeless lamp, the E discharge is similar to the arc discharge of the electrode lamp, but the current is much smaller than the E discharge. Once the gas collapses into an ion or electric shock state, the current passes through the capacitor wall between the capacitor 2 and the capacitor r of the container wall to generate a discharge current in the plasma. Figure 2 shows a conventional electrodeless lamp that generates microwave discharge. Microwave energy source 1 1 provides microwaves along a waveguide 12 to a microwave 1 control equipped with an inflatable bulb 13. The microwave energy excites the tritium charge in the bulb 13 and generates plasma discharge .. Xixi avoid. The magnetic field wavelength is equivalent to the size of the excitation structure, and the magnetic field E and the chirp component jointly excite I -------- -衣 ------, 玎 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} This paper size is applicable to the National Standard of China (CNS) A4 (2I0X297 mm) -4- 417136 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Industrial Standards and Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Invention & Figure 3 shows a conventional electrodeless lamp that generates a traveling wave discharge. The energy source 2 1 supplies energy to a transmitter 2 2. An inflatable container 23 is placed in the launcher 22. The gap between the electrodes of the transmitter 2 provides an E field, which emits a plane wave discharge. Yung Yan Forging is a structure where waves pass along. FIG. 4 shows a conventional electrodeless lamp that generates a thorium discharge. This type, also known as inductively coupled lamps, was first mentioned a hundred years ago. J.]. Thomson's experimental description was published in London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Scientific Journal Vo 1.32,197, Vol. 5, October 1891, w Discharge without electrodes through exhaust pipes. . Recently, Dr. D. W h a _ m b y evaluated the development of electrodeless lamp technology, see the article Illuminated ffl electrodeless lamp 载, which is published in I E E E Proceedings 140 Vol. 6, January 1993, pages 465-473. The operating characteristics of some inductively coupled lamps have been understood and analyzed characteristics, such as seen in R. B. Piejack, V. A. Godyak and BM Aexandrovich, a simple analysis of inductive RF discharge, Plasma Source Science and Technology, 1992 Pages 179 — 186 and Electro-optical Characteristics of ARF Inductive Fluorescent Lamps, Journal of the Illumination Engineering Society, Winter 1984, pp. 40-44. Inductive pot combination lights with various bulbs and coil configurations are found in the United States: hand | j 8 4 3, 5 3 4, the method named w to generate electro-optic light. Recently, inductively coupled lamps with novel exciting filaments have been seen in US patents. Nos. 4,812,702, 4,894,591, and 5,03,903 (hereinafter referred to as a 903 patent). The size of the paper method adopts the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) I II · -1— I- n--I 1 n--i 11-u T 0¾, -'e (Please read the back Please note this page, please fill in this page) -5- Λ Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention ί If the plasma can be discharged due to the electricity, it has been proposed in the chapter. An example of an inductively coupled lamp includes a magnetic field that changes around the line of the inflatable container 3 3. The induced flood analysis is secondary and is characterized by the presence of other electricity (a) within the bubble (frequency referred to a in the text 5 6 Μ Η 3 Ο Μ Η) The coupling lamp is closed to the electric field in the coil 3 2, and the inductive coupling lamp (e) is four cases or the external low-frequency " tie pin is used. The inductance z is known. For example, j, such as z, the operation is illustrated in the low-frequency coil 3 2. The single loop of the plasma current. See the above-mentioned forms of visible sweetness. For example, including high inductance), see 4 7 1 A typical pair of inductively coupled lamps_combined lamps-903 patents are 1 3. 5 6 (ie 1 Ο Ο Μ low-frequency power supply 3 1 for the AC electric field around 3 2. In application, the Piejack patent is described. Circular plasma discharge. Figure 1 Wharmby filament winding ferrite ring. It is 1 〇 Q Μ Η z The operating frequency is the operating frequency of discussion Η ζ. Most of Η 左右 are below about ζ) — ^ 1- ^^ 1 --- ^^ 1 * -I Β ^ ϋ I--I ^^ 1 n U3. 1T (谙 Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

參考耦合燈啓動時，Ε場_ Ρ化充氣容器 3 3中塡物，起初爲Ε _放蓋。一^發._生.崩潰時，突然.看見轉變成Η放電。電感耦合燈操作時，均出現Ε及Η放電分量，但所加Η放電分量較所加Ε放電分量對電漿提供更大能量。一· 本文有關無電極燈之"高頻〃，係指頻率大於1 0 0 Μ Η ζ。習知技術揭示高頻無電極燈，包含具燈絲構造之燈。但事實上並率無電電感耦合燈At the start of the reference coupling lamp, the E field_P inflated container 3 3 was initially covered by E_. A ^ hair._ Health. When it collapses, suddenly. Seeing turned into a thunder discharge. When the inductively coupled lamp is in operation, both E and Η discharge components appear, but the added Η discharge component provides greater energy to the plasma than the added 放电 discharge component. I. The "high frequency chirp" of electrodeless lamps in this article refers to frequencies greater than 100 Μ Η ζ. Conventional technology discloses high-frequency electrodeless lamps, including lamps with a filament structure. But in fact there is no electric inductive coupling lamp

W 例如，美國專利4，2 0 6，3 8 7號揭示二種終端本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格{ 210X297公釐） -6 - A7 丨 417136 B7 五、發明説明4 ) - - - - - "Hi/. n^i 1^1 I In (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 固定式無電極燈，其包含一螺旋線圈繞於燈泡’所述終端固定式燈操作於100!^1^12至300〇^12，宜9 15 Μ Η z。如Wharmby註明，終端固定式燈之大小一波長關係中，可產生微波放電，非電感耦合放電。美國專利4，908 ，492號（之後稱>492專利）說明一微波電漿產生裝置’其包含一螺旋燈絲元件1 操作於1 G Η z以上，宜2 . 4 5 G Η z。但線圈不須終端，較佳爲大直徑多圈線圈，以產生大直徑電漿。其中’ 激發結構尺寸相當於微波頻率電力之波長，放電爲旅波放電，微波放電，或其組合。但所得結構不以電感耦合運作〇美國專利5 ，0 7 0，2 7 7號說明具螺旋耦合器之無電極燈，操作於1 0 Μ Η ζ至3 0 0 G Η ζ，宜爲 9 1 5 Μ Η ζ。螺旋耦合器傳送能量經由漸消失波產生電弧放電於燈中。電弧放電相較無電極熱燈絲，極直而窄。故此燈明顯非電感耦合操作。經濟部中央橾準局負工消費合作社印製美國專利5 1 072，1 57號說明之無電極燈包含一螺旋線圈順著一電管延仲，操作範圍爲1 Μ Η ζ至1 G Η ζ。燈所生放電爲旅波放電。螺旋線圈功能可強化光輸出，並提供一些R F過濾》曰本公告8 — 1 4 8 1 2 7號說明一微波放電光源，包含一共振器於微波腔内，微波腔形狀爲具間隙之圓柱環。共振器爲一啓動器及微波場集中器》許多參數爲光源有效之特徵，包含頻譜、效率、亮度 +紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐） 4 * 〇 A7 B7 五、發明説明、經濟、耐用（工作壽命）及其他。例如，極佳操作特性之~鉬^合爲尚效率、低瓦數、壽命長 '高亮^^無電極燈潛力較有電極燈具更長壽命’但低瓦數無雷撷(储現祕，-一W For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,206,3 8 7 discloses two paper sizes of the terminal paper, using Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications {210X297 mm) -6-A7 丨 417136 B7 V. Description of Invention 4) -----" Hi /. n ^ i 1 ^ 1 I In (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Fixed electrodeless lamp, which includes a spiral coil around the bulb 'terminal Stationary lamps operate from 100! ^ 1 ^ 12 to 300〇 ^ 12, preferably 9 15 Μ Η z. As noted by Wharmby, in the size-wavelength relationship of the terminal fixed lamp, microwave discharge can occur, and non-inductive coupling discharge. U.S. Patent No. 4,908,492 (hereinafter referred to as > 492 patent) describes a microwave plasma generating device 'which includes a spiral filament element 1 operating above 1 G Η z, preferably 2. 4 5 G Η z. However, the coil does not need a terminal, and a large-diameter multi-turn coil is preferred to generate a large-diameter plasma. Among them, the size of the excitation structure is equivalent to the wavelength of microwave frequency power, and the discharge is travelling wave discharge, microwave discharge, or a combination thereof. However, the obtained structure does not operate by inductive coupling. US Patent No. 5,007,27,7 describes an electrodeless lamp with a helical coupler, which operates at 10 Μ Η ζ to 3 0 0 G Η ζ, preferably 9 1 5 Μ Η ζ. The spiral coupler transmits energy via an evanescent wave to generate an arc discharge in the lamp. Compared with the electrodeless hot filament, the arc discharge is extremely straight and narrow. Therefore the lamp is clearly non-inductively coupled. The electrodeless lamp described in US Patent No. 5 1 072, 1 57 printed by the Central Laboratories and Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs includes a spiral coil running along an electric tube, and the operating range is 1 Μ ζ ζ to 1 G Η ζ . The discharge produced by the lamp is a traveling wave discharge. The spiral coil function can enhance the light output and provide some RF filtering. This announcement No. 8 — 1 4 8 1 2 7 describes a microwave discharge light source that includes a resonator in a microwave cavity. The shape of the microwave cavity is a cylindrical ring with a gap. . Resonator is a starter and microwave field concentrator "Many parameters are the characteristics of the light source effective, including spectrum, efficiency, brightness + paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X297 mm) 4 * 〇A7 B7 Description of the invention, economical, durable (working life) and others. For example, the excellent operating characteristics of molybdenum are combined with high efficiency, low wattage, and long life. 'High brightness ^^ The potential of electrodeless lamps is longer than that of electrode lamps.' -One

經濟部中央標準局買工消費合作社印製發明槪述 / 本發明提供高頻電感耦合無電極燈。尤其，爲高效率高頻之電感耦合無電極燈》本發明一目的提供超亮低瓦數無電極燈，县茳多商業。尤其本發明揭示之無電極開口燈，以固態R F源爲動力’介於數十至數百瓦。本發明燈係首先揋出；^ I命性照明產品家族。具有視覺亮度，頻譜穩宏，及長壽命，本供.孤佳喜源._思J^lUL星嚴^燈及一般照明。圖6爲本發明高亮度無電極燈示意圖。其中，無燈泡4覆以一反射覆層5以界定一開口 6。以屆R F源 8驅動電感耦合迴路7 ·以提供電燈電力。本發明燈提升微波動力硫燈技術。功率消耗由數千瓦降至數十或數百瓦。並以固態電子取代磁控管R F產生器。簡單電感耦合結構取代腔結構以傳送R F電力至無電極燈泡。燈泡尺寸可減至直撺7 m m以下。以燈內直接內建光學元__件提高亮度，提供完美二維光源。較佳，本發明燈尺寸極精巧。尤其，此燈可方便放入各種構形。例如」燈泡' R F源及D C電P可包裝二一起’ (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝訂本纸張尺度適用中國固家標率（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -8 - 417136 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合#社印製五、發明説明6 ) 或各模組可分開包裝設置。圖7爲本發明燈立體圖，其中燈泡、R F源、及D C電源放入單一殻體1 6。圖8爲本琴明燈立體圖，其中燈泡在第一殻體1 7、R F源及D C 屢在—第_二_殻.體.1 _8 °燈泡經由適當輸送機構接收R F能量（如同軸電線）。本發明燈提供其他獨特系統性優點。例如，有時候一源發出之所有光子不能利用。習知光源中，不當波長或極性光必須視爲廢it °但如圖9所示，利用本發明燈之光學系統包里令廢光2 5折回再由閛□傺洵乙儿篮.捉二些JiJj光...子—與電漿互.動轉..1.成—有甩...光..又7， JIH荐。此光捕捉詳述於美國專利 5，773，918號及？（：丁公告评〇 97/ 4 5 8 5 8 (與本案爲同受讓人）。 ’i寿命>無電極燈基本特性。燈泡中除去所有金屬元件，如燈絲及電極’除去配合玻璃與金屬密封，乃除去習知燈壽命短之生要因素。選電漿與習知高密丨f放1雷燈之壽 ---- —. ..... — »· ^ΕΛΜ 子，( Η 埤动 β^：. ° 習^Agj费之色度爲燈泡埴充物與電極卩學反應之函數’ 間化學反應及燈泡塡。本發明燈有利於配合最少反二 JLijiAl二im期間輸出頻譜穩定。 ^^1. ! -. 1^—f - I In Kl^i m —a^i n^i T 疗 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事¾再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（〇^)六4規格（210乂297公釐.） -9- 4 C· A7 B7 經濟部中央標準扃員工消費合作杜印衆五、發明説明if ) 應用如本發明燈應用於畏效高亮度之無電極光源甚多，可爲热習使用光源者了解。一般，本發明可作爲各種應用之有效光源，即需要人工光源時。可回顧一些需要比光源之獨特優點。本發明最重要應用例之一爲投射顯示器。目前有許多成像技術欲調變光束產生靜上或移動影像。如德州儀器之 D M D裝置技術及反射及透射L C D，均須對焦校準光束。本發明燈獨一特性如長壽命、高亮度、光效率、色彩穩定度及極佳R G Β比，成爲本應用極佳光源。相同特性亦適合使用光纖之情況。光可於光纖中傳送之前，必須於光纖軸線臨界角內進入端處。光纖照明系統總效率大幅取決於光進入光纖束端之耦合效率。本..發_坝_^ 源之二iii登明顯提高此耦合效率。本發明燈所提供二維光源允許直接耦合本芯或集束光纖。光照明可有利用於各式應用，如醫療裝置、車輛照明及一般照明。圖1 0爲本發明燈立體圖|配合漸縮光管（T L P ) 使用。圖1 1爲本發明燈立體，配合複合拋物集光器（ CPC)使用。圖1 2爲本發明燈立體圖，配合球形鏡頭使用。圖1 4爲本發明燈使用於車輛照明系統，具光纖配線。圖1 5爲應用於投射顯示器。 t發明J使用成像及巧成像光學，以齑兔點光及泛卷圈』j及一 jg照巧―彦；。 1- -- ^^1 ^^1 - 1^1 n ^^1 . - -II n» _ --55 (請先閱讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐} -10 -Printed by the Central Consumers' Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, Invention Description / The present invention provides high frequency inductively coupled electrodeless lamps. In particular, for high-efficiency, high-frequency, inductively coupled electrodeless lamps, one object of the present invention is to provide ultra-bright, low-wattage electrodeless lamps. In particular, the electrodeless opening lamp disclosed in the present invention is powered by a solid-state RF source and is in the range of tens to hundreds of watts. The lamp of the present invention is firstly revealed; ^ I life lighting product family. With visual brightness, stable macro spectrum, and long life, this source. Gujia Xiyuan._ 思 J ^ lUL 星严 ^ lights and general lighting. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a high-brightness electrodeless lamp according to the present invention. The non-bulb 4 is covered with a reflective coating 5 to define an opening 6. The R F source 8 drives the inductive coupling circuit 7 to provide lamp power. The lamp of the invention improves the technology of microwave powered sulfur lamps. Power consumption has dropped from several kilowatts to tens or hundreds of watts. And replace the magnetron RF generator with solid-state electronics. A simple inductive coupling structure replaces the cavity structure to transmit RF power to an electrodeless bulb. The lamp size can be reduced to less than 7 m. With the built-in optical elements directly inside the lamp, the brightness is improved to provide a perfect two-dimensional light source. Preferably, the size of the lamp of the present invention is extremely delicate. In particular, the lamp can be easily placed in various configurations. For example, "bulb 'RF source and DC electric P can be packaged together" (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -8-417136 A7 B7 Printed by the Office of the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Affairs Co., Ltd. 5. Printed on the invention 6) Or each module can be packaged separately. Fig. 7 is a perspective view of a lamp according to the present invention, in which a bulb, an RF source, and a DC power source are placed in a single housing 16; Fig. 8 is a perspective view of the Qin Ming lamp, in which the bulb is in the first case 17, the RF source and DC are repeatedly present in the first_second_case.body. 1_8 ° The bulb receives RF energy (such as a coaxial wire) through an appropriate transport mechanism. The lamp of the invention provides other unique systemic advantages. For example, sometimes all photons emitted by a source cannot be used. In the conventional light source, improper wavelength or polar light must be regarded as waste it °, but as shown in FIG. 9, using the optical system bag of the lamp of the present invention, the waste light is turned back 25 and then returned to 閛傺洵傺洵 Er Er basket. Catch two Some JiJj photo ... sons-and plasma. Interaction .. 1. into-there are throw ... light .. 7, JIH recommended. This light capture is detailed in U.S. Patent No. 5,773,918 and? (: Ding Announcement Comment 97/4 5 8 5 8 (the same assignee as the case). 'I Lifetime> Basic characteristics of electrodeless lamps. Remove all metal components in the bulb, such as filaments and electrodes' Remove the glass and The metal seal is to remove the factors that cause the short life of the conventional lamp. Select the plasma and the high density of the conventional 丨 f put 1 the life of the thunder lamp ---- — ... .... — »^ ΕΛΜ 子, (Η Ββ ^ :. ° Xi ^ Agj fee chromaticity is a function of the chemical reaction between the charge of the bulb and the electrode 'and the chemical reaction between the bulb and the bulb. The lamp of the present invention is beneficial to the stability of the output spectrum during the minimum inverse JLijiAl IIim. ^^ 1.!-. 1 ^ —f-I In Kl ^ im —a ^ in ^ i T Therapy (谙 Read the notes on the back first ¾ then fill out this page) This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (〇 ^ ) Six 4 specifications (210 乂 297 mm.) -9- 4 C · A7 B7 Central Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 扃 Industrial consumer cooperation Du Yinzhong 5. Description of the invention There are many electrode light sources, which can be understood by those who use light sources for heat. Generally, the present invention can be used as an effective light source for various applications, that is, artificial light is required. You can review some of the unique advantages of light sources over light. One of the most important application examples of the present invention is a projection display. Currently there are many imaging technologies that want to modulate the beam to produce static or moving images. For example, Texas Instruments ’DMD device technology and reflection and For transmissive LCD, it is necessary to focus and calibrate the beam. The unique characteristics of the lamp of the present invention, such as long life, high brightness, light efficiency, color stability, and excellent RG B ratio, make it an excellent light source for this application. The same characteristics are also suitable for the use of optical fiber .Before the light can be transmitted in the fiber, it must enter the end within the critical angle of the fiber axis. The total efficiency of the optical fiber lighting system depends greatly on the coupling efficiency of the light entering the end of the fiber bundle. This coupling efficiency is significantly improved. The two-dimensional light source provided by the lamp of the present invention allows direct coupling of the core or the bundled optical fiber. Light illumination can be advantageously used in various applications, such as medical devices, vehicle lighting and general lighting. Figure 10 is a lamp of the present invention Three-dimensional view | Used with a tapered light tube (TLP). Figure 11 is a three-dimensional lamp of the present invention, used with a compound parabolic light collector (CPC). Figure 12 is the present invention A perspective view of the lamp, used with a spherical lens. Figure 14 shows the lamp used in a vehicle lighting system with optical fiber wiring. Figure 15 shows the application to a projection display. T Invention J uses imaging and clever imaging optics to spotlight and Pan Scroll Circle "j and a jg according to coincidence-Yan; 1--^^ 1 ^^ 1-1 ^ 1 n ^^ 1.--II n» _ --55 (Please read the note on the back first $ Please fill in this page again) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -10-

i 417136 A7 __B7 五、發明説明) ^ 本發明可配合各式光學膜，如3 Μ光學照明}]g ( 〇 L F )以產生照明架構，如光管系統及光箱，以取代習忠.蜜光.ffi-具。本一發明燈大部分例係用於小螢幕顯示器、醫學儀器車輛頭燈，而其他需要輸出一至三千流明之光源.但本發明可用於提供數十至數千流明之光·源.......-或尺寸均可調整。用於ijQll...:...如戲脘.投.复華_上—名繼揮示丁 v 屬_脘..,1^1-及.邋.1.」均..可1本發里鹰。使用燈乾燥黏劑可用強可見光乾燥許多黏劑。本發明燈聚光i，_高流明強度，爲極佳乾燥光源就_泛_光3乾壊_較鱼屬_jL乾麗二僅使黏劑曝光，較具能源成本效益。若僅須照明選定工作區，可簡化光罩。如4 . 2 . 2段所述，開口形狀可匹配所欲而積及/或照明形狀。以下列出一些本發明適合應用 ϋ - I t I - - -- - I— -- * n. ! I 1^1 n - ..... *1T (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再填窍本頁) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印褽本纸張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS > A4規格（210X297公4 ) -11 - ! ο ο Α7 Β7 五、發明説明6 ) 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製投射應用建築用燈 -光纖 -光纖配光 -同動光（快門） -塑膠Frenel透鏡（光源與透鏡 -投影機間以鏡投射光束） -顯示投影機 -聚光燈 -頂上投影機自動車戲院照明 -頭燈 -電影/電視 -車內燈 -舞台/工作室 -光纖配光 -Frenel透鏡（可變光束聚光）危險照明廣告 •本發明耐用性 -霓虹燈更換 -閃頻/警示燈個人頭燈街燈 •醫生用燈 -完全切斷 -礦工燈交通號誌 LCD背光 -光纖配光 -日光可讀式顯示器著陸燈檢查燈 -跑道 -手電筒 -飛機一般照明居家照明上燈 -安全 -下燈間接照明 -聚光燈 -壁燈 -探照燈 -戶外控制探照燈（無漏光） -風景照明光束投影器水下照明 -探照燈 -水族館材料處理光室 -乾燥燈 -強度及接近UV •複印燈冷藏燈船艦照明儀器燈園藝表 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐} ---------裝-- ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ，1Τ -12- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 · .1 • 1 第一耦合電路 4 · 1 .2 新穎婚戒指形激發線圈 4 - 1 .3 第二耦合電路 4 · 1 ‘4 場集中導通面 4 1 .5 冷卻激發線圈用陶瓷冷源 4 . 1 .6 具改良熱特性之燈 4 · 1 , .7 新穎歐米加形激發線圈 4 . 1 , ,8 整合燈頭i 417136 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention) ^ The present invention can be used with various optical films, such as 3M optical lighting}] g (〇LF) to produce lighting architectures such as light pipe systems and light boxes to replace Xi Zhong. Honey Light .ffi-with. Most of the lamps of the present invention are used for small screen displays, headlights of medical instrument vehicles, and other light sources that need to output one to three thousand lumens. However, the present invention can be used to provide tens to thousands of lumens of light · source ... ....- or size can be adjusted. Used for ijQll ...: ... such as play 脘. 投. Fuhua _ Shang-Ming Ji showed Ding v belongs to _ 脘 .., 1 ^ 1- and. 邋 .1. Hairy Eagle. Drying adhesives using lamps Many adhesives can be dried with strong visible light. The lamp of the present invention condenses i, high lumen intensity, and is an excellent drying light source. It is _floating_light3_dry_compared to genus_jLganli II, which only exposes the adhesive, which is more energy-efficient. If only the selected work area has to be illuminated, the reticle can be simplified. As described in paragraph 4.2.2, the shape of the opening can be matched to the desired shape and / or lighting shape. Listed below are some suitable applications of the invention ϋ-I t I-----I--* n.! I 1 ^ 1 n-..... * 1T (Please read the precautions before and fill in (Title page) The printed paper size of the printed work paper of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Cooperatives applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297) 4) -11-! Ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο Ministry of Economics and Social Affairs Bureau employee consumer cooperatives printed projection application building lights-fiber optic-fiber distribution-simultaneous light (shutter)-plastic Frenel lens (light source and lens-projector beams between the mirror)-display projector- Spotlights-overhead projector automatic car cinema lighting-headlights-film / TV-car lights-stage / studio-fiber optic light distribution-Frenel lens (variable beam spotlighting) dangerous lighting advertising • durability of the present invention-neon light replacement- Strobe / Warning Lights Personal Headlights Streetlights • Doctor's Lights-Completely Cut Off-Miner Lights Traffic Signs LCD Backlight-Fiber Optic Light Distribution-Daylight Readable Display Landing Light Inspection Lights-Runway-Flashlight-Airplane General Lighting Lamp-an -Downlight indirect lighting-Spotlight-Wall lamp-Searchlight-Outdoor control searchlight (no light leakage)-Landscape lighting beam projector underwater lighting-Searchlight-Aquarium material processing light room-Drying light-Intensity and close to UV • Copy light refrigerated light ship Lighting instrument lamp gardening table 1 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) --------- install-ί Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1T -12- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 · .1 • 1 First coupling circuit 4 · 1.2. New wedding ring-shaped excitation coil 4-1.3. 2 Second coupling circuit 4 · 1 '4 Field concentration Conducting surface 4 1 .5 Ceramic cooling source for cooling excitation coils 4. 1 .6 Lamps with improved thermal characteristics 4 · 1, .7 Novel omega-shaped excitation coils 4. 1, 8 Integrated lamp base

f 417 136 AV B7 五、發明説明彳〇 ) 以下爲標題S次。 1 .發明背景 2 .發明槪述 3 .圖式簡要說明 4 .說明 4.1 高頻電感燈 4 . 1 · 8 · 1 歐米加線線圈 4 · 1 · 8 . 2 燈頭用預成形線圏連接 4 . 1 · 8 3 調諧高壓電容器 4.1.9 例示塡充物 4 . 2 燈泡及開口結構 4.2.1 吹模燈泡 4.2.2 開口結構 4.2.3 塡充開口杯之例示程序 4 · 2 · 3 · 1 手工用漿 4.2.3.2 固體鑄造 -I -I ^^1 _ 1 I- ^^1 ► 士R I ^^1 - - - 0¾.J=fl (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > A4規格（210 X 297公釐） -13- t1 417 136 a? ___B7_ 五、發明説明㈠) 4.2.3.3 使用離心機密封杯 4 .2 * 4 性能資料例 4 .2 5 光譜分佈 4 .2 6 球形鏡頭 4 • 2 7 陶瓷石英燈 4 .2 8 對齊開 P 杯之設^丨·特性 4 .2 9 凸緣開 □ 杯 4 .2 * 1 0 啓動器 3 高功率振盪器 4 燈及振盪器 4 .4 1 懸臂式振盪器板 4 .4 2 分開燈頭殼體 4 .4 3 例示燈頭焊接程序 4 .4 4 可焊接嵌件 4 .4 * 5 分開 R F 源 4 .4 6 振 jLtrt 器控制電路 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部t央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 5 .申請專利範圍 6 .摘要 -14- A7 t' 417 136 B7 五、發明説明纟2 ) 圖6 - 9爲本發明燈之槪念表示。圖1 0 - 1 5爲本發明燈各種應用。 (请先間讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 圖1 6 - 3 2有關本發明耦合電路及所使用之各式燈構形。圖3 3 - 3 7爲墊圈形激發線圈。圖3 8 - 5 7爲本發明激發線圈之各式示意圖，截面圖及立體圖，及其例示替代結構。圖5 8 - 6 2示意圖顯示無電極燈中利用本發明激發線圈適用之不同電路安排。圖6 3 - 7 8爲利用本發明激發線圈之例示無電極燈各式立體圖，示意圖及截面圖。圖7 9 - 8 2有關本發明激發線圈之另一結構，類似大寫希臘字母歐米加（Ω ) ° 圖8 3 — 1 0 6有關本發明整合燈頭及所利用各式無電極燈。圖1 0 7 - 1 2 0有關本發明高壓電容器結構。圖1 2 1 - 1 3 2有關本發明吹模燈泡。經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製圖1 3^®- 1 5 4有關本發明各式開口結構。圖1 丨-1 5 9有關本發明無電極燈一例各性能主 _丨題。 .，丨圖1 6“0 — 1 7 1有關另一燈泡/開口結構及其製造方法。圚1 7 2 — 1 7 5有關本發明開口杯，具徑向及軸向排列。 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4规格（210X297公釐） A7 ί· 4 1 _______Β7___ 五、發明説明b ) ttl76—180有關開口杯具凸緣供熱管理。 IS1 1 8 1 _ 1 8 6有關陶瓷覆層，用於具埋入線之燈泡以改善燈啓動。圖1 87 - 209有關本發明較佳高功率振盪器，提供高頻能源於燈。 _2 1 0_2 2 2有關燈與振盪器整合於單一組件。圖2 2 3 — 2 5 5有關一分開燈組件。圖2 5 6 26 5有關一分開RF源組件。主要元件對照表 4 〇無電極燈 ‘ 4 1 輸入接頭 4 2 線圈 4 3 燈泡 4 5 介電管 4 6 殻體 4 7 支座 4 8 潛板 4 9 電力線 5 2 訊號源 5 3 放大器 5 5 耦合器 5 6 負載 5 7 測量裝置 1^1 nn I - n I 1^1 » — - -I I In I XV 0¾-0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裳本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Ad規格（2Ι〇Χ2ί>7公釐） -16- f 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明彳4 ) 5 1 電源 5 8 潛板 5 9 電力線 7 8 潛板 7 9 電力線 8 8 潛板 9 9 電力線 8 0 無電極燈 8 5 介電質 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝- 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作杜印製 82a 金屬板 8 2 線圈 78a 金屬板 9 2 線圈 12 2 線圈 12 4 銅管 13 2 線圈 13 3 槽溝 14 2 線圈 14 8 基座 14 2 a 第- -板 14 2 b 第二二板 14 6 殻體 14 3 燈泡 14 0 無電極燈本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -17- ί‘ 4 : 了 1 3 t; A7 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 __B7五、發明説明（|5 ) 14 1 輸入接頭 14 9 葉片 14 5a 第一介電質 14 5b 第二介電質 15 1 電源 15 0 無電極燈 15 1 爐管 17 0 無電極燈 17 1 冷源 18 0 無電極燈 18 1 冷源 190 無電極燈 19 1 負載 19 2 線圈 19 3 燈泡 194 介電質 195 介電質 19 6 殻體 19 9 葉片 199a 介電質 199b 介電質 198 反射套 2 2 0 歐米加線圈 2 2 1 印刷電路板 I I I 1 _ in I It ( m n «^i i ! · m T (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > A4規格（210X297公釐） -18- 經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明) 2 2 2 介電層 224 導通區 226a 導通區 226b 導通區 226c 導通區 220a 引線 2 3 0 介電質 224a 葉片部 2 3 2 金屬板 2 2 8 同軸接頭 200 整合燈頭 2 0 4 嵌件 2 0 6 殻體 2 0 6 a 鋁 206b 碳化鋁矽 2 0 5 槽溝 2 0 6 c 爐管 2 0 2 線圈 2 0 3 燈泡 207 安裝硬體 2 0 9 孔 2 0 8 套 2 0 8 a 開口 2 0 4 b 肩部 I 1^1 -- m. - —1 ^^1 1 —r ; - n - - ----I - X*. --3 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > A4規格（210X2.97公釐） -19- Γ 4 t 7 1 3 6 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明彳7 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印裝 2 1 2 支架 2 1 0 基座 2 1 4 同軸接頭 2 1 6 葉片 2 1 8 通道 2 4 2 歐米加線圈 2 4 0 整合燈頭 2 4 2 a 引線 2 4 2 b 引線 2 4 4 嵌件 2 4 6 殻體 2 4 6 c 脊 2 4 6 a 鋁 2 4 6 b 碳化鋁矽 2 4 4 c 開 P 2 4 4 b 槽溝 2 4 4 a 肩部 2 5 8 孔 2 5 6 較薄段 2 6 0 區 3 2 5 燈頭 3 2 7 電力線組成 3 2 9 電容器組成 3 2 1 燈 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -20 - f 417136 A7 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製五、發明説明彳8 ) 331 導通墊 333 導通墊 3 3 5 介電材料 342 導通墊 3 4 3 突指 351 導通墊 3 5 3 突指 355 導通區 3 6 1 導通墊 3 6 3 空洞 371 導通墊 3 7 3 空洞 410 燈泡胚 412 石英管 414 火拋光端 416 縱向段 4 1 8 封閉段 419 上管段 4 2 2 模 4 2 4 內腔 426 平面段 4 2 8 壁段 430 內表面 432 上開口 ^衣1T" (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） -21 - 卜 r 了 ] .3 6 A7 B7 五、發明説明彳9 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 4 燈泡 4 3 6 短柱 4 4 0 開 U 界 έ—^--r 疋件 4 4 2 燈泡胚 4 4 4 圓盒形燈泡段 4 4 6 平坦區 4 4 7 上開 4 4 8 肩部 4 5 2 燈球 4 5 4 壁厚 4 5 0 燈泡 4 5 8 電漿 4 7 4 光導 4 6 4 燈泡 4 6 0 孔 4 6 6 凹痕 4 7 0 開 P 4 7 2 反射套 5 1 0 Μ /Wi 電極燈 5 1 2 嵌件 5 1 4 界 >-r-» 疋孔 5 1 6 燈球 5 1 8 外表面 5 2 0 平坦燈球界面 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)f 417 136 AV B7 V. Description of the invention 彳〇) The following is the title S times. 1. Background of the invention 2. Description of the invention 3. Brief description of the drawings 4. Description 4.1 High-frequency induction lamps 4. 1 · 8 · 1 Omega wire coils 4 · 1 · 8. 2 The lamp caps are connected with preformed wires 4. 1 · 8 3 Tuning high-voltage capacitors 4.1.9 Examples of filling materials 4.2 Light bulbs and opening structures 4.2.1 Blow-molded bulbs 4.2.2 Opening structures 4.2.3 Example procedures for filling opening cups 4 · 2 · 3 · 1 Manual 4.2.3.2 Solid casting -I -I ^^ 1 _ 1 I- ^^ 1 ► RI ^^ 1---0¾.J = fl (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This Paper size applies to Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) -13- t1 417 136 a? ___B7_ V. Description of invention ㈠) 4.2.3.3 Sealed cup using centrifuge 4.2. 4 Example of performance data 4 .2 5 Spectral distribution 4 .2 6 Spherical lens 4 • 2 7 Ceramic quartz lamp 4 .2 8 Alignment and opening of P cup ^ 丨 · Features 4. 2 9 Flange opening □ cup 4 .2 * 1 0 Starter 3 High Power Oscillator 4 Lights and Oscillators 4 .4 1 Cantilever Oscillator Board 4 .4 2 Separate Lights Case 4 .4 3 Example welding procedure for lamp holder 4. 4 4 Weldable inserts 4. 4 * 5 Separate RF source 4. 4 6 Vibration jLtrt control circuit (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Ministry of Economy Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives 5. Scope of patent application 6. Abstract -14- A7 t '417 136 B7 V. Description of the invention 纟 2) Figure 6-9 shows the idea of the lamp of the invention. Figures 10-15 show various applications of the lamp of the invention. (Please read the note on the back before filling out this page.) Figure 16-3 2 related to the coupling circuit of the present invention and the various lamp configurations used. Figure 3 3-37 is a washer-shaped excitation coil. Figures 3-5-7 are various schematic diagrams, sectional and perspective views of the excitation coils of the present invention, and their alternative structures. Figures 5 8-6 2 show different circuit arrangements for electrodeless lamps using the exciting coil of the present invention. Figures 6-78 are various perspective views, schematic diagrams, and cross-sectional views of an exemplary electrodeless lamp using an excitation coil of the present invention. Figures 7-8 2 are related to another structure of the exciting coil of the present invention, similar to the capital Greek omega (Ω) ° Figures 8-106 are related to the integrated lamp cap of the present invention and various types of electrodeless lamps used. Figs. 107-120 relate to the structure of the high voltage capacitor of the present invention. Figures 1 2 1-1 3 2 relate to blow moulded bulbs according to the invention. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives Figure 1 3 ^ ®- 1 5 4 relates to various opening structures of the present invention. Fig. 1-159 shows the performance of one example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. ., 丨 Figure 1 6 "0 — 1 7 1 is related to another bulb / opening structure and its manufacturing method. 圚 1 7 2 — 1 7 5 is related to the open cup of the present invention, with radial and axial arrangement. -15- 本Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 ί · 4 1 _______ Β7 ___ V. Description of the invention b) ttl76-180 related to open cup with flange heating management. IS1 1 8 1 _ 1 8 6 related Ceramic coating for light bulbs with embedded wires to improve lamp startup. Figure 1 87-209 related to the preferred high power oscillator of the present invention, providing high frequency energy to the lamp. _2 1 0_2 2 2 The lamp and oscillator are integrated in Single component. Figure 2 2 3 — 2 5 5 is related to a separate lamp assembly. Figure 2 5 6 26 5 is related to a separate RF source assembly. The main component comparison table 4 〇 electrodeless lamp '4 1 input connector 4 2 coil 4 3 Light bulb 4 5 Dielectric tube 4 6 Housing 4 7 Stand 4 4 Submersible plate 4 9 Power line 5 2 Signal source 5 3 Amplifier 5 5 Coupler 5 6 Load 5 7 Measuring device 1 ^ 1 nn I-n I 1 ^ 1 »—--II In I XV 0¾-0 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Staff of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Fei Cooperative Co., Ltd. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Ad specifications (2Ι〇Χ2ί > 7 mm) -16- f 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 4) 5 1 Power supply 5 8 Submersible plate 5 9 Power line 7 8 Submersible board 7 9 Power line 8 8 Submersible board 9 9 Power line 8 0 Electrodeless lamp 8 5 Dielectric (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Equipment-Central Office of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumption Cooperation Du Yin 82a metal plate 8 2 coil 78a metal plate 9 2 coil 12 2 coil 12 4 copper tube 13 2 coil 13 3 slot 14 2 coil 14 8 base 14 2 a first-plate 14 2 b second plate 14 6 Housing 14 3 Bulbs 14 0 Electrodeless lamps This paper is sized for Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -17- ί '4: +1 1 t; A7 printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs __B7 V. Description of the invention (| 5) 14 1 Input connector 14 9 Blade 14 5a First dielectric 14 5b Second dielectric 15 1 Power source 15 0 Electrodeless lamp 15 1 Furnace tube 17 0 Electrodeless lamp 17 1 cold source 18 0 electrodeless lamp 18 1 cold source 190 electrodeless lamp 19 1 Load 19 2 Coil 19 3 Light bulb 194 Dielectric 195 Dielectric 19 6 Housing 19 9 Blade 199a Dielectric 199b Dielectric 198 Reflector 2 2 0 Omega coil 2 2 1 Printed circuit board III 1 _ in I It (mn «^ ii! · M T (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210X297 mm) -18- Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs — A7 B7 printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperative Organization 5. Description of the invention) 2 2 2 Dielectric layer 224 conduction area 226a conduction area 226b conduction area 226c conduction area 220a lead 2 3 0 dielectric 224a blade portion 2 3 2 metal plate 2 2 8 coaxial Connector 200 Integrated lamp holder 2 0 4 Insert 2 0 6 Housing 2 0 6 a Aluminum 206b Aluminum Carbide 2 0 5 Slot 2 0 6 c Furnace tube 2 0 2 Coil 2 0 3 Bulb 207 Mounting body 2 0 9 hole 2 0 8 sets 2 0 8 a opening 2 0 4 b shoulder I 1 ^ 1-m.---1 ^^ 1 1 —r;-n------ I-X *. --3 ( Please read the notes on the back before filling this page.) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 size (210X2.97 mm) -19- Γ 4 t 7 1 3 6 Α7 Β7 V. Invention Note 7) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2 1 2 Bracket 2 1 0 Base 2 1 4 Coaxial connector 2 1 6 Blade 2 1 8 Channel 2 4 2 Omega coil 2 4 0 Integrated lamp holder 2 4 2 a Lead 2 4 2 b Lead 2 4 4 Insert 2 4 6 Housing 2 4 6 c Ridge 2 4 6 a Aluminum 2 4 6 b Aluminum Carbide 2 4 4 c Open P 2 4 4 b Slot 2 4 4 a Shoulder 2 5 8 Hole 2 5 6 Thinner section 2 6 0 Area 3 2 5 Lamp holder 3 2 7 Power line composition 3 2 9 Capacitor composition 3 2 1 Lamp (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -20-f 417136 A7 Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 彳 331 Conduction pad 333 Conduction pad 3 3 5 Dielectric material 342 Conduction pad 3 4 3 Finger 351 Conduction pad 3 5 3 Finger 355 Conduction area 3 6 1 Conduction pad 3 6 3 Hollow 371 Conduction pad 3 7 3 Hollow 410 Bulb embryo 412 Quartz tube 414 Fire polished end 41 6 Longitudinal section 4 1 8 Closed section 419 Upper tube section 4 2 2 Mold 4 2 4 Inner cavity 426 Flat section 4 2 8 Wall section 430 Inner surface 432 Upper opening ^ clothing 1T " (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -21-brr] .3 6 A7 B7 V. Description of invention 彳 9) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 4 Bulb 4 3 6 Short post 4 4 0 Open U boundary — ^-r Part 4 4 2 Bulb embryo 4 4 4 Round box shaped bulb segment 4 4 6 Flat area 4 4 7 Open up 4 4 8 Shoulder 4 5 2 Light bulb 4 5 4 Wall thickness 4 5 0 Bulb 4 5 8 Plasma 4 7 4 Light guide 4 6 4 Bulb 4 6 0 Hole 4 6 6 Dent 4 7 0 Open P 4 7 2 Reflective sleeve 5 1 0 Μ / Wi Electrode lamp 5 1 2 Insert 5 1 4 Boundary > -r- »Counterbore 5 1 6 Lamp ball 5 1 8 Outer surface 5 2 0 Flat lamp ball interface (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

，1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） -22- 經濟部中央標华局員工消費合作社印製 ;417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明幻） 517 内容積 5 2 2 模 5 2 4 模段 5 2 6 模段 528 模内腔 5 3 0 模開口 532 底外模面 5 3 4 凸緣 536 管形體 5 3 8 遠端 5 4 0 夾角 5 5 0 注入開口 5 5 4 反射漿材料 556 反射套 5 6 0 開口界定件 5 6 2 外凸緣段 5 6 4 刻度 5 8 0 開口界定件 5 8 2 凸緣 584 反射套 5 8 8 反射器 5 9 0 反射材料模 591 模閗口 592 模內腔 n - -- f I— 1-: I I . I I - I I -- T 、1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4规格（210X297公釐） -23- 分：： A7 B7 五、發明説明纟1 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 5 9 3 底外模面 5 9 4 模開 P 5 9 5 頂外模而 5 9 6 模內腔面 5 0 1 燈球 5 0 2 界面區 5 0 3 開 P 界定件 5 0 4 凸緣 5 0 5 上表面 5 0 6 邊緣 5 0 7 孔 5 0 8 閲 Π 界定件 5 0 9 上表面 5 1 1 凸緣 6 2 9 真空支架 6 3 8 墊圈 6 4 4 冷源 6 4 6 陶瓷接合劑 6 4 2 反射塡充物 6 5 0 圈 6 5 2 小孔 6 5 4 通道 6 5 6 接合劑 6 5 8 容器 n : -1 - I ^^1 Is I II - - ^^1 I- - - - - - - I- ....... U3. 、-* (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標隼（CNS ) A4現格（210X297公釐） -24- 417136 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製五、發明説明& ) 6 6 0 水 6 6 1 入Π /出口 6 4 1 容器 6 6 2 噴嘴 6 7 2 突起 674a 平坦部 674b 平坦部 673a 切口 673b 切口 6 7 1 開口杯 6 7 2 a 緣餐、1τ------"' (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 6 7 5 開口杯 6 7 6 浮部 6 7 7 外緣 6 1 0 容器 6 0 9 側壁 6 1 1 封閉端 6 0 2 燈球 6 1 3 嘴 . 6 1 5 內表面 6 1 2 反射塡充物 6 1 3 容器嘴 6 0 4 燈泡面 6 0 6 墊圈本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS ) Α4規格（2丨ΟΧ 297公釐） -25- A7 激發線圈， 1T This paper size is applicable to China National Standard for Ladder (CNS) A4 (210 × 297 mm) -22- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs; 417136 A7 B7 V. Inventive Note 5) 2 Mold 5 2 4 Mold segment 5 2 6 Mold segment 528 Mold cavity 5 3 0 Mold opening 532 Bottom outer mold surface 5 3 4 Flange 536 Tubular body 5 3 8 Distal end 5 4 0 Angle 5 5 0 Injection opening 5 5 4 Reflective material 556 Reflective sleeve 5 6 0 Opening delimiter 5 6 2 Outer flange section 5 6 4 Scale 5 8 0 Opening delimiter 5 8 2 Flange 584 Reflective sleeve 5 8 8 Reflector 5 9 0 Reflective material mold 591 mold口口 592 Mould cavity n--f I— 1-: II. II-II-T 、 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297mm) -23- points: A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 纟 1) Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy 5 9 3 Bottom outer mold surface 5 9 4 Mold opening P 5 9 5 Top outer Mold 5 9 6 Mold cavity surface 5 0 1 Light ball 5 0 2 Interface area 5 0 3 Open P delimiter 5 0 4 Flange 5 0 5 Upper surface 5 0 6 Edge 5 0 7 Hole 5 0 8 Viewer 5 5 9 Upper surface 5 1 1 Flange 6 2 9 Vacuum holder 6 3 8 Gasket 6 4 4 Cold source 6 4 6 Ceramic bonding agent 6 4 2 Reflective charge 6 5 0 Circle 6 5 2 Small hole 6 5 4 Channel 6 5 6 Bonding agent 6 5 8 Container n: -1-I ^^ 1 Is I II--^^ 1 I---- ---I- ....... U3. 、-* (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)- 24- 417136 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention & 673a cutout 673b cutout 6 7 1 open cup 6 7 2 a margin meal, 1τ ------ " '(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 6 7 5 open cup 6 7 6 floating part 6 7 7 outer edge 6 1 0 container 6 0 9 side wall 6 1 1 closed end 6 0 2 light bulb 6 1 3 mouth. 6 1 5 inner surface 6 1 2 reflective filling 6 1 3 volume The nozzle surface 604 lamp 606 of this gasket sheet China National scale applies quasi Su (CNS) Α4 Specification (2 Shu ΟΧ 297 mm) -25- A7 exciting coil

五、發明説明h ) 6 0 8 環 6 0 7 開口 6 0 1 圓滑表面部 6 19 側壁 617 外表而 6 2 1 6 14 ^1TA (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製柱塞 6 1 8 彈簧 6 2 0 支座 6 2 2 內表面 6 2 6 燈泡梢 6 2 4 支架 6 2 5 開 P 6 2 7 噴嘴 7 0 3 偏壓電路 7 0 5 調諧電路 7 0 7 振盪器 7 0 9 輸出阻抗匹配電路 7 1 1 放大器 7 1 3 阻抗轉換網路 7 1 5 印刷電路板 7 2 7 介電層 7 2 9 地面層本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X2.97公釐） -26 - f 417136 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印掣五、發明説明έ4 ) 731 金屬板 721 切口部 7 17 地區 723 導通區 733 放大器 735 阻抗轉換網路 7 3 7 阻抗轉換網路 7 4 7 同軸接頭 8 2 0 燈頭 8 2 2 振還器板 826 散開板V. Description of the invention h) 6 0 8 ring 6 0 7 opening 6 0 1 smooth surface part 6 19 side wall 617 appearance and 6 2 1 6 14 ^ 1TA (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Central standard of the Ministry of Economy Bureau employee consumer cooperative printed plunger 6 1 8 spring 6 2 0 stand 6 2 2 inner surface 6 2 6 bulb tip 6 2 4 bracket 6 2 5 open P 6 2 7 nozzle 7 0 3 bias circuit 7 0 5 Tuning circuit 7 0 7 Oscillator 7 0 9 Output impedance matching circuit 7 1 1 Amplifier 7 1 3 Impedance conversion network 7 1 5 Printed circuit board 7 2 7 Dielectric layer 7 2 9 Ground layer This paper scale applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X2.97 mm) -26-f 417136 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention 4) 731 Metal plate 721 Cutout 7 17 Area 723 Conduction area 733 Amplifier 735 Impedance Conversion network 7 3 7 Impedance conversion network 7 4 7 Coaxial connector 8 2 0 Lamp holder 8 2 2 Vibrator plate 826 Diffuse plate

8 3 4 地銷 8 4 0 夾子 836 固結件 8 3 8 R F密封黏劑 842 電源線 8 4 6 端板 8 6 2 開口 8 5 2 凹陷 8 5 0 切口段 8 7 0 燈頭 IT (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4洗格（210X297公釐） -27- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 f，417 136 A7 B7 五、發明説明έ5 ) 8 7 2 電力線組成 8 7 4 電容器組成 876 高壓墊 8 7 8 印刷電路板 880 散開板 8 8 2 槽 884 外導體 886 同軸線 8 8 8 中心導體 890 固結件 871a 接合劑 8 7 3 電力線墊 875 電路板 8 7 7 印刷電路板 8 7 9 電力線墊 892 開口燈 8 9 4 高溫黏劑 896 高壓板 8 9 8 地板 9 5 0 燈頭 9 5 1 嵌件 952a 嵌件 952b 嵌件 952c 嵌件 ^1T-^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（2丨0X297公釐> -28- 經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印製 ,ί 417 136 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明紅） 9 5 8 栓 9 5 4 模 9 6 2 胚 9 6 6 通孔 9 6 8 切口 9 0 0 R F源 9 0 2 殻體 9 0 4 冷源 9 0 6 固結件 9 0 8 同軸接頭 9 1 0 控制電路 9 1 2 振盪器組成 9 1 4 振盪器 916 濾波組成 918 電容器 9 2 0 瞬間電壓抑制器 9 2 2 電阻 9 2 4 控制電路 926 振盪器 928 流通器 9 3 0 燈 9 3 4 控制電路 9 3 6 光感應器 9 4 2 時間電路 ϋ If I I n I n n . - I n------- -.: T _ I— : I I _r 4, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準（<：?^)八4規格（210/297公釐> -29- f" 4 17^30 B7五、發明説明έ7 ) A7 4 4 振攝器 4 6 流通器 4 8 同軸接頭經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 .說明 4.1 高頻電感燈本發明實施例提供.產低功率長壽光源，尤係高亮度，爲極佳操作特性之組.合文就光源之低功率定義爲 4。定-篇^單位光_源面積每單 -· - · - · - · —_ -·· 佐^本發明無電極工作壽命較習知電極燈 jf。每今！知低功率無雷極燈僅具有限商業用途。本發明提供低边率無電極燈，亮多遲，可供許多商業用途。已知有高頻電源及電感耦合燈，但未揭示高頻電源搭配電感耦合燈。本發明可克服如此組合之障礙。就電容耦合燈系統（即E放電燈），耦合電路阻抗反比於頻率，故高頻時阻抗減少，燈可於更高電流運作，更有效率。故減少阻抗及高效率爲發展高頻電窨耦合燈之動 I。就放電燈），電路阻抗正比於想法以合理效率。例如，線圈示運即傳送能量辛里置（如所—_.ρ合次線圈）名效—率，。Q以等式表示： —- -—~~ ~ ~·-·、“-、—_ — . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝- '11 i 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） -30- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 ('417 1 36 A7 A7 B7 五、發明説明如） L爲線圈電感値，R爲線圈電阻，ω爲角頻率（ω = 2 7Γ xf ，f爲運作頻率）。圖5爲一線圏之Q相對頻率。其中Q正比於頻率平方根直至一點，之後Q下降。Q由峰値下降之一原因爲高頻時，出現寄生因子，增加線圈損耗（即線圈阻抗）而影響線圈性能。更高頻時，線圈損耗更力口上升，致Q下降。例如"近接效應〃爲已知現象，即歡擢^凰: 其他因素如表皮深度及渦流效應，亦增加線圈高頻時有效電阻》如此令下降更快（即等式1之R增加）。故高頻時近接效應C圈間電容）戾其 ί也直生效g致線圏性能劣化，有礙線圈運作。電感耦合燈高頻運作另一技術障礙爲寄生效應，即電源接至燈之耦合電路。如此令耦合電路設計更複雜。高頻時即使直線亦有電感特性，二直線間可產生交互電感。亦出現線圈某部分對耦合電路其他部分之離散電容。鑒篮實用上及技術上障礙，熟習本技術者未能設計無電極燈，將電感耦合燈連接高頻雪源。考慮線圈Q値吞高 g耦合暗示極高媚（1 G Η ?__.里上）電感耦合燈韭常無效率。本發明裝置克服習知問題，設計激發結構大小及電路元件之實體^太_企」實體大電.路. . S .i牛亦受上述寄生性影響，與衣ir (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本育) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -31 - 417136 A7 一___ B7 ~ * - _ 五、發明説明έ9 ) 木足夠小，‘以氬服_缺陷，供有_效運作。有禪電氩&度爲^加驅動頻率之一半波長。 .¾ τ.—....麗好爲$.波..長.以下..。驅動頻率宜大於 100MHz ’ 可大於 3〇〇μΗζ，500MHz ， 7 00MHz 或 9〇〇MHz。 ....，.有..些則小 I丄翼直意-容。、\ ' 4 · 1 · 1第\^^電路尚頻電感觀合燈第.一例本文第一例係本發明—般電感耦合無電極燈，其中稱合電路具潛板結構（待後說明）及螺旋激發線圈。參考圖1 6 — 1 8說明第一例，相似元件以相似數字表示。圖1 6爲本發明無電極燈立體圖。圖1 7爲其頂視圖。圖1 8爲沿圖1 7線1 8 — 1 8部分截面圖。如所示’電感耦合無電極燈4 0包含一殼體4 6裝有螺旋線圈4 2 ’燈泡4 3置於線圈4 2中央。燈泡4 2藉 —支座47 (由圖18可見）置於線圈42中。支座47 材料可應付燈泡表面高溫，不會導引燈泡過多熱離失（支座47不可過於導熱）。例如石英爲支座47適當材料》線圈4 2 ’燈泡4 3及支座4 7置於一介電管4 5內。介電管4 5適當材料如石英或氧化鋁。電力經輸入接頭4 1至燈4 0。輸入接頭4 1可爲N 式同軸接頭，具中心導體供接受高頻訊號及接地外導體電 - = —^ϋ 1^1 I — if 1 ^^[1 _ *)eJ (請先閱靖背面之注項再填寫本頁) ^濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製本紙張尺度適用中國國家椟準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -32- A7 B7 五、發明説明feo ) 氣接至殻體4 6。第一·導電元件，之後稱潛板4 8 ’ 一端接至輸入接頭4 1接地外導體。第二導電元件，之後稱電力線4 9 ，. -端接至輸入接頭4 1之中心導體。如圖1 6 - 1 9示，潛板4 8與電力線於其分別另端彼此連接，靠近介電管45。線圈42 —端相對潛板49設置，線圈 4 2另一端接地至殼體。由圖1 8可見，第一電容器位於線圈4 2部分4 2 a 與潛板4 8部分4 8 a之間，以介電管4 5作爲第一電容器之介電材料。第二電容器位於線圈4 2部分4 2 b與電力線4 9部分4 9 b之間，以介電管及與電力線 4 g之間__空氣爲第二電容器之介電材料。圖中線圈4 2爲2圈，其多少可視燈泡直徑與操作頻率變化。經濟部中央標準局肩工消費合作社印聚 ----------裝-- (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 使用燈泡之外徑尺寸由1英吋（2 5 m m )降至 0 . 2英吋（5 mm) ’通常燈泡壁厚約0 . 02英吋（ 0 . 5 m ηι )，包含燈泡直徑爲5、6及7 m m。本發明無電極燈可用更大或更小尺寸之燈泡，對應頻率，線圈大寸及電路設計而調整。茬內線圈直徑密切’可提高效率_。 D a v i d W h a r m b y傅士對電感稱合燈電力傳送比定量爲 α k2Q,/ (等式2 α+α2). 其中下標a代表電漿，下標u爲線圈’ Ρ爲功率，Q爲品本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) AO見格（210X297公釐） -33- 417136 A7 B7 經濟部中央梯率局負工消費合作社印製五、發明説明h ) 質因子，k爲耦合係數，係測量連結耦合線圈與燈泡內電流迴路之磁通量線。將線圈靠近燈泡可提高耦合效率，及提高電力傳送比。根據上述，例示高頻電感耦合燈結構如下。建立一殻體4 6爲金屬盒，約2 5 m m高，3 8 m m寬及5 0 m m 長，頂（3 8 x 5 0 m m壁）除去。一習知N式接頭4 1 通過殻體46 —端（25x38m ni壁）開口。電力線 4 9爲一薄絲導體，約〇 . 3 3 ni m厚，寬約4 m m。電力線4 9依循一·曲徑，開始於輸入接頭4 1中央導體，向下彎曲伸長約6 . 5 m m至一低限，彎回再伸向潛板4 8 ’內徑約1 2 5 m m，低限至潛板4 8距離約 15.25mm。電力線j.丑里形g長萝提供篮ij:電感値，ϋ相對線圈4 2爲平均gg値。潛板4 8爲直線絲導體，約〇 . 6 5 m m厚，寬約8 m m，全長約2 6 m m »潛板4 8 —端接至N式接頭4 1 外導體。潛板4 8有一部分4 8 a直角彎曲距接頭4 1端約2 1 . 5 m m，以形成高約4 . 2 5 m m之板。電力線 4 9彎曲處接（如焊接）至潛板4 8。潛板4 8直線段可供低電荇及低電阻。潛板4 8彎曲部4 8 a提供串聯共振電容器一電極。介電管4 5爲一石英正圓柱殻體，高約2 8 , 7 5 i_n m，內徑約1 〇 m m，壁厚約2 m m。介電管4 5坐於殻體4 6底部，並端靠潛板4 8彎曲部4 8 a。串聯共振線圈4 2繞成二圈半螺旋，外徑約1 0 ni m 裂-- {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,?Γ 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS M4規格（2I0X297公釐） -34- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ____ B7 五、發明説明& ) ，內徑約8 m m，節距約5 m m。線圈4 2最頂部相對於潛板4 8彎曲部4 8 a ，並形成串聯共振電容器另一電極。線圈4 2另一端接地（如焊接至殼體4 6底部）。燈泡4 3爲石英製，外徑約8 m m，內徑約7 m m。燈泡4 3充塡約4至6 m g硒，及緩衝氣體氙至壓力 300-1000托耳。燈泡靠於正圓柱形石英支座47 ，其內徑約6 m m，外徑約8 m m，高度約6 m m。圖1 9爲操作系統及評估所述燈之示意圖。高頻訊號源5 2接至放大器5 3，其輸出接至一流通器5 4 ’再經方位耦合器接至燈4 0。流通器5 4轉移反射電力至一負載5 6。方位耦合器提供多數翼片接至測量裝置5 7。上^置可操作於Η ζ，以直太.器提13 0 一 1 0 0瓦電力，由Communication Power公司提供1款式 5 Μ - 9 15 一1 ，5Ε20ΡΤ 001 ，以同軸電線 :接至惠普網路分析儀型式8 5 0 5 A 方位耦合器採用商用絹件。_方位觀合-器之Ji出經同軸電線接至輸入，~ '---------:—------------------ 接頭4 1。電感耦合燈每瓦產生約8 0流明。上述裝置之電源應可提供適當高頻電力’如磁控管電源。較徉緙由阳杭FL_配裝置耦合磁控管之微波能量至同軸 I IBM Μ -----------<··-·一一電線，以供裝置能源3 ' -— -*-- -* 圖2 0爲本發明第一例無電極燈。耦合輸入電力至燈泡之電路爲串聯共振電路°串聯共振電路可包含串聯之電感（如線圈）及電容器’運作時電路中有交流電鈴流。起初電力供至電路而對電容充電1然後電容器放電’能量 ^ITM-(請先閱讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2IOX297公釐） -35- 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 417136 A7 _____ B7 — - · —..... 五、發明説明63 ) 存入電感。當電感中電流達峰ji，g以祖^極性對電容器里it農程。鈴流良除非.，電_路_..有.1然損耗。丄逋-充_1^二麗jf』1酱_麗率鈴流。大之 i—’...,僅m 分 m 存能, 腹裏保持尚電流鈴流，有效換作電路。如圖2 0示’串聯共振電電容器C 〇與串聯共振線圏 L 0形成串聯共振電路主要組件。高頻電源5 1經由饋電感L 1提供饋電流。L 1接至串聯共振電容器C 〇。串聯共振電容器C 〇串聯於串聯共振線圏L 〇，經由電阻R 1 接地。小電感L 2接於地與L 1對‘C 〇接點之間。虛線所示分配電容C 1連接L 〇與L 1中點。關於圖1 6 — 1 8第一例，串聯共振線圈L 0對應線圈4 2。串聯共振電容器C 0分別對應線圈4 2與潛板 4 8部分4 2 a及4 8 a間形成之第一電容器。饋 L 1對應電力線4 9，小電感L 2對應潛板4 8。分容C 1主要對應線圈4 2與電力線4 9分別部分4 2 b 4 9 b間形成之第二電容器，亦引發饋電感L 1表面與線圈L 〇表面間形成之小電容（即線圈4 2表面每一部分相對電力線4 9表面每一部分具一些電容。 %]1_時，能量雹初存於串聯共振電_.容一，—再.进:重，電流通_過串聯共振線圈L 0 ¥地。雷流再經小電感L 2 -- —— I · ~~~~ — — — (回，較佳爲低雷感裝置。因_1，贵_聯共振電路主要包含C0及L〇、L2提供一小。饋電感 L 1糊合小量能量至電容』^二就迤一環補償損Α_.ί卫丄直- _^ni I ' I 1 Hi- ^^^1 m 1. I —^n ^^^1 ^^^1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4规格（210><297公釐） -36- 417136 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 A7 _____B7 _ 五、發明説明έ4 ) 示）。R 1例如代表二損耗成分，一爲電漿電阻反射回主電路（如L 2、C 0,：!^L 〇 )，另一爲任何非超導電路之固有電阻°可容C』J LHL_.Q之間）.，一改位址。參考圖1 6 _ 1 8，能量由電力線4 9經N式接頭 4 1帶入，相較串聯共振電路，電力線4 9爲較低帶電元件，將能量饋入電容器，而能量分散於線圈4 2與電路其他元件（運作時損失一些能量，大抵皆爲電阻式，甚少量爲R F輻射損耗）。相較電力線4 9，潛板4 8爲高帶電元件，直接接地，爲串聯共振電路一部分。鈴流通過潛板 4 8，經過介電管4 5，線圈4 2，接地，再回來。操作時，高壓於潛板4 8與線圈4 2間產生，約 _ H . I — . ' ------ | . -..· »— 1 , ο ο 〇至1 ο ’ ο π η仗..特。仓^管4 5肪丨卜_燈電路 --------- --- 因高壓g潰。介電管4 5亦可包固反光粉，如高M Jg尋良分配電容C 1較小，有助耦合（即阻抗匹配）。例如燈泡運作時可調整電力線線圈部分4 9 b之位置，相對於線圈部分4 2 b (彎成更近，更遠、更高或更低），儘量匹配電源輸入阻抗（如5 0歐姆，但可爲其他輸入阻抗）。製造時，可立即設計電路提供所欲阻抗，不須事後調整〇根據本發1_，示意電路ϋ卜實際導通元件本身之實物結構形成。電路結構提供許多優點，如降低成本及奧皇性，提高可雜度。此電路結_槿..克厘分里显迕直_頻時崩潰問 , _ 一' — ~ | 丨一_ 丨 ' · ' ~~—~ 一一本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS >A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） ^iT^ (請先閱讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁}8 3 4 Ground pin 8 4 0 Clip 836 Fixing piece 8 3 8 RF sealing adhesive 842 Power cord 8 4 6 End plate 8 6 2 Opening 8 5 2 Recessed 8 5 0 Cutout section 8 7 0 Lamp head IT (Please read first Note on the back, please fill in this page again) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 Washing (210X297 mm) -27- Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs f, 417 136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 5) 8 7 2 Power line composition 8 7 4 Capacitor composition 876 High voltage pad 8 7 8 Printed circuit board 880 Diffuse board 8 8 2 Slot 884 Outer conductor 886 Coaxial 8 8 8 Center conductor 890 Fixture 871a Bonding agent 8 7 3 Power line Pad 875 Circuit board 8 7 7 Printed circuit board 8 7 9 Power line pad 892 Open lamp 8 9 4 High temperature adhesive 896 High voltage board 8 9 8 Floor 9 5 0 Lamp holder 9 5 1 Insert 952a Insert 952b Insert 952c Insert ^ 1T- ^ (Please read the precautions before filling this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2 丨 0X297 mm > -28- Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives System, 417 136 Α7 Β7 V. Description of invention red) 9 5 8 4 mold 9 6 2 embryo 9 6 6 through hole 9 6 8 cutout 9 0 0 RF source 9 0 2 housing 9 0 4 cold source 9 0 6 fixing piece 9 0 8 coaxial connector 9 1 0 control circuit 9 1 2 oscillation Components 9 1 4 Oscillator 916 Filter components 918 Capacitor 9 2 0 Transient voltage suppressor 9 2 2 Resistance 9 2 4 Control circuit 926 Oscillator 928 Flow device 9 3 0 Lamp 9 3 4 Control circuit 9 3 6 Light sensor 9 4 2 Time circuit ϋ If II n I nn.-I n --------.: T _ I—: II _r 4, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies China National Ladder Standard (<:? ^) 8 4 specifications (210/297 mm > -29- f " 4 17 ^ 30 B7 V. Invention description 7) A7 4 4 Vibrator 4 6 Circulator 4 8 Coaxial connector printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics. 4. Description 4.1 High-frequency induction lamps The embodiments of the present invention provide low-power long-life light sources, especially high brightness, which are a group of excellent operating characteristics. Low power is defined as 4. Fixing-article ^ unit light _ source area per order Everyday! It is known that low-power lightning-free lamps have limited commercial use. The present invention provides low-edge-rate electrodeless lamps, how late they turn on, and can be used in many commercial applications. High frequency power sources and inductively coupled lamps are known, but it has not been disclosed that high frequency power sources are matched with inductively coupled lamps. The present invention can overcome the obstacle of such a combination. In the case of capacitively coupled lamp systems (ie, E-discharge lamps), the impedance of the coupling circuit is inversely proportional to the frequency, so the impedance decreases at high frequencies, and the lamp can operate at higher currents and be more efficient. Therefore, the reduction of impedance and high efficiency is the development of high-frequency electric coupling lamps. Just the discharge lamp), the circuit impedance is proportional to the idea with reasonable efficiency. For example, the coil display operation is to transmit the energy Xin Li (such as the _.ρ combined sub-coil) name effect rate. Q is expressed by the equation: —- -— ~~ ~ ~ ·-·, “-, —_ —. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Packing-'11 i This paper size applies to Chinese national standards {CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -30- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ('417 1 36 A7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention) L is the coil inductance 値, R is the coil resistance, ω is Angular frequency (ω = 2 7Γ xf, f is the operating frequency). Figure 5 shows the relative frequency of Q in a line. Q is proportional to the square root of the frequency up to a point, and then Q drops. One of the reasons for Q falling from peak 値 is high frequency. The parasitic factor appears, increasing the coil loss (that is, the coil impedance) and affecting the coil performance. At higher frequencies, the coil loss is more powerful and causes Q to decrease. For example, the "proximity effect" is a known phenomenon, that is, 擢: Other factors, such as skin depth and eddy current effects, also increase the effective resistance of the coil at high frequencies. This makes the fall faster (ie, R in Equation 1 increases). Therefore, the proximity effect C inter-capacitance at high frequencies is also straight. Effective g causes the performance of the wire to deteriorate and hinder the coil operation. Another technical obstacle to high-frequency operation of lamps is the parasitic effect, that is, the power supply is connected to the coupling circuit of the lamp. This complicates the design of the coupling circuit. Even at high frequencies, even straight lines have inductance characteristics, and mutual inductance can occur between the two straight lines. Coils also appear Discrete capacitance of some parts to the other parts of the coupling circuit. For practical and technical obstacles, those skilled in the art have failed to design electrodeless lamps and connect inductive coupled lamps to high-frequency snow sources. Consider the suggestion of high-g coupling of the coil Q swallow. Extremely high (1 G Η? __. Li) inductive coupling lamps are often inefficient. The device of the present invention overcomes the conventional problems and designs an entity that stimulates the size of the structure and circuit components. S.i cattle are also affected by the above parasitic effects, and clothing ir (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this education) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -31-417136 A7 a ___ B7 ~ *-_ V. Description of the invention 9) The wood is small enough to serve the defects with argon for efficient operation. There are Zen electric argon & degree is one half of the wavelength plus driving frequency. .¾ τ .—.... Lihao is $ .wave..long.below ..... The driving frequency should be greater than 100 MHz, and can be greater than 300 μΗζ, 500 MHz, 700 MHz, or 900 MHz. ...., there are .. some are small , \ '4 · 1 · 1th \ ^^ Circuit still-frequency inductive observation lamp. An example The first example of this article is the general inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of the present invention, which is called a circuit with a hidden plate structure (to be explained later) And spiral excitation coils. The first example is explained with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18, and similar elements are indicated by similar numbers. FIG. 16 is a perspective view of an electrodeless lamp according to the present invention. Figure 17 is its top view. Fig. 18 is a sectional view taken along the line 18-18 of Fig. 17. As shown, the 'inductive coupling electrodeless lamp 40' includes a housing 4 6 with a spiral coil 4 2 'and a bulb 4 3 is placed in the center of the coil 4 2. The light bulb 42 is placed in the coil 42 by a support 47 (visible from Fig. 18). The material of the support 47 can cope with the high temperature of the surface of the lamp, and will not guide the lamp to excessive heat loss (the support 47 should not be too thermally conductive). For example, quartz is a suitable material for the holder 47. The coil 4 2 ′ bulb 4 3 and the holder 47 are placed in a dielectric tube 45. The dielectric tube 45 is a suitable material such as quartz or alumina. Electricity passes through the input terminals 41 to lamps 40. The input connector 41 can be an N-type coaxial connector with a center conductor for receiving high-frequency signals and a grounded outer conductor.-= — ^ Ϋ 1 ^ 1 I — if 1 ^^ [1 _ *) eJ (please read the back of Jing first) Please fill in this page for the note items.) ^ The paper size printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Pui Gong Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. This paper is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -32- A7 B7 V. Description of the invention feo) Gas Connected to the housing 4 6. The first conductive element, which is hereinafter referred to as the sub plate 4 8 ′, is connected to the input connector 41 1 grounded outer conductor. The second conductive element, hereinafter referred to as the power line 4 9, is terminated at the center conductor of the input connector 41. As shown in FIGS. 16-19, the sub-board 48 and the power line are connected to each other at their other ends, and are close to the dielectric tube 45. One end of the coil 42 is disposed opposite the diving plate 49, and the other end of the coil 42 is grounded to the casing. It can be seen from FIG. 18 that the first capacitor is located between the coil 42 part 4 2 a and the latent plate 48 part 4 8 a, and the dielectric tube 45 is used as the dielectric material of the first capacitor. The second capacitor is located between the coil 4 2 part 4 2 b and the power line 49 9 part 4 9 b. The dielectric tube and the power line 4 g __ air is the dielectric material of the second capacitor. In the figure, the coil 42 is 2 turns, and how much depends on the diameter of the bulb and the operating frequency. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumers' Cooperatives ------------ Installation-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The outer diameter of the lamp used is 1 inch (2 5 mm) down to 0.2 inches (5 mm) 'Usually the wall thickness of the bulb is about 0.02 inches (0.5 m η), including bulb diameters of 5, 6, and 7 mm. The electrodeless lamp of the present invention can be adjusted with a larger or smaller bulb, corresponding to the frequency, the size of the coil, and the circuit design. Close coil diameter within the stubble can improve efficiency. D avid W harmby Fu Shi called the electric power transfer ratio of the combined lamp as α k2Q, / (equation 2 α + α2). Among them, the subscript a represents the plasma, the subscript u is the coil, and P is the power, and Q is the product. The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) AO (210X297 mm) -33- 417136 A7 B7 Printed by the Central Consumers ’Cooperative Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention h) Quality factor, k is the coupling coefficient, It measures the magnetic flux line connecting the coupling coil and the current loop in the bulb. Placing the coil closer to the bulb increases the coupling efficiency and improves the power transfer ratio. Based on the above, the exemplified high-frequency inductively coupled lamp structure is as follows. A shell 46 was built as a metal box, about 25 mm high, 38 mm wide and 50 mm long, with the top (38 x 50 mm wall) removed. A conventional N-type connector 4 1 is opened through the 46-end (25x38m ni wall) of the housing. The power line 49 is a thin wire conductor, about 0.33 nm thick and about 4 mm wide. The power line 4 9 follows a curved path, starting from the central conductor of the input connector 41, bent downward and extended about 6.5 mm to a lower limit, bent back and extended to the diving plate 4 8 'inner diameter of about 1 2 5 mm, The distance from the lower limit to the diving board is about 15.25mm. Power line j. Ugly-shaped g Changluo provides basket ij: inductance 値, ϋ relative to coil 4 2 is the average gg 値. The diving board 48 is a linear wire conductor, about 0.65 mm thick, about 8 mm wide, and about 2 6 mm in length. »The diving board 4 8 —terminated to the N-type connector 4 1 outer conductor. The diving plate 48 has a portion 4 8a bent at a right angle from the end 1 of the joint 4 to about 2 1.5 mm to form a plate with a height of about 4.25 m. The power line 4 9 is connected at the bend (such as welding) to the diving board 4 8. The 4-8 straight sections of the submersible plate can provide low voltage and low resistance. The dowel plate 48 bend portion 48a provides an electrode of a series resonance capacitor. The dielectric tube 45 is a quartz-cylindrical shell with a height of about 28,75 μm, an inner diameter of about 10 mm, and a wall thickness of about 2 mm. The dielectric tube 45 is seated at the bottom of the case 4 6 and is close to the bent portion 4 8 a of the diving plate 4 8. The series resonance coil 4 2 is wound into two semi-spirals with an outer diameter of about 10 ni m.-{Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page),? Γ This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS M4 specifications) (2I0X297mm) -34- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ____ B7 V. Invention Description &), the inner diameter is about 8 mm, and the pitch is about 5 mm. The uppermost portion of the coil 4 2 is opposite to the bent portion 4 8 a of the diving plate 4 8 and forms another electrode of the series resonance capacitor. The other end of the coil 4 2 is grounded (such as soldered to the bottom of the case 4 6). The bulb 43 is made of quartz and has an outer diameter of about 8 mm and an inner diameter of about 7 mm. The bulb 4 3 is filled with about 4 to 6 m g of selenium and the buffer gas xenon to a pressure of 300-1000 Torr. The bulb rests on a right-cylindrical quartz support 47, with an inner diameter of about 6 mm, an outer diameter of about 8 mm, and a height of about 6 mm. Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the operating system and evaluation of the lamp. The high-frequency signal source 5 2 is connected to the amplifier 5 3, and its output is connected to a flow device 5 4 ′ and then to the lamp 40 through the azimuth coupler. The flow device 54 transfers the reflected power to a load 56. The azimuth coupler provides a number of fins connected to the measuring device 5 7. The upper device can be operated at Η ζ, with a straight socket. It can provide 13 0 to 100 watts of electricity, provided by Communication Power company 1 style 5 Μ-9 15 -1, 5E20PTT 001, with coaxial cable: connected to HP network The analyzer type 8 5 0 5 A azimuth coupler uses commercial silk. _Azimuth-connector-Ji out of the device is connected to the input via a coaxial cable, ~ '---------: ------------------- connector 4 1 . Inductively coupled lamps produce about 80 lumens per watt. The power source of the above device should be able to provide appropriate high frequency power, such as a magnetron power source. Compared with the coupling of the microwave energy of the magnetron from Yanghang FL_ with the device to the coaxial I IBM Μ ----------- < ... —-*--* Figure 20 is the first electrodeless lamp of the present invention. The circuit that couples input power to the lamp is a series resonance circuit. A series resonance circuit can include a series inductor (such as a coil) and a capacitor. When the circuit is operating, there is an AC bell current. Initially power is supplied to the circuit and the capacitor is charged1 and then the capacitor is discharged'energy ^ ITM- (Please read the note on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2IOX297mm)- 35- Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 417136 A7 _____ B7 —-· —..... V. Description of Invention 63) Deposit the inductor. When the current in the inductor reaches the peak value ji, g is opposite to the capacitor in the capacitor. Unless the bell current is good, the electricity _ road _ .. has a loss of.丄逋-充 _1 ^ 二丽 jf 』1 sauce_Li rate Lingliu. The big i -’..., only m minutes and m stores energy, and keeps the current bell current in the belly, which is effectively replaced by a circuit. As shown in FIG. 20, the 'series resonance electric capacitor C0 and the series resonance line L0 form a main component of a series resonance circuit. The high-frequency power supply 51 supplies a feeding current via a feeding inductor L1. L 1 is connected to the series resonance capacitor C 0. The series resonance capacitor C 0 is connected in series to the series resonance line 圏 L 0 and is grounded via a resistor R 1. The small inductor L 2 is connected to the ground and the pair of L 1 'C 0 contacts. The distribution capacitor C 1 shown by the dashed line is connected to the midpoint of L 0 and L 1. Regarding the first example of FIGS. 16-18, the series resonance coil L0 corresponds to the coil 42. The series resonance capacitor C 0 corresponds to the first capacitor formed between the coil 4 2 and the sub plate 4 8 portion 4 2 a and 4 8 a, respectively. The feed L 1 corresponds to the power line 49, and the small inductance L 2 corresponds to the submerged plate 48. The divided capacity C 1 mainly corresponds to the second capacitor formed between the coil 4 2 and the power line 4 9 respectively, 4 2 b 4 9 b, and also causes a small capacitance formed between the surface of the feed inductor L 1 and the surface of the coil L 〇 (ie, the coil 4 2 Each part of the surface is opposite to the power line 49. Each part of the surface has some capacitance.%] When 1_, the energy hail is initially stored in the series resonance power _. Rongyi,-again. Advance: heavy, current flows _ through the series resonance coil L 0 ¥ Ground. The lightning current then passes through the small inductance L 2-—— I · ~~~~ — — (back, preferably a low lightning device. Because _1, your expensive_resonant circuit mainly includes C0 and L0, L2 provides a small. Feed inductor L 1 pastes a small amount of energy to the capacitor. ”^ Second is to compensate for the loss Α_.ί Wei 丄 Straight-_ ^ ni I 'I 1 Hi- ^^^ 1 m 1. I — ^ n ^^^ 1 ^^^ 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 > < 297mm) -36- 417136 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _____B7 _ printed by the Bureau of Standards, Consumers and Cooperatives 5. Fifth, the invention description (4) shows). R 1 represents, for example, two loss components, one is that the plasma resistance is reflected back to the main circuit (such as L 2, C 0 ,:! ^ L 〇), and the other is the inherent resistance of any non-superconducting circuit ° tolerable C "J LHL_ (.Q))., Change the address. Referring to FIG. 6 _ 1 8, the energy is brought in by the power line 49 through the N-type connector 4 1. Compared with the series resonance circuit, the power line 49 is a lower charged element, which feeds energy into the capacitor, and the energy is dispersed in the coil 4 2 And other components of the circuit (some energy is lost during operation, most of them are resistive, and very little is RF radiation loss). Compared with the power line 49, the buried plate 48 is a highly charged component, which is directly grounded and is part of a series resonance circuit. The bell current passes through the diving plate 4 8, passes through the dielectric tube 4 5, the coil 4 2, is grounded, and then comes back. During operation, a high voltage is generated between the diving plate 48 and the coil 42, about _H. I —. '------ |.-.. · »— 1, ο ο 〇 to 1 ο' ο π η Battle .. special. Bin ^ tube 4 5 fat 丨 _ lamp circuit --------- --- due to high voltage g. Dielectric tube 4 5 can also fix reflective powder, such as high M Jg good looking distribution capacitor C 1 is small, which helps coupling (ie impedance matching). For example, the position of the power line coil portion 4 9 b can be adjusted during the operation of the light bulb. Compared with the coil portion 4 2 b (bent closer, farther, higher, or lower), try to match the power input impedance (such as 50 ohms, but May be other input impedance). At the time of manufacture, the circuit can be designed immediately to provide the desired impedance, without the need to adjust it afterwards. According to 1_ of the present invention, the circuit is shown to form the physical structure of the actual conducting element itself. The circuit structure provides many advantages, such as reducing cost and imperiality, and increasing complexity. This circuit is _ hibiscus: display in centimeters straight _ frequency crash when asked, _ a '— ~ | 丨 a _ 丨' · '~~ — ~ This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) ^ iT ^ (Please read the note on the back before filling in this page}

經濟部中央揉準局貞工消費合作社印製五、發明説明έδ ) 題。圖2 1爲燈泡內發生Η放電之截面示意圖。Η放電簡述如下》燈泡（如石英容器）內裝有電漿（如離子氣體_) 。、违聯共振電路驅使交流電經過線圈產生時變磁場二變电服遍引發燈泡吐電流。電漿nm變壓器一耗損單圈次線圈。大部分燈泡例爲一般球形，其他燈泡形狀可配合本發明電感耦合燈使用。圖2 2 - 2 6爲容納Η放電適合之燈泡形狀。圖2 2爲一般圓柱形燈泡立體圖。圖2 3 _ 2 6 爲碟形燈泡，亦稱爲圓盒形燈泡。圖2 3爲立體。2 4 — 2 6爲燈泡中心截面圖’燈泡就中心垂直軸爲旋轉對稱。圖2 4爲具圓角之圓盒形燈泡'圖2 5燈泡有一凹陷於底部。所示燈泡形狀僅供例示。 , 塡充物材料可爲硫越或晒i -亦可爲其他適合者佳塡充物離子化時爲低阻抗.。遭當崖充_物爲金屬鹵化物（如 InBr ，NaI ，CaI ，CsI ，SnCl。可用水銀基塡充物。圖2 7 - 2 9爲第一導通元件（如潛板）與第二導通元件（如電力線）例示替代結構立體圖，適合本發明第〜例無電極燈。電力線爲低帶電元件，因電力線僅載饋電流，視輸入功率而定。電力線形狀不一，較佳爲彎曲，較潛板長（較高電感）。潛板另一方面宜爲高帶電低電感導通元件。潛板載著 ---------装—I (請先閲讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁} 訂本紙張尺度適用中國_家梯準（CNS ) A4規格（21〇Χ297公釐） -38- 417136 A7 __B7 五、發明说明6e ) 鈴流串聯共振電路所有電流，因電流通過電容器，經由潛板至地，流回線圈。潛板有時較厚（如圖2 8 )，但其厚度僅須容納鈴流電流皮深。皮深視材料而變。潛板較佳爲直線，亦可爲彎曲。圖2 7中電力線5 9較厚（約1 2標準厚度）線，彎成直角，並接至潛板5 8通過中心後一短距離（距彎曲處向內）。圖28中，電力線79爲較厚線，具彎曲處。圖2 8中，潛板7 8爲厚絲導體，有一漸縮端接（焊接）至金屬板78a。圖29中，潛板88有一部分8 8 a上彎，而非下彎。所示第一線圈電極具特定形狀位置，但實際不受限之，可爲方形、矩形、八角形、圓形、半圓形或其他等。電極相對潛板端可於上下或中央等。熟習者可變化之。經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製圖3 0 — 3 2爲本發明無電極燈第一例代替結構。此與圖1 6 - 1 8例主要差異在於無電極電感耦合燈8 8利用潛板及電力線89組合，如圖29 (部分88a上彎，非下彎），使用直介電質85取代介電管45,線圈82 具金屬板8 2 a (圖2 7)爲電容器第二電極。操作上基本與圖1 6 — 1 8所示例相同。高頻電感耦合燈第二例第二例係本發明無電極電感耦合燈利用潛板結構@ 墊圈形激發線圈（後述）。包圍上述第一例裝置（即電感耦合燈具潛板結構及％圈螺旋線圈），供比較於其他例具潛板結構及（1 )具梯 -39- (請先Μ讀背面之注f項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準（CNS ) A4说格（210X297公釐）經濟部中央榇準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7_ 五、發明説明鈐）形截面線圈9 0 3專利所述）及（2 )平坦塾圈形線圈（接近/ 9 0 3專利線圈形狀）° 圖3 3 - 3 5爲本發明無電極燈第二例所包含線圈 9 2分別示意圖’截面圖及立體圖。線圈9 2爲坦墊圈形結構，具槽溝9 3 »以下尺寸之墊圈形線圈分作比較（ mm): 內徑外徑槽溝寬度軸高 9 · 5 1 5 9 3 .5 1 6 9.5 1 9 7 3 .5 3 3 9.5 2 2 9 3 .5 1 0 9.5 2 2 9 3 .5 0 1 9 . 5 1 5 9 3 .5 1 0 9 . 5 1 5 9 3 .5 0 3 表 2 爲供比較，一金屬板焊接於線圈側’靠近槽溝’以形成串聯共振電容器一電極（圖3 2 )。亦可添加銅管至線圈外提供水冷卻。圖3 6 — 3 7爲本發明第二例無電極例所利用水冷式墊圈形線圈1 2 2示意圖及截面圖。線圈 1 2 2周界熱觸銅管1 2 4。根據比較，墊圈形線圈較％圈螺旋線圈燈效率低。外徑小之墊圈形效率較高。如z 9 0 3專利建議，墊圈形線圈提供不受光阻之有效形狀，一般亦提供良好散熱特性。 : - I (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS Μ4规格（210Χ297公釐} _ 40 _ '417136 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明細） 4-1-2 新穎婚戒指形激發線圈高頻電感耦合燈第三例第三例係指本發明無電極電感耦合燈燈利用潛板結構及婚戒指（紺合婚戒指）形激發線圈。新穎激發線圈圖38—40爲本發明激發線圈示意圖、截面圖及立體圖。根據木發明，線圈1 3 2具一般婚戒指形結構，具槽溝1 3 3。些婚戒指形線圈之尺寸比較如下（m m ) I- [ ^本 ^ 11 n A^r (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作杜印製 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準（CNS ) A4规格（210X25»7公釐） Λ Α7 Β7 五、發明説明知）Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 21 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a thorium discharge in a bulb. The description of Η discharge is as follows: "A bulb (such as a quartz container) contains a plasma (such as ionic gas). 2. The anti-resonance circuit drives the alternating current through the coil to generate a time-varying magnetic field. A plasma nm transformer consumes a single turn of the coil. Most bulb examples are generally spherical, and other bulb shapes can be used with the inductively coupled lamps of the present invention. Figure 2 2-2 6 is the shape of a bulb suitable for accommodating thorium discharge. Figure 22 is a perspective view of a general cylindrical light bulb. Figure 2 3 _ 2 6 is a dish-shaped light bulb, also known as a round box light bulb. Figure 23 is three-dimensional. 2 4 — 2 6 is a cross-sectional view of the center of the light bulb. The light bulb is rotationally symmetric about the center vertical axis. Fig. 24 is a round box-shaped light bulb with rounded corners. Fig. 25 The light bulb has a recess at the bottom. The shape of the bulb shown is for illustration only. The filling material can be thiosulfate or sintered-it can also be suitable for others. The filling material has low impedance when ionized. When the charge is a metal halide (such as InBr, NaI, CaI, CsI, SnCl. Mercury based charge can be used. Figures 2-2 9 are the first conductive element (such as a submerged plate) and the second conductive element (Such as power line) Illustrates a perspective view of an alternative structure, which is suitable for the electrodeless lamp of the first to the present invention. The power line is a low-charged component. Because the power line only carries current, it depends on the input power. The shape of the power line is different, it is better to bend, and more Board length (higher inductance). On the other hand, the submersible board should be a high-charge, low-inductance conducting element. The submersible board carries --------- installation-I (please read this precaution before filling in this Page} The size of the paper is applicable to China _ Jia Ti Zhuan (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 mm) -38- 417136 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention 6e) All currents of the ring-current series resonance circuit, because the current passes through the capacitor, The diving board goes to the ground and flows back to the coil. The diving board is sometimes thick (as shown in Figure 2 8), but its thickness only needs to accommodate the current of the bell current. The skin varies depending on the material. The diving board is preferably straight or can be used. It is curved. The power line 5 9 in Figure 2 is thicker (about 12 standard thickness). At a right angle, and connected to the diving plate 5 8 a short distance after passing the center (inward from the bend). In Figure 28, the power line 79 is a thicker line with a bend. In Figure 28, the diving plate 78 is thick. The wire conductor has a tapered termination (welded) to the metal plate 78a. In Fig. 29, a part of the latent plate 88 is bent up instead of down. The first coil electrode shown has a specific shape position, but it does not actually Restricted, it can be square, rectangular, octagonal, circular, semi-circular, or other. The electrode can be placed on the top or bottom or the center relative to the end of the latent plate. Those who are familiar with it can change it. The cooperative prints Figure 3 0 — 3 2 as the first example of the electrodeless lamp replacement structure of the present invention. The main difference between this and Figure 16 is the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp 88, which uses a combination of a submerged plate and a power line 89, as shown in the figure. 29 (part 88a bends up, not bends down), using a straight dielectric 85 instead of the dielectric tube 45, and a coil 82 with a metal plate 8 2 a (Figure 2 7) is the second electrode of the capacitor. The operation is basically the same as Figure 1 6 — The example shown in 18 is the same. The second example of the high-frequency inductive coupling lamp The second example is the advantage of the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp of the present invention. Submersible plate structure @ washer-shaped excitation coil (described later). The first example of the device (ie the inductive coupling luminaire submersible plate structure and% coil spiral coil) is enclosed for comparison with other examples with submersible plate structure and (1) with a ladder -39 -(Please read the note f on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 format (210X297 mm) Printed by A7 B7_, Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Description of the invention 钤) Shaped section coil described in the 903 patent) and (2) Flat 塾 coil coil (close to / 903 patented coil shape) ° Figure 3 3-3 5 is the second example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention Contains the coil 92, which are a schematic view and a perspective view, respectively. Coil 9 2 is a plain washer-shaped structure with a groove 9 3 »Comparison of washer-shaped coils with the following dimensions (mm): Inner diameter outer diameter groove width axis height 9 · 5 1 5 9 3 .5 1 6 9.5 1 9 7 3 .5 3 3 9.5 2 2 9 3 .5 1 0 9.5 2 2 9 3 .5 0 1 9. 5 1 5 9 3 .5 1 0 9. 5 1 5 9 3 .5 0 3 Table 2 is For comparison, a metal plate is welded to the coil side 'near the slot' to form an electrode of a series resonance capacitor (Figure 32). Copper pipes can also be added outside the coil to provide water cooling. Figures 3 6-37 are schematic and sectional views of the water-cooled washer-shaped coil 1 2 2 used in the second electrodeless example of the present invention. The perimeter of the coil 1 2 2 is in thermal contact with the copper tube 1 2 4. According to comparison, a washer-shaped coil is less efficient than a% -turn spiral coil lamp. The smaller the diameter of the washer, the higher the efficiency. As suggested in the z 903 patent, the washer-shaped coil provides an effective shape that is not resisted by light and generally provides good heat dissipation characteristics. :-I (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS M4 specification (210 × 297 mm) _ 40 _ '417136 A7 ____B7 V. Detailed description of the invention) 4-1 -2 The third example of the novel high frequency inductive coupling lamp of the exciting ring-shaped exciting coil The third example refers to the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp of the present invention using a submerged plate structure and a wedding ring (coupling wedding ring) shaped exciting coil. 38-40 is a schematic diagram, a cross-sectional view and a perspective view of the exciting coil of the present invention. According to the wooden invention, the coil 1 3 2 has a general wedding ring-shaped structure and has a groove 1 3 3. The dimensions of some wedding ring-shaped coils are compared as follows (mm) -[^ 本 ^ 11 n A ^ r (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) DuPont Printed by Employees of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs -41-This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X25 »7mm) Λ Α7 Β7 5. The invention is known)

表 3 裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製就前述例，槽溝寬度約1 . 8至3 . 5 m m。本文婚戒指形線圈係指徑向較薄而軸向較高導通面* 較佳少於一圈，且非螺旋槽形。換言之婚戒指形線圈具小徑向厚度（外徑與內徑之差）軸高至少大於徑向厚度。婚戒指形線圏耦合相同潛板結構時，較螺旋線圈或熱圈形線圈有效運作。圖4 1爲圖3 8 - 4 0所示激發線圈中電流分配圖示衣紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -42- 「417136 A7 __B7_ 五、發明説明4〇) ，爲高頻時良好耦合之操作燈。圖4 1中，線1 3 9相距線圈1 4 2面之距離代表線圈1 4 2該區電流量。電流分佈朝向線圈1 4 2外緣》由圖4 1可見，線圈1 4 2中段極少電流。因此，線圈1 4 2中電流基本上形成二電流迴路於線圈1 4 2相對外綠。運作時，以二電流迴路更有效操作燈。二環中電流--半僅產生K損耗於各路中。總損耗力各迴路損耗之和，就操作燈產生總損耗一半，乃大幅提高效率。一般較多電流分佈於面對燈泡之側（當線圈緊密耦合燈泡）。線圈電流與電漿電流有效引在一起，致能量最少。二電流間鍋合愈近，驅動二電流彼此靠近之力愈大。更高頻時，幾乎所有電流載於線圈材料皮深。如習知，皮深取決於材料及操作頻率。例如，銅室溫皮深（英吋 )約爲2 . 6 1除以頻率平方根。故1 G Η z時，銅皮深約0 0 0 0 1英吋。本發明婚戒指形線圈之徑向厚度較佳爲數皮深，最好大於1 0皮深以上。經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製較佳徑向厚度小於0 - 8 m m，如裝置軸高約4 , 0 至5 . 0 ni m ’徑向厚度約〇 _ 1 8至〇 . 5 4 m m，該範圍內效率相當。就極薄線圈，線圈材料可代替直接沈積於絕緣面上。本發明婚戒指形線圈較佳軸高至少大於徑向厚度，宜至約線圈％內徑，介於線圈內徑％至％之間效率更佳。例如當線圈_高等於線圈內半徑，婚戒指形線圈操作接近Helmholtz線圈構形，即一對平坦圓形線圈具等圈數及 -43- I -- —^1 - - I —II ^^1 ·. . - - - ! . . ml 1 I ^^1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐）經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印褽 ; ί ^ r . ……t Α7 ___Β7_ 五、發明説明4ι ) 等直徑，安俳共同軸而串聯。Helmholtz線圈最佳安排爲二線圈間距等於半徑。已知Helmhoitz線圈產生均勻磁場，二線圈間中點，順著共冏軸，爲幾乎均均場強度點。電感耦合燈中，場均勻非關鍵運作參數。但婚戒指形/ Helmholtz 線圈構形中功率密度之體積積分亦爲最適値，提供合適電感耦合至線圈間容積。根據適當軸高，本發明利用婚戒指形線圈之操作燈提供二電流迴路，相隔距離等於線圈內半徑。各電流迴路約對應Helmholtz線圈構形一線圈。但適當效率不需精確 Helmholtz結構。隨線圈高度接近HelmholU安排，損耗更少，但如漸近線減少。故婚戒指/ H e 1 m h ο 11 z構形提供強健系統，可供其他燈參數廣泛變化。圖4 2 - 5 7爲本發明激發線圈之不同例立體圖及示意圖。圖3 8 - 4 0爲較佳婚戒指形線圈，軸高約等於內半徑。如圖4 1示，婚戒指形線圈中段極少電流。因此可除去中段，對燈泡效率影響很小。組合婚戒指形線圈係指婚戒指形將至少其中段除去。若具二以上平行環之組合婚戒指形線圈與婚戒指形線圏比較效率，實際上無明顯效率差異。圖4 2 - 4 3爲婚戒指形線圈較佳結構，但除去婚戒指形線圈中間Μ小部分。圖4 4 一 4 5爲另一結構’由婚戒指形線圈％取出中問。圖4 6 - 4 7另一結構中僅保留各組合環之薄銀。較本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Α4規格（2i〇X：297公釐) .λα . ' 裝訂 & (請先閱讀背而之注^Κ項再填寫本頁} ί 41ΤΤ36 經濟部中央標準局ΐ工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明42 ) 佳令組合環較厚以減少線圈材料中電流密度，乃減少損耗 (如較少加熱線圏），並燈更有效。圖4 8 - 4 9例示不需矩形截面，邊綠可具圓角。其他形狀亦可。較佳線圈截面可令電流散開。一般電流愈散開’效率愈大，因減少局部能量損耗。令線圈徑向厚度太薄’雖減少渦流損耗，將增加電流密度及對應能量損耗。圖5 0 - 5 1爲本發明激發線圈另例立體圖及示意圖。其中，線圈引線未伸越線圈外徑，故線圈可置於輪環形燈泡內。圖5 1顯示輪環形燈泡立體圖。圖5 1中，線圈 4 2可置於燈泡內或外，取決於應用例。圖5 2 — 5 7爲婚戒指形與組合婚戒指形線圈例，具一體引線接至其餘燈電路。注意如圖5 6 — 5 7示，線圈頂及底段不須實體連接，只要通過二段之電流相位接近且大小相當。圖5 8 - 6 2爲本發明利用不同組合婚戒指形線圈之燈示意圖。圖5 8 — 6 1中，組合環中各電流相位接近且大小相當。圖5 8中單一電源驅動二環。圖5 9中，二電源分開驅動二環。圖6 0中，二電源分開推動二環，二環引線置於相反方位。圖6 1中，三電源分開推動三環，一環中央設置，另二環對中心對稱相隔。圖6 2電路與上述組合婚戒指形結構不同，因其未提供相位一致二迴路。但圖6 1電路中 > 說明組合婚戒指形線圈二環Φ聯形成二圈絲線圈。絲線圈Q値高，提供低頻優點。令電流迴路適當間隔，圖6 1電路接近Helmholtz線本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210Χ297公釐） -45- ~ -裝訂 ‘ (請先閱讀背面之注1|^項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 五、發明説明43 ) 圈，於更低顯示可提供良好效率。較高頻時，近接效應與其他寄生性不當影響圖6 2電路效率，較圖5 8電路爲甚〇說明婚戒指形激發線圈爲一特定形狀，實際不受限之。例如可用橢圓形、方形、矩形、及腎形，可用任意截面線圈取代上述圓形截而，上述婚戒指形激發線圈耦合潛板結構，本發明激發線圈可配合其他電路設計。根據操作頻率，可由分離組件完成燈。尤其所述婚戒指形相對高效率燈操作於頻率或極高頻（9 Ο Ο Μ Η z以上），構形利用不限高頻或極高頻情況·'例如本發明激發線圈適合燈操作於 1 3 . 5 6 Μ Η ζ、2 Μ Η ζ、1 Μ Η ζ 或更低頻，於更低頻提供上述優點。 4.4.3 第二耦合電路高頻電感耦合燈第四例本發明無電極電感耦合燈第四例係耦合葉片結構至婚戒指形（或組合婚戒指形）激發線圈。經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製參考圖6 3 - 6 7說明本發明第四例，其中相似元件以相似數字表示。圖6 3爲本發明無電極第四例立體圖，利用圖3 8 - 4 0所示婚戒指形激發線圈。圓6 4爲第四例頂視圖。圖6 5爲本發明無電極燈第四例所利用例示電容器結構截面圖，沿圖6 4中線6 5 — 6 5。圖6 6爲圖 6 4中沿線6 6 - 6 6截而圖。圖6 7則爲沿線6 7 -6 7截面。 -46- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ 297公釐）附仵 1 4 1 了彳3 6 中文說明書修正: 1---- 民國 89年7月呈五、發明說明（44 ) ^ Mii - 口似02丄衣归领着委澡咄示^"年^所提之經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Λ'Λ"'4矣·賓更^質^容是否准子修正。婚戒指形線圈1 4 2 ’燈泡1 4 3置於線圈1 4 2中央。可用第一例支座設置燈泡1 4 3於線圈1 4 2中。線圈 1 4 2槽溝一側接至第一板1 4 2 a，再下伸而接至與殼體1 46接地之基座1 48。第一板1423設置線圈 1 4 2於殼體1 4 6中。線圏1 4 2槽溝另一側接至未接地之第二板142b。電力經輸入接頭1 4 1供至燈1 4 0。輸入接頭 1 4 1可爲同軸接頭，具中心導體及接地外導體。中心導體有高頻訊號（即電力）。接地外導體電氣接至殼體 4 6Table 3 Installation-(Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In the previous example, the groove width was about 1.8 to 3.5 mm. In this article, a wedding ring-shaped coil refers to a thinner radial and higher axial conduction surface *, preferably less than one turn, and non-spiral grooved. In other words, the wedding ring-shaped coil has a small radial thickness (the difference between the outer diameter and the inner diameter) and the axial height is at least greater than the radial thickness. When the wedding ring-shaped coil is coupled to the same submersible plate structure, it operates more effectively than a spiral coil or a hot coil. Figure 41 is the current distribution diagram in the excitation coil shown in Figures 3-40. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -42- "417136 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention 4〇 ) Is an operation lamp that is well-coupled at high frequencies. In Figure 41, the distance between the line 1 3 9 and the surface of the coil 1 4 2 represents the amount of current in the area of the coil 1 4 2. The current distribution is toward the outer edge of the coil 1 4 2 " As can be seen in Figure 41, there is very little current in the middle of the coil 1 42. Therefore, the current in the coil 1 4 2 basically forms a two current loop. The coil 1 4 2 is relatively green. During operation, the two current loop is more effective in operating the lamp. Medium current-half only generates K loss in each circuit. The sum of the total loss power of each circuit loss produces half of the total loss of the operating lamp, which greatly improves the efficiency. Generally more current is distributed on the side facing the bulb (when the coil Tightly coupled light bulb). The coil current and the plasma current are effectively drawn together, resulting in the least energy. The closer the two currents are connected, the greater the force that drives the two currents closer to each other. At higher frequencies, almost all the current is carried in the coil material Skin depth. As is known, skin depth depends on Material and operating frequency. For example, the copper room temperature skin depth (inches) is about 2. 6 1 divided by the square root of the frequency. Therefore, at 1 G Η z, the copper skin depth is about 0 0 0 0 1 inch. The radial thickness of the coil is preferably several pico depths, preferably greater than 10 pico depths. The radial thickness printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is preferably less than 0-8 mm, such as the device shaft height of about 4, 0 to 5.0 ni m 'The radial thickness is about 0-18 to 0.54 mm, and the efficiency is equivalent in this range. For extremely thin coils, the coil material can be directly deposited on the insulating surface instead. The wedding ring shape of the present invention The preferred axial height of the coil is at least greater than the radial thickness, and it is preferably about the coil inner diameter, which is more efficient between the coil inner diameter% and%. For example, when coil_height is equal to the coil inner radius, the operation of a wedding ring-shaped coil is close to Helmholtz Coil configuration, that is, a pair of flat circular coils with equal turns and -43- I-— ^ 1--I —II ^^ 1 ·..---!.. Ml 1 I ^^ 1 (Please (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Quasi-station-industrial and consumer cooperatives seal; ί ^ r. …… t Α7 ___ Β7_ 5. Description of the invention 4ι) Equivalent diameters, security and common axis are connected in series. The optimal arrangement of Helmholtz coil is that the distance between the two coils is equal to the radius. Known Helmhoitz coil Generate a uniform magnetic field, the midpoint between the two coils, along the common axis, is the point of almost average field strength. In the inductively coupled lamp, field uniformity is not a key operating parameter. But the volume of power density in the shape of a wedding ring / Helmholtz coil The integration is also optimal, providing a suitable inductive coupling to the inter-coil volume. According to the proper axial height, the present invention uses the operation lamp of a wedding ring-shaped coil to provide two current loops, separated by a distance equal to the inner radius of the coil. Each current loop corresponds to approximately one coil of Helmholtz coil configuration. However, proper Helmholtz structure is not required for proper efficiency. As the coil height approaches the HelmholU arrangement, losses are less, but asymptotically reduced. The old wedding ring / H e 1 m h ο 11 z configuration provides a robust system for a wide range of other lamp parameters. Fig. 4 2-5 7 are perspective views and schematic diagrams of different examples of the exciting coil of the present invention. Figure 3 8-40 is a better wedding ring-shaped coil, whose shaft height is approximately equal to the inner radius. As shown in Figure 41, there is very little current in the middle of the wedding ring-shaped coil. Therefore, the middle section can be removed with little effect on the efficiency of the lamp. A combined wedding ring-shaped coil refers to a ring-shaped part of which is removed from at least the middle. If a combination wedding ring with two or more parallel rings is more efficient than the ring-shaped coil of the wedding ring, there is actually no significant difference in efficiency. Figure 4 2-4 3 is the preferred structure of the wedding ring-shaped coil, except for the small part of the middle M of the finger coil of the wedding ring. Figure 4 4 to 4 5 is another structure. Figure 4 6-4 7 In the other structure, only the thin silver of each combination ring is retained. Chinese paper standard (CNS > A4 size (2iOX: 297mm)) applies to this paper size. Λα. 'Binding & (Please read the back note ^ Κ before filling this page} ί 41ΤΤ36 Ministry of Economy Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Machining Consumer Cooperative A7, B7 V. Invention Description 42) It is better to make the combination ring thicker to reduce the current density in the coil material, which reduces losses (such as fewer heating wires), and the lamp is more effective. Figure 4 8-4 9 The example does not require a rectangular cross section, and the edges can have rounded corners. Other shapes are also possible. A better coil cross section allows the current to spread. Generally, the more the current spreads, the greater the efficiency, because the local energy loss is reduced. Although the thickness is too thin, although reducing the eddy current loss, it will increase the current density and corresponding energy loss. Figures 50-51 are perspective and schematic diagrams of another example of the exciting coil of the present invention. Among them, the coil leads do not extend beyond the coil outer diameter, so the coil can be placed. Inside the ring-shaped light bulb. Figure 51 shows a perspective view of the ring-shaped light bulb. In Figure 51, the coil 4 2 can be placed inside or outside the light bulb, depending on the application example. Figure 5 2-5 7 is a wedding ring shape and a combination wedding ring Coil example with integrated The leads are connected to the other lamp circuits. Note that as shown in Figure 5-6-5, the top and bottom sections of the coil do not need to be physically connected, as long as the phases of the currents passing through the two sections are close and equal in size. Figure 5 8-6 2 This invention uses different Schematic diagram of the lamp of the combined wedding ring-shaped coil. In Figure 5 8-61, the phases of the currents in the combined ring are close in phase and the magnitude is the same. Figure 5 8 uses a single power supply to drive the second ring. Figure 5 9 shows that the two power supplies drive the second ring separately. In Fig. 60, the two power sources separately push the second ring, and the leads of the two rings are placed in opposite directions. In Fig. 61, the three power sources push the three rings separately, one ring is arranged in the center, and the other two rings are symmetrically spaced from each other in the center. The combined wedding ring shape is different because it does not provide a phase-consistent secondary circuit. However, the circuit in Figure 6 illustrates that the combined wedding ring-shaped coil has two rings Φ connected to form a two-wire silk coil. The wire coil Q is high, providing low frequency advantages. Make the current loops properly spaced, as shown in Figure 6. The circuit is close to Helmholtz line. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -45- ~ -Binding '(please read the note 1 | ^ on the back first) (Fill in this page) A7 B7 Fifth, the invention description 43) circle, can provide good efficiency in lower display. At higher frequencies, the proximity effect and other parasitics improperly affect the efficiency of the circuit in Fig. 62, which is much higher than the circuit in Fig. 58. This indicates that the wedding ring-shaped excitation coil has a specific shape, which is actually not limited. For example, oval, square, rectangular, and kidney shapes can be used. Instead of the above-mentioned circular segments, coils with arbitrary cross-sections can be used. The wedding ring-shaped excitation coil is coupled to a latent plate structure. The excitation coil of the present invention can be designed with other circuits. Depending on the operating frequency, the lamp can be completed by a separate component. In particular, the wedding ring-shaped relatively high-efficiency lamp operates at a frequency or an extremely high frequency (above 9 Ο Μ Η Η z), and the configuration uses an unlimited high-frequency or extremely high-frequency situation · 'For example, the excitation coil of the present invention is suitable for lamp operation 1 3. 6 6 Η ζ ζ, 2 Η Η ζ, 1 Η ζ ζ or lower frequencies provide the above advantages at lower frequencies. 4.4.3 Second coupling circuit Fourth example of high-frequency inductive coupling lamp The fourth example of the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp of the present invention is coupling the leaf structure to a wedding ring-shaped (or combined wedding ring-shaped) excitation coil. Printed by the Consumer Co-operation Department of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, referring to Figures 6-6 to 7 of the fourth example of the present invention, in which similar elements are represented by similar numbers. Fig. 63 is a perspective view of a fourth example of the electrodeless embodiment of the present invention, and the wedding ring-shaped excitation coil shown in Figs. Circle 64 is the top view of the fourth example. Fig. 65 is a sectional view of an exemplary capacitor structure used in the fourth example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention, taken along the center line 6 5-6 5 in Fig. 6. Fig. 6 is a sectional view taken along line 6 6-6 6 in Fig. 6 4. Figure 6 7 is a section along line 6 7 -6 7. -46- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210 × 297 mm) Appendix 1 4 1 Added 3 6 Chinese manual amendment: 1-- -Presented in July of the Republic of China in July 89. Description of the invention (44) ^ Mii-The mouth is 02, and the clothes are returned to the commissioner. ^ &Quot; Year ^ mentioned by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative printed Λ ' Λ " '4 矣 · BIN Geng ^ qualitatively ^ whether or not quasi-child correction. The wedding ring-shaped coil 1 4 2 ′ is placed in the center of the coil 1 4 2. The first case holder can be used to set the bulb 1 4 3 in the coil 1 4 2. The coil 1 4 2 is connected to the first plate 1 4 2 a on one side of the groove, and then extended to the base 1 48 which is grounded to the case 1 46. The first plate 1423 is provided with a coil 1 4 2 in a case 1 4 6. The other side of the coil 1 4 2 groove is connected to the second plate 142b which is not grounded. Electricity is supplied to the lamp 1 4 0 via the input connector 1 4 1. The input connector 1 4 1 can be a coaxial connector with a center conductor and a grounded outer conductor. The center conductor has high-frequency signals (ie power). Grounded outer conductor is electrically connected to the housing 4 6

14 14 質1 與板 1 4 一電 14 料。串聯圈L 導通元件，之後稱葉片1 4 9，一端接至輸入接頭 1中心導體。葉片1 4 9另端部分伸於板1 4 2,a及 2 b之間，即包夾於第一介電質1 4 5 a及第二介電 4 5 b之間。由圖6 3及6 5可見，電容器形成於葉片1 4 9端部 1 42 a及1 42b之間。第一電容器形成於板 2 a與葉片1 4 9端部之間，以介電質1 4 5 a爲第容器介電材料。第二電容器形成於板1 4 2 b與葉片 9端部之間，以介電質1 4 5 b爲第二電容器介電材圖6 8爲本發明無電極燈四例。串聯共振電路包含二共振電路c 1及C 2彼此串聯，並串聯於串聯共振線 0。電源1 5 1提供高頻訊號經小電感1^ 1至c 1與 --- 本紙張尺度適用令國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 417136 A7 B714 14 quality 1 and board 1 4-electricity 14 materials. The series coil L conducts the component, which is called blade 1 4 9 afterwards, and one end is connected to the input conductor 1 center conductor. The other end of the blade 1 4 9 extends between the plates 1 2 2a and 2b, that is, sandwiched between the first dielectric 1 4a and the second dielectric 4 5b. It can be seen from FIGS. 6 3 and 65 that the capacitor is formed between the end portions 1 42 a and 1 42 b of the blade 1 4 9. The first capacitor is formed between the plate 2a and the end of the blade 149, and the dielectric material 145 is used as the dielectric material of the container. The second capacitor is formed between the plate 1 4 2 b and the end of the blade 9, and the dielectric 1 4 5 b is used as the second capacitor dielectric. FIG. 6 shows four examples of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. The series resonance circuit includes two resonance circuits c 1 and C 2 connected in series with each other and connected in series with a series resonance line 0. Power supply 1 5 1 Provides high-frequency signals via small inductors 1 ^ 1 to c 1 and --- This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Fill in this page) 417136 A7 B7

五、發明說明（45 ) C 2接點。C 2另一側接地。串聯共振線圈L 〇經小電阻 R 1接地，係總和電路電阻。 Λ請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 運作時，電路作爲串聯共振電路，L 〇爲串聯共振電感，C 1及C 2 —起爲串聯共振電容器，即二線圈c 1及 C 2串聯有效提供一串聯共振電容C 0。電容器C 〇與電感L 〇 —起形成串聯共振電路，於操作時具鈴流電流。電力以高頻及流電形式供至串聯共振電路。電力持續供應時，能量移動於電容器C 1及C 2與線圈L 〇之間，爲交互方式。電路中必然有損耗，爲圖6 8 R 1表示。供至串聯共振電路之能量補充損耗，電容器持續鈴流。燈視爲操作於所加輸入電力頻率。換言之I系統操作於電源頻率，假設電源頻率極接近實際串聯共振電路頻率。運作時，燈泡電漿反射一定量電阻回電路，且有些自然電阻（集體以R1表示）。電容器之實際共振頻率不須恰匹配電源頻率。共振頻率較佳與電源頻率相同，考慮電路 Q値爲電路負載（具運作燈泡）。根據電路Q値，有效運作頻率範圍極寬。故電路偏離實際共振仍可有效運作（匹配工作良好）。經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製參考圖6 3，本發明第四例運作時，高頻電力經接頭 1 4 1進入，且經葉片1 49供至串聯共振電路》葉片 1 4 9爲較低載電元件，係與電路其餘者相比，電感値小 (與接頭引線包含於L1)。葉片149隨能量分散於線圏1 4 2 ( L 0 )中及電路中其他損耗元件，饋送能源至串聯共振電路，例如，一些能量於運作中損失’大抵爲電二 48 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公« ) 417136 修正 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明（46 ) 阻（R 1 )。少量能量可經軸射損失。鈴流電流通過線圈介電質電容器（以葉片 b形成）。較佳，第二電容器（ 1 4 2並經過第一電容器C以板1 4 2 1 4 5 a及葉片1 49端部形成）及第二 149端部，介電質145b及板142 電容器（C 1 )提供高電壓以及高電容 (\2 )提供低電壓高電容。例中，串聯共振電路空間限定於並經過二電容器。較佳二電容器形成於線以保持電路元件儘量小。二電容器執行雙共振頻率及（2 )對輸入電源提供阻抗匹輸入電源阻抗匹配於耦合電路阻抗（値約5 0歐姆，爲一般商用電源値。亦可輸入電源a阻抗匹配取決電容器C 1及C 一般選擇電容器値，提供阻抗匹配及電容問題，共振頻率決定於線圈1 4 2周圍圈1 4 2槽溝間功能（.1 )調諧配。含葉片）。阻抗匹配如1 0歐姆 2與L 1比率。器共振頻率並無 I--------—II ^ -----I訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 2WC0x L0 等式（3 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印裳而 C0：等式（4 ) 關於串聯共振電路，C 1及C 2可爲任何比率，只要倒數和之倒數等於C0。較佳分開C1及C2，C1提供本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 41 了 η π Α7 _Β7_ 五、發明説明W ) 高電壓低電容，C2提供低電壓高電容。故1/C2小値相當於1 / C 1 ，C 2對共振頻率影響甚小。關於阻抗匹配，C 1與C 2比爲重要因子。選擇其適當値程序如下： 1 )就特定燈決定L 〇値； 2 )選定C 〇値提供串聯共振頻率接近電源頻率（考慮負荷運作電路Q値可輕微調整）； 3 )選擇L 1 (宜小）及C 1與C 2比，對訊號源（如5 0歐姆）提供阻抗匹配： 4 )選定C 1値接近C0値（小電容，約一兆分之一法拉第）：及. 5 )選定C 2値滿足阻抗匹配比（較大電容，5 0至 1 0 0 倍於 C 1 )。料（霞I立頻率及電路_共振頻率之函數，如線圈多少圏敗」與一側電極之間隔 v及葉片與另-：_側置.極_.之間隔。雷n取決於電禪_.匣積及介_電材料及厚度1熟習者可立即選擇。較佳爲低損耗正切經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製」礙条化锯及石莢二相較潛板耦合電路，葉片耦合電路空間限定良好。二者均含串聯共振電路，潛板耦合結構中，高電流通過殻體及潛板本身。電流路徑產生串聯共振電路，較葉片耦合電路大，效率較低。降低電流路徑，葉片耦合電路可爲潛板耦合結構效率1 . 3至2倍。 -50- 裝------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Α4規格（2ΙΟΧ297公釐） A7 ^ 417136 _ _ B7 五、發明説明48 ) 4.1.4 場集中導通面高頻電感耦合燈第五例 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明無電極電感耦合燈第五例利用葉片結構，婚戒指形（組合婚戒指形）線圈，及一爐管。焙殻體應揋供R F屏蔽。燈殼體形狀可包圍燈雷路於_ .法籠。一船，温鼓j員牦經由電磁輻躬Jj 傳導而生，法拉第籠防ih電磁輻射逃出殻體。習知卞法可防止^ 選擇殻體可提高燈效率。無殻時燈運作效率很差。隨殻體尺寸改變，燈相對效率亦改變。地面上方婚戒指形激發線圈位置，及線圈與殻體壁距離均有影響。圖6 9爲本發明無電極燈第五例立體圖。其中無電極電感耦合燈1 5 0包含一導通面（之後稱爐管1 5 1 )。燈1 5 0其他類似圖6 3 - 6 8所述燈。如圖6 9，爐管 1 5 1爲半圓柱導通面，接至燈1 5 0基座而接地。經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製爐管1 5 1就線圈對稱，亦可非對稱，效率影響不大。若燈殻體具頂部1線圈直中置。若殻體未具頂部，線圈靠近殻底以增效率|距底間距宜爲一線圈直徑。線圈至爐管壁距離亦有影響，較佳距離爲一至一半線圈直徑。就婚戒指形線圈外徑爲7 · 6 2 m m，爐管1 5 1高度及直徑應爲2 2 . 8 6 m m。殼體爲開放頂時，婚戒指形線圈置於地面上方一線圈直徑較佳。本發明爐管形狀不拘。如圖7 0爲一例立體圖’其中燈1 6 0包含盒形爐管1 6 1。 -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐）經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印聚 A7 B7 - ' ' ' —^^»1.. »'—— »ίΜ^1·ΙΙ·»ι.. 五、發明説明jb )5. Description of the invention (45) C 2 contact. C 2 is grounded on the other side. The series resonance coil L 0 is grounded through a small resistance R 1, which is the total circuit resistance. Λ Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) In operation, the circuit acts as a series resonance circuit, L 0 is the series resonance inductance, and C 1 and C 2 together are series resonance capacitors, that is, the two coils c 1 and C 2 are connected in series Effectively provide a series resonance capacitor C 0. The capacitor C 0 and the inductor L 0 form a series resonance circuit together, and have a ringing current during operation. Electric power is supplied to the series resonance circuit in the form of high frequency and galvanic electricity. When power is continuously supplied, energy moves between the capacitors C 1 and C 2 and the coil L 0 in an interactive manner. There must be losses in the circuit, as shown in Figure 6 8 R 1. The energy supplied to the series resonance circuit supplements the losses and the capacitor continues to ring. The lamp is considered to be operated at the applied input power frequency. In other words, the I system operates at the power supply frequency, assuming that the power supply frequency is very close to the actual series resonance circuit frequency. During operation, the bulb plasma reflects a certain amount of resistance back to the circuit, and some natural resistance (collectively represented by R1). The actual resonant frequency of the capacitor need not exactly match the power frequency. The resonance frequency is preferably the same as the power supply frequency. Consider circuit Q 电路 as the circuit load (with operating light bulb). According to the circuit Q 値, the effective operating frequency range is extremely wide. Therefore, the circuit can still operate effectively without the actual resonance (matching works well). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, referring to Figure 63. During the operation of the fourth example of the present invention, high-frequency power enters through the connector 1 4 1 and is supplied to the series resonance circuit through the blade 1 49. Blade 1 4 9 Low-current-carrying components have a smaller inductance compared to the rest of the circuit (included with the connector leads in L1). The blade 149 is distributed with the energy in the coil 1 4 2 (L 0) and other loss components in the circuit, and feeds energy to the series resonance circuit. For example, some energy is lost during operation. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) 417136 Amend A7 B7 V. Description of invention (46) Resistance (R 1). A small amount of energy can be lost via axial radiation. The ringing current passes through the coil dielectric capacitor (formed by blade b). Preferably, the second capacitor (1 4 2 and the first capacitor C is formed by the plate 1 4 2 1 4 5 a and the blade 1 49 end portion) and the second 149 end portion, the dielectric 145 b and the plate 142 capacitor (C 1) Provide high voltage and high capacitance (\ 2) provide low voltage and high capacitance. In the example, the space of the series resonance circuit is limited to and passes through two capacitors. Preferably, two capacitors are formed on the line to keep the circuit components as small as possible. The two capacitors perform the double resonance frequency and (2) provide impedance to the input power and match the impedance of the input power with the impedance of the coupling circuit (値 about 50 ohms, which is a general commercial power source). The impedance matching of the input power a depends on capacitors C 1 and C Generally, the capacitor 値 is selected to provide impedance matching and capacitance problems. The resonance frequency is determined by the coil 1 4 2 around the coil 1 4 2 slot-to-groove function (.1) tuning arrangement (including blades). Impedance matching such as 10 ohm 2 to L 1 ratio. The resonance frequency of the device does not have I --------— II ^ ----- I (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 2WC0x L0 Equation (3) Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer cooperatives Yin Chang and C0: Equation (4) Regarding the series resonance circuit, C 1 and C 2 can be any ratio, as long as the reciprocal sum is equal to C0. It is better to separate C1 and C2. C1 provides the paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 41 η π Α7 _Β7_ V. Description of the invention W) High voltage and low capacitance, C2 provides low voltage and high capacitance. Therefore, 1 / C2 値 is equivalent to 1 / C 1, and C 2 has little effect on the resonance frequency. Regarding impedance matching, the ratio of C 1 to C 2 is an important factor. The procedure for selecting the appropriate 値 is as follows: 1) Determine L 〇値 for a specific lamp; 2) Select C 〇値 to provide a series resonance frequency close to the power frequency (considering the load operation circuit Q 値 can be slightly adjusted); 3) Select L 1 (should be small ) And C 1 to C 2 to provide impedance matching to the signal source (such as 50 ohms): 4) Select C 1 値 close to C 0 値 (small capacitor, about one trillionth of a Faraday): and. 5) select C 2 値 satisfies the impedance matching ratio (larger capacitance, 50 to 100 times as much as C 1). (The function of the Xia I vertical frequency and the circuit _ resonance frequency, such as how much the coil fails ", the distance v from one electrode and the distance between the blade and the other-: _ side set. Pole _. Thunder depends on the electric Zen _ Box product and dielectric _ Electric material and thickness 1 can be immediately selected by those who are familiar with it. It is preferably printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Coupling circuit space is well defined. Both contain series resonance circuits. In the latent plate coupling structure, high current passes through the housing and the latent plate itself. The current path generates a series resonance circuit, which is larger than the blade coupling circuit and has lower efficiency. Reduce the current path , The blade coupling circuit can be 1.3 to 2 times the efficiency of the submerged plate coupling structure. -50- Assembly ------ Order (please read the note on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specification (2ΙΟ × 297 mm) A7 ^ 417136 _ _ B7 V. Invention description 48) 4.1.4 Fifth example of high-frequency inductive coupling lamp with field-concentrated conduction surface (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ) The electrodeless inductive coupling lamp of the present invention For example, using a blade structure, a wedding ring-shaped (combined wedding ring-shaped) coil, and a furnace tube. The baking shell should be provided for RF shielding. The shape of the lamp housing can surround the lamp thunder path in the _. Method cage. One boat, warm drum J members are born through electromagnetic radiation and Jj conduction. The Faraday cage prevents ih electromagnetic radiation from escaping from the casing. Known methods can prevent ^ selecting the casing can improve the lamp efficiency. The lamp operation efficiency is poor when there is no casing. The size changes, and the relative efficiency of the lamp also changes. The position of the wedding ring-shaped excitation coil above the ground and the distance between the coil and the housing wall have an effect. 50 includes a conducting surface (hereinafter referred to as the furnace tube 1 5 1). The lamp 1 50 is similar to the lamps described in FIGS. 6 3-6 8. As shown in FIG. 6, the furnace tube 1 51 is a semi-cylindrical conducting surface, which is connected to The lamp is grounded at the base of 150. The consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Du printed furnace tube is symmetrical on the coil, which can also be asymmetric, and the efficiency is not affected. .If the case does not have a top, the coil is close to the bottom of the case to increase efficiency Diameter. The distance from the coil to the wall of the furnace tube also has an effect. The preferred distance is one to half the diameter of the coil. The outer diameter of the wedding ring-shaped coil is 7 · 6 2 mm, and the height and diameter of the furnace tube should be 2 2. 8 6 mm. When the shell is open top, the wedding ring-shaped coil is placed above the ground, and the diameter of the coil is better. The shape of the furnace tube of the present invention is not restricted. 1. -51-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2I0X297 mm). The Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, A7 B7-'' '— ^^ »1 ..»' —— »» ίΜ ^ 1 · ΙΙ · »ι .. V. Description of the invention jb)

, it場ϋ會穿透爐管。鏡m流引發於爐管卜.〜_ιΜΜ3流 π「集中磁塢及a場罕燈泡內區域，可揋高燈效率。tauLM 4.1.5 冷卻激發線圈用陶瓷冷源高頻電感耦合燈第六例本發明第六例無電極電感耦合燈使用葉片結構，婚戒指形（組合婚戒抱形）激發線圈，及冷源。運作時，線圈電阻引起功率損耗，致溫度上升，再提高線圈電阻，降低效率。故需冷源冷卻線圈。習知冷源方法包含水冷式，熱管，或令線圈變大（如> 9 0 3專利之線圏）。各習知方法須令線圈徑向厚度變大，但較佳線圈徑向應薄。圖7 1爲木發明無電極燈第六例立體圖，其中，無電極電感耦合燈1 7 0具冷源1 7 1，較佳與線圈熱接觸’ 接觸面宜平坦^ 冷源1 7 1材料具高導熱性，但幾無導電性’較佳材料爲高導熱陶瓷，如B e 0。其他如Β Ν具良好熱性’本例因此B N橫向（即徑向）導熱。使用B N可精確控制熱流《 A 1 N亦可，但高頻時燈性能變差。例如加入B e冷源提供穩定性及操作範圍。就圖7 1冷源1 7 1爲圓柱形1但不限此。如圖7 2 之燈1 8 0具盒形冷源1 8 1。冷源材料及結構對燈運作影響大。高頻時線圈相差致 .裝------訂 (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度4财關家縣（CNs)鐵格（2獻297公着） -52- Λ7 B7 417136 五、發明説明έ〇 ) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 磁場不均，若介電材料（陶瓷）包圍線圈，線圈電長度增加，視材料介電常數而定。若線圈電氣長度接近電源波長重要部分，相位脫移效應更明顯。例如，美國專利5，4 9 8，9 3 7號（之後稱 > 9 3 7專利）揭示無電極燈利用A 1 N爲習知螺旋線圈之支承材料，其燈操作於1 3 . 5 6 Μ Η z (低頻）。但 A 1 Ν較高介電常數有利高頻運作。 A 1 N介電常數約9 >加長線圈電氣長度之倍數爲3 。此外B e 0熱性類似A 1 N，介電常數約6，加長效果較A 1 N差。B N爲4，故較不利。高頻電感耦合燈第七例本發明無電極電力線第七例葉片結構，婚戒指形 (組合婚戒指形）激發線圈，，及爐管。 t μ.；--. ^ 圖3爲本發明無電極燈第^^|8|立體圖。圖74爲替代結構立體圖，可見上述不同例可組合成極有效無電極電感耦合燈經濟部中央標隼局—工消費合作社印製It will penetrate the furnace tube. The mirror m current is induced in the furnace tube. ~ _ΙΜΜ3 flow π "concentrated magnetic dock and a field inside a rare light bulb, which can improve lamp efficiency. TauLM 4.1.5 sixth example of ceramic cold source high frequency inductive coupling lamp for cooling excitation coil The sixth example of the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp of the present invention uses a blade structure, a wedding ring-shaped (combined wedding ring-embracing) excitation coil, and a cold source. During operation, the coil resistance causes power loss, which causes the temperature to increase, and then increases the coil resistance and reduces the coil resistance. Efficiency. Therefore, a cold source is required to cool the coil. Conventional cold source methods include water cooling, heat pipes, or making the coil larger (such as the > 903 patent line). Each conventional method must increase the radial thickness of the coil. However, it is preferred that the coil should be thin in the radial direction. Figure 7 1 is a perspective view of the sixth example of the electrodeless lamp of the wood invention. Among them, the electrodeless inductive coupling lamp 170 has a cold source 17 1 and is preferably in thermal contact with the coil. It should be flat ^ Cold source 1 7 1 The material has high thermal conductivity, but has little conductivity. 'The preferred material is a highly thermally conductive ceramic, such as B e 0. Others such as B Ν have good thermal conductivity.' This example therefore BN is transverse (ie radial ) Heat conduction. Use BN to precisely control heat flow "A 1 N Yes, but the lamp performance deteriorates at high frequencies. For example, adding a Be cold source to provide stability and operating range. As shown in Figure 7 1 The cold source 1 7 1 is cylindrical 1 but not limited to this. Figure 7 2 lamp 1 8 0 sets of box-shaped cold source 1 8 1. The material and structure of the cold source have a great impact on the operation of the lamp. The coils differ at high frequencies. Installation --- order (please read the precautions before filling this page) The paper scale 4 Caiguan County (CNs) Tiege (2 books 297) -52- Λ7 B7 417136 V. Description of the invention 〇 (Read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Uneven magnetic field, If a dielectric material (ceramic) surrounds the coil, the electrical length of the coil increases, depending on the dielectric constant of the material. If the electrical length of the coil is close to an important part of the power source wavelength, the phase shift effect is more pronounced. For example, US Patent 5, 4 98, No. 9 3 7 (hereinafter referred to as > 9 37 patent) discloses that electrodeless lamps use A 1 N as the supporting material of the conventional spiral coil, and the lamp is operated at 1 3. 6 6 Μ Η z (low frequency). But A 1 A higher dielectric constant is favorable for high-frequency operation. A 1 N dielectric constant is about 9 > The multiple of the length of the extended coil electrical length is 3. In addition, Be 0 thermal Like A 1 N, the dielectric constant is about 6, and the lengthening effect is worse than A 1 N. BN is 4, which is disadvantageous. High frequency inductively coupled lamp Seventh example The seventh example of the electrodeless power line blade structure of the present invention, a wedding ring shape ( Combined wedding ring shape) excitation coil, and furnace tube. T μ .;-. ^ Figure 3 is a perspective view of the electrodeless lamp according to the present invention ^^ | 8 |. Figure 74 is a perspective view of an alternative structure. It can be seen that the above different examples can be combined. Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives

伴隨線圈電_:货降，提高總故里。With the coil electricity _: cargo drop, improve the total hometown.

圈與爐管間效果爲避J1LM冷源間^日爐管由S好堇屬製’如爐管間大面積接觸，加上通過隱丨間U子熱接觸。故線圈溫度下降 4 具改良熱特性之燈 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（21〇Χ297公釐）The effect between the ring and the furnace tube is to avoid the J1LM cold source room. The furnace tube is made of S. spp., Such as large area contact between the furnace tube, plus U-heat contact through the hidden U. Therefore, the temperature of the coil is reduced. 4 lamps with improved thermal characteristics -53- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇 × 297mm)

41 7 nG A7 B7 五、發明説明h ) 高頻電感耦合燈第八例有時就線圈全部周面不須令共存。欲減少相位脫移及保持線圈電氣長度較小’較包含單板介電材料與線圈電力線相對設置。使用實質輸入及/或輸出接觸，再強化線圈散熱’如銅金屬。圖7 5爲本發明無電極燈第八例立體圖。圖7 6爲其經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製頂視圖。圖7 7 爲沿線7 8 - 7 參考圖7 5 極電感耦合燈1 1 9 2。燈泡1 1 9 5支承。薄 1 9 0。可另用導體帶入。單介力經引線1 9 1 1 9 6內一葉片 1 9 9 a 及 1 9 器。欲改進線圈不降低效率。就圈徑向厚度應約圈散熱，地接點線圈1 9 2對殻爐管有效操作- 爲圖76沿線77-77截面圖。圖78 8截面圖。 7 8，相似元件 9 ◦具 9 3置引線1 同軸接電質1 進入之 19 9 9 b之一殼體1 9 於線圈1 9 9 1接至葉頭附於殼體 9 4熱密觸相對位置。。葉片1 9 間，形成上以相似數字表示，無電 6裝有婚戒指形線圈 2中央，由介電質片1 9 9供電至燈 1 9 6 ，令電力由中心線圈1 9 2部分，於電引線1 9 1接至殼體 9延伸於介電質述串聯共振電路之電容 1 9 2導熱性，線圈徑向厚度儘量厚，並線圈內徑5 m m，及4至6 m m軸高，線 0 . 2 5 m m至◦ . 7 5 m m。欲改進線夠大，且接至殻體前、頂及底部。可減少體1 9 6間隔以改進燈1 9 0導熱，相對例如，就線圈具5 m m內徑，殻體1 9 6 , .I- 1 - i I - II . -- I - ^—r · 1^1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -54- 417136 ' A 7 B7_____ 五、發明説明L ) 應爲正圓柱，以線_於中央^殻體1 9 6外徑約2 Ο - 3 0 m m，高約 2 0 m m。較佳介電質爲導熱陶瓷，如B e ◦、B N或A 1 N。若欲減少相位失輿，B N較佳。可縮小燈泡尺寸及線圈直徑以縮短線圈電氣長度。可降低操作頻率以減少相位脫移效應。第八例中，燈泡1 9 3由一反射套1 9 8包住’其例揭示於以下4.2.2段及PCT公告WO 97/ 4 5 8 5 8。反射套1 9 8形成發光之開口。此開口燈提供高亮度光源，燈1 9 0可配合光導件裝於開□使用。 4.1.7 新穎歐米加形激發線圈高頻激發線圈第九例圖7 9 - 8 0爲本發明新穎激發線圈另一結構示意及立體圖，使用於本發明無電極燈第九例。圖8 1爲其頂視圖。圖8 2爲圖8 1沿線8 2 — 8 2截面。如圖7 9 — 8 0，激發線圈2 2 0截面如大寫字母歐經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 .^1 1^1 n ^^1 i I - I I -i—---- ^^1 X» 03-*e (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 米加（Ω )。歐米加線圈2 2 0具大致婚戒指形激發部，引線2 2 0 a及2 2 0 b彎曲成激發部切線’且彼此平行。由圖7 9可兒，歐米加線圈2 2 0可包含彼此非對稱之引線2 2 0 a及2 2 0 b。圖8 1 - 8 2顯示歐米加線圈2 2 0置於印刷電路板 2 2 1上。其爲雙而板，其上置介電層2 2 2及導通區 2 2 4及2 2 6 a — 2 2 6 c。其製法爲習知。導通區本紙張尺度適用中國國家摞準（CNS ) A4現格（210X297公釐} -55- 4 A7 B7 五、發明説明63 ) 2 2 6 c蓋住印刷電路板2 2 1 —整側1稱爲地面。導通區2 2 6 a及2 2 6 b電連接至地面2 2 6 c (以電鍍通孔或他法爲之）。導通2 2 4形成條紋阻抗匹配電路，一部分2 2 4 a對應上述葉片結構。由圖8 2可見，引線2 2 0 a ，介電質2 3〇及葉片部2 2 4 a形成第一電容器。第二電容器形成於葉片部 2 2 4 a ，印刷電路板2 2 1介電質與地面2 2 6 c之間。印刷電路板2 2 1置於金屬板2 3 2上。地面2 2 6 c 電接觸金屬板2 3 2。金屬板2 3 2提供強度於組件，並提供同軸接頭2 2 8之安裝位置。同軸接頭2 2 8有一中心導體接至條紋線。同軸接頭2 2 8外殼接地至金屬板 2 3 2 ° 相較前例，歐米加線圈2 2 0簡化製程。例如，歐米加線圈直接裝於印刷電路板上，類似表面安裝零件。此外歐米加線圈2 2 0利用印刷電路板2 2 1之介電層2 3 0 。可用習知動組裝法組裝介電質2 3 0於印刷電路板 2 2 1 上。經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4.1.8 整合燈頭高頻電感耦合燈第十例圖8 3爲本發明無電極燈第十例用整合燈頭之立體圖。圖8 4 — 8 5分別爲其側視及頂視圖。圖8 6爲圖8 5 沿線8 6 - 8 6截面圖。如圖8 3 ，整合燈頭2 0 0包含一殻體2 0 6包住陶 -56- ---------裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐）經濟部中央標準局身工消費合作社印製 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明如）瓷嵌件2 0 4。燈頭2 0 0整體尺寸約4 0 m m寬X 5 0 m m長X 1 5 m m深。由圖8 6可見，殼體2 0 6包含鋁 A 1 2 0 6 a及鋁矽化碳（A 1 S i C ) 2 0 6 b。整合燈頭2 0 0爲單塊結構，具有金屬矩陣複合體支持一電絕緣陶瓷a整合燈頭2 0 0製法可如美國專利 5，5 7 0，5 0 2 (名稱爲π包含電絕緣體之金屬矩陣複合物製造〃），5 ’ 047，182 (名稱爲"以真空壓鑄製造金屬矩陣複合物〃）’ 5 ’ 0 4 7 ’ 1 8 2 (名稱爲''以低壓成形及昇華乾燥法之複合陶瓷及金屬形體"· )，5，0 4 7，1 8 1 (名稱爲&複合高性能陶瓷及金屬形體成形"）’ 4 ’ 9 0 4 ’ 4 1 1 (名稱爲v高負荷，可傾倒懸浮顆粒材料〃），4 ’ 8 8 2 ’ 3 0 4 (名稱爲：$高負荷複合物系統熔析〃）及4 ’ 8 1 6 ’ 1 8 2 (名稱爲w高負荷顆粒懸浮液熔析〃）。一般整合燈頭2 0 0依以下程序製成。碳化矽（ S 1 C )胚料與化硼（B N )嵌件2 0 4 .適當放入模腔。液態鋁（或鋁合金）強制進入模腔（如藉真空壓力）| 其中鋁湊入多孔S i C胚料’並塡充模腔中其他開放空間。液態鋁固化，形成壓鑄結構，具金屬矩陣複合物於多孔 S i C胚料及BN嵌件2 0 4周圍而通過。鋁固化於BN 嵌件2 0 4與A 1 S i C 2 0 6 b間隙，形成第五例所述爐管2 0 6 c » 壓鑄結構加工形成燈頭2 0 0。例如B N嵌件2 0 4 具有通道2 0 4 a對應婚戒指形激發線圈2 0 2外徑與軸本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐) _ 57 · I^、1τ^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 4 6 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製五、發明説明) 高。製程屮，鋁填入通道及B N嵌件2 0 4中心。接著，以直徑對應線圈2 0 2內徑之鑽頭鑽出B N嵌件2 0 4中心，形成婚戒指形激發線圈2 0 2。模腔可包含一鎖，於糝入過程中佔住B N嵌件中心實質部分，以限制稍後鑽出之鋁量。同樣地|槽溝2 0 5於壓鑓結構中加工形成對線圈 2 0 2引線。加工後槽溝寬度對葉片及後來插入之相關介電質提供空間以形成串聯共振電路。可用其他加工配合特定情況。例如燈頭2 0 0包含孔2 0 9 ，並經加工承接安裝硬體2 0 7。如圖8 4 - 8 6示，燈泡2 0 3包入形成口徑 208a之反射套208。燈泡203相對線圈202爲軸向及向定中。可如4 . 2段說明製造燈泡2 0 3及套 2 0 8。一般形成反射套，係定位燈泡2 0 3於燈頭 2 0 0中，並倒入微及毫微顆粒鋁石及矽石溶液於燈泡周圍。溶液乾燥而硬化，除去一些硬化反射材料而形成開口。代之，燈泡2 0 3可以反射套2 0 8分包住，再插入燈頭2 0 0爲一單元。較佳除去殼體2 0 6底部2 0 6 d (銑壓鑄結構等）。B N嵌件2 0 4與A 1 S 1 C 2 0 6 b形成肩部 204b，而於滲入過程中垂直抓住BN嵌件204，若除去底部2 0 6 d，並固定B N嵌件2 0 4。整合燈頭2 0 0具許多優點。例如，燈頭2 0 0提供機械堅固實體結構以容護燈泡。燈頭2 0 0包裝可立即聯 -----------裝-- (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)41 7 nG A7 B7 V. Description of the invention h) Eighth example of high-frequency inductive coupling lamp Sometimes it is not necessary to coexist on the entire circumference of the coil. To reduce the phase shift and keep the coil electrical length smaller 'than to include a single board dielectric material and the coil power line. Use physical input and / or output contacts and then strengthen the coil's heat dissipation, such as copper metal. FIG. 75 is a perspective view of an eighth example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. Figure 76 is printed from the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Top view. Figure 7 7 is a line 7 8-7 with reference to Figure 7 5 pole inductively coupled lamp 1 1 9 2. The bulb 1 1 9 5 is supported. Thin 1 9 0. It can be carried in by another conductor. Single dielectric force through the leads 1 9 1 1 9 6 inside a blade 1 9 9 a and 19 devices. Want to improve the coil without reducing efficiency. The radial thickness of the ring should be about the heat dissipation of the ring, the ground contact coil 1 9 2 effective operation on the shell furnace tube-is a sectional view along line 77-77 of Figure 76. Figure 78 8 sectional view. 7 8, similar components 9 ◦ with 9 3 lead wires 1 coaxial connection 1 into 19 9 9 b one of the housing 1 9 to the coil 1 9 9 1 connected to the blade head attached to the housing 9 4 heat-tight contact position. . There are 19 blades, which are represented by similar numbers. No electricity 6 is equipped with the center of the wedding ring-shaped coil 2 and is powered by the dielectric sheet 1 9 9 to the lamp 19 6. The lead 1 9 1 is connected to the housing 9 and extends the capacitance of the dielectric resonance series resonant circuit 1 9 2. The thermal conductivity, the radial thickness of the coil is as thick as possible, and the inner diameter of the coil is 5 mm, and the axis height is 4 to 6 mm. 2 5 mm to ◦ 7 5 mm. The wire to be improved is large enough and connected to the front, top and bottom of the housing. The body 196 spacing can be reduced to improve the heat transfer of the lamp 190. For example, for example, the coil has an inner diameter of 5 mm, and the housing 196, .I- 1-i I-II.-I-^ -r · 1 ^ 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -54- 417136 'A 7 B7_____ 5. Description of the invention L) It is a right cylinder, with the line _ in the center ^ shell 1 9 6 with an outer diameter of about 2 0-30 mm and a height of about 20 mm. The preferred dielectric is a thermally conductive ceramic such as Be e, B N, or A 1 N. To reduce phase misalignment, B N is preferred. The bulb size and coil diameter can be reduced to shorten the coil electrical length. The operating frequency can be reduced to reduce the effect of phase shift. In the eighth example, the bulb 193 is enclosed by a reflecting sleeve 198 '. An example of this is disclosed in the following paragraph 4.2.2 and PCT Publication WO 97/4 5 8 5 8. The reflective sleeve 198 forms a light-emitting opening. This open light provides a high-brightness light source. The lamp 190 can be used in conjunction with a light guide to be mounted on. 4.1.7 Ninth example of novel omega-shaped excitation coil High-frequency excitation coil Figure 7-9 is a schematic and perspective view of another structure of the novel excitation coil of the present invention, which is used in the ninth example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. Figure 81 is its top view. Figure 8 2 is a cross section of Figure 8 1 along line 8 2-8 2. As shown in Figure 7-9-8, the cross section of the excitation coil 2 2 0 is printed in capital letters by the consumer cooperation agreement of the Central Bureau of Standards of the European Economic Ministry. ^ 1 1 ^ 1 n ^^ 1 i I-II -i —---- ^^ 1 X »03- * e (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Miga (Ω). The omega coil 2 2 0 has a substantially wedding ring-shaped excitation portion, and the leads 2 2 a and 2 2 0 b are bent to be tangent to the excitation portion 'and parallel to each other. As can be seen from Fig. 79, the omega coil 2 2 0 may include leads 2 2 0 a and 2 2 0 b asymmetrical to each other. Figures 8-8 2 show the omega coil 2 2 0 placed on a printed circuit board 2 2 1. It is a double-sided board with a dielectric layer 2 2 2 and conducting regions 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 a-2 2 6 c thereon. The system is known. Continuity area This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -55- 4 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 63) 2 2 6 c Covering the printed circuit board 2 2 1 —One side on one side For the ground. The conduction areas 2 2 6 a and 2 2 6 b are electrically connected to the ground 2 2 6 c (using plated through holes or other methods). Conducting 2 2 4 forms a stripe impedance matching circuit, and a part 2 2 4 a corresponds to the above-mentioned blade structure. It can be seen from FIG. 8 that the lead 2 220 a, the dielectric 2 30 and the blade portion 2 2 4 a form a first capacitor. The second capacitor is formed between the blade portion 2 2 4 a, the printed circuit board 2 2 1 dielectric and the ground 2 2 6 c. The printed circuit board 2 2 1 is placed on a metal plate 2 3 2. The ground 2 2 6 c makes electrical contact with the metal plate 2 3 2. The metal plate 2 3 2 provides strength to the component and provides a mounting position for the coaxial connector 2 2 8. The coaxial connector 2 2 8 has a center conductor connected to the strip line. The coaxial connector 2 2 8 is grounded to the metal plate 2 3 2 ° Compared with the previous example, the omega coil 2 2 0 simplifies the manufacturing process. For example, omega coils are mounted directly on a printed circuit board, similar to surface mount parts. In addition, the Omega coil 2 2 0 uses a dielectric layer 2 3 0 of the printed circuit board 2 2 1. The dielectric 2 230 can be assembled on the printed circuit board 2 2 1 by a conventional dynamic assembly method. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 4.1.8 Integrated lamp cap. Tenth example of high-frequency inductively coupled lamp. Figure 83 is a perspective view of the integrated lamp cap used in the tenth example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. Figure 8 4 — 8 5 are their side and top views, respectively. Fig. 8 is a sectional view taken along line 8 6-8 6 of Fig. 8 5. As shown in Figure 8 3, the integrated lamp holder 2 0 0 contains a shell 2 0 6 to enclose Tao-56- --------- install-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). Printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention. The overall size of the base 200 is about 40 m m wide X 50 m m long X 15 m m deep. It can be seen from FIG. 86 that the housing 206 includes aluminum A 1 2 0 6 a and aluminum silicided carbon (A 1 S i C) 2 0 6 b. The integrated lamp holder 200 is a monolithic structure with a metal matrix composite body to support an electrically insulating ceramic. The integrated lamp holder 200 can be manufactured in the same manner as in the US patent 5,575,500 (named π metal matrix containing electrical insulators) Manufacture of composites5), 5 '047,182 (named " Manufacture of metal matrix composites by vacuum die casting〃)' 5 '0 4 7' 1 8 2 (named `` composite by low pressure forming and sublimation drying method '' Ceramic and Metal Forms " ·), 5, 0 4 7, 1 8 1 (named & Composite High Performance Ceramic and Metal Forming ") '4' 9 0 4 '4 1 1 (Named v High Load , Pourable suspended particulate material 〃), 4 '8 8 2' 3 0 4 (named: $ High load composite system smelting 〃) and 4 '8 1 6' 1 8 2 (named w High load particle suspension Liquid melting 〃). Generally, the integrated lamp base 200 is manufactured according to the following procedure. Silicon carbide (S 1 C) blank and boron (B N) inserts 2 0 4. Properly put into the cavity. Liquid aluminum (or aluminum alloy) is forced into the mold cavity (for example, by vacuum pressure) | where aluminum is inserted into the porous Si C blank and fills other open spaces in the mold cavity. The liquid aluminum is solidified to form a die-casting structure, and a metal matrix composite is passed around the porous Si C blank and the BN insert 204. The aluminum is solidified in the gap between the BN insert 2 0 4 and A 1 S i C 2 0 6 b to form the furnace tube 2 0 6 c according to the fifth example. The die-casting structure is processed to form the lamp holder 2 0 0. For example, BN insert 2 0 4 has channel 2 0 4 a corresponding to the wedding ring-shaped excitation coil 2 0 2 outer diameter and shaft. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X297 mm) _ 57 · I ^, 1τ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 4 6 A7 B7 Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of the Invention). Process 屮, aluminum fills the channel and the B N insert 2 04 center. Next, the center of the BN insert 204 was drilled with a drill having a diameter corresponding to the inner diameter of the coil 202 to form a wedding ring-shaped excitation coil 202. The cavity may include a lock that occupies a substantial portion of the center of the BN insert during the insertion process to limit the amount of aluminum that is drilled later. Similarly, the slot 2 0 5 is processed in the stamping structure to form a lead to the coil 2 0 2. The width of the groove after processing provides space for the blade and related dielectrics inserted later to form a series resonance circuit. Other processing can be used to match the specific situation. For example, the lamp holder 2 0 includes the hole 2 0 9 and is processed to receive the mounting hardware 2 7. As shown in Fig. 8 4-86, the light bulb 203 is enclosed in a reflection sleeve 208 with a diameter of 208a. The bulb 203 is axially and centered relative to the coil 202. The bulbs 203 and sets 208 can be manufactured as described in paragraph 4.2. Generally, a reflective sleeve is formed, and the bulb 230 is positioned in the lamp holder 200, and the micro and nano particle alumina and silica solutions are poured around the bulb. The solution dries and hardens, removing some hardened reflective material to form openings. Instead, the light bulb 203 can be enclosed by the reflection sleeve 208, and then the light bulb 2,000 is inserted as a unit. It is preferable to remove the housing 2 06 bottom 2 6 d (milling die-casting structure, etc.). The BN insert 2 0 4 and A 1 S 1 C 2 0 6 b form a shoulder 204b, and during the infiltration process, the BN insert 204 is vertically grasped, if the bottom 2 0 6 d is removed, and the BN insert 2 0 4 is fixed . The integrated lamp holder 200 has many advantages. For example, the base 200 provides a mechanically solid physical structure to house the bulb. Lamp holder 2 0 0 package can be connected immediately ----------- install-(read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -58- 417136 經濟部中夾標準局負工消費合作杜印製 A7 _ B7 _ " ............ 1 < " .......五、發明説明知）接外部光學元件。整合燈頭2 0 0亦具熱管理優點。燈頭 2 0 0熱密接觸線圈2 0 2與冷源（如B N嵌件2 0 4 ) 及冷源與燈體（.如殼體2 0 6 )之間。較佳線圈，冷源與燈體之膨脹係數匹配，故熱循環屮保持緊密熱接觸（如燈啓動、穩定狀態操入，及燈關閉）。較佳冷源材料提供導熱係數適合於所欲溫度操作燈。第九例中，B N嵌件 2 0 4膨脹係數匹配殻體2 ◦ 6 A 1 S i C 2 0 6 a 部分之膨脹係數。如此，燈頭有效導離燈泡熱，並有效導邈感耦合之熱保持耦合高R F效率。 ··— _ 一整合燈頭2 0 0較佳另提供導通幕於燈泡及耦合電路周圍，以降低R F能量輻射至外。再者，上述整合包裝之燈頭2 0 0可大量低本製造。圖8 7 - 8 8爲利用本發明第九例之燈組頂視及側視圖。燈頭殻體2 0 6置於基座2 1 0上。托架2 1 2接至基座2 1 0 —端並支承同軸接頭2 1 4。同軸接頭2 1 4 之中心導體電連接線圈2 0 2引線間延伸之葉片2 1 6。如第四例所述，薄介電質置於葉片2 1 6與線圈2 0 2接地引線之間1較厚介電質置於葉片2 1 6與線圈2 0 2另 -引線之間。 ' 基座g_J_ 0包含一诵道2 1 S荇納啓削_，就不息啓動之燈泡，絕緣線可引經诵道，故線Μ H1,揣位置接近燈泡底。大電位差可加玉線丨卷丨驵矜動媪間，以生足夠電場強度令燈泡內氣體離子化，以弓丨崩浩。苺座2 1 0中雖提g；- 浦._道，女部分糌不須使用啓勒』总。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝.、 1T This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard {CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -58- 417136 Work and Consumer Cooperation of Zhongjia Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed A7 _ B7 _ " ........ .... 1 < " ....... V. Description of the invention) Connect external optical components. The integrated lamp holder 2000 also has the advantage of thermal management. The lamp holder 2 0 0 heat-tightly contacts the coil 202 and the cold source (such as the B N insert 2 0 4) and between the cold source and the lamp body (such as the housing 2 06). For better coils, the expansion coefficient of the cold source and the lamp body are matched, so the thermal cycle is maintained in close thermal contact (such as lamp startup, steady state operation, and lamp shutdown). The preferred cold source material provides a thermal conductivity suitable for operating the lamp at the desired temperature. In the ninth example, the expansion coefficient of the B N insert 2 0 4 matches the expansion coefficient of the shell 2 ◦ 6 A 1 S i C 2 0 6 a. In this way, the lamp cap effectively conducts heat away from the bulb, and effectively conducts heat of inductive coupling to maintain coupling with high R F efficiency. ·· — _ 1 An integrated lamp holder 200 is preferably provided with a conductive screen around the bulb and the coupling circuit to reduce the RF energy radiation to the outside. Furthermore, the above-mentioned integrated lamp cap 200 can be manufactured in large quantities at low cost. Figures 8-7-8 are top and side views of a lamp unit using a ninth example of the present invention. The lamp holder housing 2 06 is placed on the base 2 10. The bracket 2 1 2 is connected to the end of the base 2 1 0 and supports the coaxial connector 2 1 4. The central conductor of the coaxial connector 2 1 4 is electrically connected to the blade 2 1 6 extending between the leads 2 0 2. As described in the fourth example, a thin dielectric is placed between the blade 2 16 and the ground lead of the coil 2 02. A thicker dielectric is placed between the blade 2 16 and the coil 2 0 2 -lead. 'The base g_J_ 0 contains a recitation of the Tao 2 1 S, and it will start the light bulb continuously. The insulated wire can lead to the recitation of the Tao, so the line MH1, 揣 is located near the bottom of the bulb. Large potential difference can be added to the jade wire 丨 roll 丨 move between 媪, in order to generate enough electric field strength to ionize the gas in the bulb, to collapse 浩. Although g is mentioned in berry 2 10;-Pu. _ Road, the female part 糌 does not need to use Kailer "total. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page).

、1T Μ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） -59-、 1T Μ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) -59-

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 _ _____B7 五、發明説明鈐）整合燈頭建有線圈’內徑由7 m m上至8 5 m m，徑向厚度由〇 . 1 5 m m至〇 . 8 m m，較佳約〇 · 5 m m，較高約3 m m至5 m in，約β內徑則爲較佳軸高。燈泡配合整合燈頭使用，外徑（0 · D .)約7 m m，內徑（I · D )約6 m m。燈泡通常爲球形，亦有平頂部及圓筒形。上述整合燈頭例有關電感耦合燈，本發明整合燈頭可立即修改成電容耦合燈，旅波發射器，及均勻微波燈。其中激發結構可一體形成於絕緣陶瓷內面，提供不同形狀燈。例如，可形成相反電極提供電容耦合噔。其他有各式變化。 4 · 1 . 8 . 1 歐米加線圈高頻電感耦合燈第十一例圖8 9爲本發明無電極燈第十一例之整合燈頭立體圖。圖90-91爲其頂視圖。圖92爲圖91圓面積92 放大圖。圖9 3爲圖9 1沿線9 3 - 9 3之第十一.例橫截面圖。圖9 4爲第十--例沿圖9 1中線9 4 — 9 4之截面圖。第十一例利用歐米加線圈2 4 2，其他類似第十例。整合燈頭240包含殻體246包住陶瓷嵌件244。槽溝2 4 4 B分開歐米加線圈2 4 2之引線2 4 2 a及 2 4 2 b。燈頭2 4 0整個尺寸約3 1 m m寬X 4 7 m m 長x 1 8 m m深。由陶瓷嵌件2 4 4屮央。殼體2 4 6主 ^^1 —^^1 ^^1 » ^^1 >ι·Ί - --. ^^1 ^^^1 (請先閱讀背面之注^^項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -60 - 4 Π 136 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明说明) 體爲半圓形’半徑約2 3 . 5 m m。殼體2 4 6本體約 1丄m rn深’選擇突出脊2 4 6約7 m m深。如第十例討論’由圖9 3及94可見，殻體246包含A 1 246a及AlSic 246b，並包住BN嵌件 2 4 4。歐米加線圈2 4 2由以下程序形成=B N嵌件2 4 4 預形成一 IS部2 4 4 a對應歐米加線圈2 4 2外徑及下限Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ _____B7 V. Description of the invention 钤) The integrated lamp head has a coil with an inner diameter from 7 mm to 8 5 mm and a radial thickness from 0.1 15 mm to 0.8 mm. A preferred axial height is about 0.5 mm, a height of about 3 mm to 5 mm, and a beta inner diameter of about β. The bulb is used in conjunction with the integrated lamp cap, with an outer diameter (0 · D.) Of about 7 mm and an inner diameter (I · D) of about 6 mm. Bulbs are usually spherical with flat tops and cylindrical shapes. The above integrated lamp cap example relates to an inductive coupling lamp. The integrated lamp cap of the present invention can be immediately modified into a capacitive coupling lamp, a traveling wave transmitter, and a uniform microwave lamp. The excitation structure can be integrally formed on the inner surface of the insulating ceramic to provide lamps of different shapes. For example, opposite electrodes can be formed to provide capacitive coupling. Others have various changes. 4.1.8.1 Eleventh Example of Omega Coil High Frequency Inductive Coupling Lamp Fig. 8 is a perspective view of the integrated lamp cap of the eleventh example of the electrodeless lamp of the present invention. Figures 90-91 are top views. FIG. 92 is an enlarged view of a circle area 92 in FIG. 91. Figure 9 3 is a cross-sectional view of the eleventh example of Figure 9 1 along the line 9 3-9 3. Fig. 9 4 is a tenth-example cross-sectional view taken along the line 9 4-9 4 in Fig. 9 1. The eleventh example uses an omega coil 2 4 2 and the others are similar to the tenth example. The integrated base 240 includes a housing 246 surrounding a ceramic insert 244. The slot 2 4 4 B separates the leads 2 4 2 a and 2 4 2 b of the omega coil 2 4 2. The overall size of the lamp holder 2 4 0 is about 3 1 m m wide x 4 7 m m long x 1 8 m m deep. Made of ceramic inserts 2 4 4 屮 central. Case 2 4 6 Main ^^ 1 — ^^ 1 ^^ 1 »^^ 1 > ι · Ί--. ^^ 1 ^^^ 1 (Please read the note ^^ on the back before filling this page ) This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -60-4 Π 136 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 2 3.5 mm. The housing 2 4 6 body is about 1 丄 m rn deep 'and the selective protruding ridge 2 4 6 is about 7 mm m deep. As discussed in the tenth example, as can be seen from Figs. 9 3 and 94, the case 246 includes A 1 246a and AlSic 246b, and encloses the BN insert 2 4 4. Omega coil 2 4 2 is formed by the following procedure = B N insert 2 4 4 Pre-formed an IS part 2 4 4 a corresponds to the outer diameter and lower limit of the omega coil 2 4 2

° 13 N嵌件2 4 4另具一開口 2 4 4 c位於中央順著B N 嵌件2 4 4平面。製程中，鋁塡入b n嵌件2 4 4中央及開U 2 4 4 c。接茗以直徑對應歐米加線圈2 4 2內徑之鑽頭鑽出B N嵌件2 4 4中心。B N嵌件2 4 4再以直徑略大於歐米加線圈2 4 2外徑之鑽頭擴孔，至歐米加線圈 2 4 2所欲高度之深度。由圖9 3見，加工槽溝2 4 4 b 寬度小於開[::丨2 4 4 c寬度，加工槽溝2 4 4 b高度高於開口 2 4 4 c高度。故加工壓鑄結構中槽溝244b形成婚戒指形線圈，並形成接點由引線2 4 2 a及2 4 2 b至線圈2 4 2。圖9 2例示本發明一特性，稱爲鎖銷。B N嵌件 2 4 4具凹處塡入鋁，於製程中固化。凹處中固化鋁形成鎖銷2 5。協助防止引線2 4 2分開於B N嵌件2 4 4。較佳整合燈頭2 4 0使用於包入反射套之燈泡及上述第十例所述燈泡塡充物。 4 . 1 . 8 · 2 燈頭用預成形線圈連接本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐} (靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} I _° 13 N insert 2 4 4 has another opening 2 4 4 c is located in the center along the B N insert 2 4 4 plane. In the manufacturing process, aluminum is inserted into the center of b n insert 2 4 4 and U 2 4 4 c. Then use a drill bit with a diameter corresponding to the inner diameter of the Omega coil 2 4 2 to drill the center of the B N insert 2 4 4. The B N insert 2 4 4 is then reamed with a drill having a diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the Omega coil 2 4 2 to a depth of the desired height of the Omega coil 2 4 2. As shown in Fig. 93, the width of the processing groove 2 4 4 b is smaller than the width of the opening [:: 丨 2 4 4 c, and the height of the processing groove 2 4 4 b is higher than the height of the opening 2 4 4 c. Therefore, the groove 244b is processed in the die-casting structure to form a wedding ring-shaped coil, and the contact is formed from the leads 2 4 2 a and 2 4 2 b to the coil 2 4 2. Figure 92 illustrates a feature of the present invention, called a lock pin. The B N insert 2 4 4 is recessed with aluminum, which is cured during the manufacturing process. The solidified aluminum in the recess forms the lock pin 25. Helps prevent leads 2 4 2 from separating from B N inserts 2 4 4. It is preferable to integrate the lamp cap 2 40 for the bulb enclosed in the reflection sleeve and the bulb filling material described in the tenth example. 4. 1. 8 · 2 The preformed coil is used for the connection of the lamp cap.

,1T ύ 〇經濟部中央標準 Μ 負工消費合社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明说明 69 ) 1 | 上述第 1' — 例屮 > 滲入鋁冷卻後經過 B N 嵌件銑: 出 1 1 槽溝 2 4 4 b 完成線圈連接於婚戒指形線圈各側兀成葉 1 1 | 式連接並隔絕高壓板於地板 0 如此留下 B N 嵌件較薄 1 1 段 2 5 6 ( 圖 9 2 ) Ο 先閲 1 I 1 根據本發明本特性 j 對 B N 嵌件中線圈連接預成形防背面 1 I 止後續銑工令 B N 嵌件於線圈連接 is 較強〇例如可使之注意 \ 1 I 用銷子式連接至線圈取代葉片式連接〇圖 9 5 爲燈頭放事項再 1 1 大部分圖圖 9 6 爲 B N 嵌件具預成形線圈連接示意圖〇填寫木裝圖 9 7 爲圖 9 6 沿線 9 7 — 9 7 對 B N 嵌件截面〇圖 9 8 頁 '—j· 1 I 爲 Β 嵌件示意圖顯示預鑽孔位置對線圈形成銷子式連 1 1 接〇圖 9 9 爲圖 9 8 沿線 9 9 — 9 9 截面圖〇如圖 9 5 -- I 1 I 9 9 所示滲入鋁 -A 刖 B N 嵌件鑽出四孔 2 5 8 〇一旦鑄 1 訂成鑽孔部分經 Μ m 區 2 6 0 中 B N 嵌件而分開婚戒指形線 1 1 圈 ( 見圖 9 5 ) 0 故消除較薄 15¾ B N 嵌件較強〇兀成鑄 1 I 造後較少加工提高製造性〇 1 1 I 如組 ΓΊ 線圈例於 4 1 2 段所述使用二銷子取代 1 k 單葉片影響電路不大囚大部分電流擴展至導通元件外 1 1 側 0 1 [ 圖 1 0 0 及 1 0 1 爲燈頭放大部分圖顯示銷子另 1 I 結構其中利用有角度銷子於 ^7¾ 1 運接乃允許同壓板與燈頭 1 1 I 各式電氣接地面更大以降低其間可能電弧 0 所示利用圓 1 1 銷小其他形狀不拘 ( 如方形、矩形、橢圓形 ) 〇 1 1 Β Ν 嵌件可代以預成形葉片式連接如圖 1 0 2 — 1 | 1 0 6 因防止稍後銑工 B N 嵌件較圖 8 9 — 9 4 例更 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（2丨ΟΧ：297公釐） -62- 417136 A7 ------- 五、發明説明60 ) 強。 4.1.8.3 調諧高壓電容器圖1 0 7及1 〇 8爲燈頭/電力線組成示意圖。燈頭 3 2 5置於電力線組成3 2 7上。電容器組成3 2 9置於 '燈頭3 2 5高板與電力線組成3 2 7之電力線墊之間。圖 1 〇 9爲圖1 0 7區1 0 9放大部分圖，顯示電容器組成 3 2 9相對燈頭3 2 4與電力線組成3 2 7相對位置。以上4 · 1 . 8 . 1及4 1 . 8 3及以下4 · 4 3段說明有·關燈頭3 2 5 ’電力線組成3 2 7及燈 3 2 1構造。圖1 1 〇及1 1 1爲電容器組成3 2 9相對側示意圖。導通墊3 3 1及3 3 3置於介電.材料3 3 5相對側。如電容器組成3 2 9具印刷電路板，爲Teflon複合物介電材料，並包覆銅層爲導通墊。選擇介電材料3 3 5厚度及導通墊3 3 1、3 3 3尺寸，提供適當電容値。本發明本特性有關提升電容器組成。經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製燈3 2 1爲R F電力無電Μ感耦合燈，利用電容器 3爲部_分jL聯共振電路以耦合R ...?._重.5 _罢.垦_里1惣...。.豊荽器於燈運作睦丄ϋ計減少電弧。圖1 1 0所示電容器組成3 2 9之問題爲電容値固定不易調整。有時調諧最終燈組成以匹配較佳操作頻率。本發明一 _口的揺俏可諷.整高壓亀盈..器·ΐ.本發f另一 S 的欲提供可調整高壓電容器二:虹_減.生重_1。 -63- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Λ4規格（2I0X297公釐）經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印装 1 4 ί 了 Γ; p Α7 〜- ____B7 五、發明説明自1 ) 調諧高壓電容器第.一例圖1 1 2及1 1 3爲本發明電容器組成第一例相對側 °組成一側具導通墊3 4 1，其具多數突指3 4 3。可由指3 4 3除去一些導通材料，立即調整組成電容値。例如 ’可用刮刀片刮去介電材料之導通材料，乃降低電容値。調諧高壓電容器第二例圖1 1 4及1 1 5爲本發明電容器組成第二例相對側。組成一側具導通墊3 5 1，導通墊具多數突指3 5 3及多數隔離導通區355靠近指353。圖1 16爲圖 1 1 5中區1 1 6放大部分圖。可加入導材料於指3 5 3 與隔離區3 5 5之間調整組成電容値。例如，指3 5 3與隔離區3 5 5間小間隙可形成焊接橋。加入導材增加電容値。相較第一例，第二例減少切割引起金屬片之電弧。調諧高壓電容器第三例圖1 1 7及1 1 8爲本發明5 0組成第三例相對側。組成一側具導通墊3 6 1而界定多數空洞3 6 3於導通墊 3 6 1中。空洞3 6 3伸經導通墊3 6 1至介電材料表面。可加入導通材料或介電材料蓋住空洞3 6 3以調整組成電容値。例如，導板可焊跨過一或以上空洞3 6 3。導板可爲碟形。代之1導膜或介電材料可黏接於一以上空洞 3 6 3 上。 - ί I- - - —^1 ί ϋ 1^1 . I- n I - I m 丁 U3.-° (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -64- A7 〜_ B7___ 五、發明説明62 ) 相較第一例，導通墊3 6 1 —端具平滑圓角，另一端爲半球形。維持簡單周|形狀（如省略突出導通區），第 Η例減少第-·及二例複雜周界引起電壓應力，抑制更多電弧。圖1 1 9及1 2 0爲第三例電容器組成另一構形之相對側。此包一導通墊3 7 1爲實質矩形而具平滑圓角。導通墊371界定多數空洞373。 _ 上述本發明可由熟習者思及變化。如增減指數，隔離區及或空洞，取決於調整量。導通墊可包含指，隔離區及 /或空洞組合1調整其大小及形狀以供特定應用。 4.1.9 1L示—塡.直.物燈泡塡充物一般無汞，並包含金屬鹵化物及貴氣體。適當金屬化物如I η B r、C s B r、P r B r 3，及 P r C 1 3。7 m m 0 . D . x 6 m m I · D .球形燈泡例示塡充物如下： (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 丨裝-, 1T 〇〇 Printed by the Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Work and Consumer Cooperatives Α7 Β7 V. Invention Description 69) 1 | Above 1 '— Example 屮> After infiltration of aluminum and cooling through BN insert milling: 1 1 slot 2 4 4 b Complete the coil connection on each side of the wedding ring-shaped coil to form leaves 1 1 | type connection and isolate the high voltage board from the floor 0 so that the BN insert is thinner 1 1 section 2 5 6 (Figure 9 2) 〇 First Read 1 I 1 According to the characteristics of the present invention, j Pre-formed anti-back surface for the coil connection in the BN insert 1 I Only subsequent milling operations make the BN insert in the coil connection is stronger. For example, you can pay attention to it \ 1 I Use pin-type connection To the coil instead of the blade type connection. Figure 9 5 for the lamp holder. 1 1 Most of the figure Figure 9 6 is a schematic diagram of the BN insert with a pre-formed coil connection. Fill in the wood figure 9 7 is Figure 9 6 along the line 9 7 — 9 7 Section for BN inserts. Figure 9 8 '—J · 1 I is a B insert diagram showing the pre-drilling position to form a pin-type connection to the coil 1 1 〇 Figure 9 9 is Figure 9 8 Sectional view along line 9 9 — 9 9 〇 Figure 9 5-I 1 I 9 9 infiltrated with aluminum-A 刖 BN insert drilled four holes 2 5 8 〇 Once cast 1 Order the drilled part to pass the BN insert in the M m area 2 6 0 to separate the wedding ring shape line 1 1 Circle (see Figure 9 5) 0 so the thinner 15¾ BN inserts are stronger. 〇成 casting 1 I less processing after fabrication to improve manufacturability 〇1 1 I as described in the group ΓΊ coil example used in paragraph 4 1 2 The pin replaces the 1k single blade. The circuit does not affect the circuit. Most of the current extends outside the conducting element. 1 1 side 0 1 [Figure 1 0 0 and 1 0 1 are enlarged parts of the lamp cap showing the pin another 1 I structure, which uses an angle The pin is connected at ^ 7¾ 1 to allow the same pressure plate and lamp base 1 1 I various electrical ground planes to be larger to reduce In the meantime, arc 0 can be used as shown in circle 1 1 pin small other shapes (such as square, rectangular, oval) 〇1 1 Β Ν Insert can be replaced by preformed blade connection as shown in Figure 1 0 2 — 1 | 1 0 6 In order to prevent the milling of BN inserts later than Figure 8 9 — 9 4 Example 1 1 1 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2 丨〇 ×: 297 mm) -62- 417136 A7 ---- --- V. Description of invention 60) Strong. 4.1.8.3 Tuning high-voltage capacitors Figures 107 and 108 are schematic diagrams of the lamp cap / power line composition. The lamp holder 3 2 5 is placed on the power line component 3 2 7. The capacitor component 3 2 9 is placed between the 'lamp base 3 2 5 high plate and the power line component 3 2 7 power line pad. Fig. 109 is an enlarged view of the area 107 in Fig. 107, showing the relative position of the capacitor 3 2 9 relative to the lamp holder 3 2 4 and the power line 3 2 7. The above paragraphs 4 · 1. 8. 1 and 4 1. 8 3 and the following 4 · 4 3 indicate that the lamp head 3 2 5 ′ power line is composed of 3 2 7 and the lamp 3 2 1 structure. Figures 11 and 11 are schematic diagrams of the opposite side of the capacitor composition 3 2 9. Conduction pads 3 3 1 and 3 3 3 are placed on the opposite side of the dielectric. Material 3 3 5. For example, the capacitor is composed of 3 2 9 printed circuit boards, which is a Teflon composite dielectric material, and is coated with a copper layer as a conductive pad. Select the thickness of the dielectric material 3 3 5 and the size of the conductive pads 3 3 1 and 3 3 3 to provide the appropriate capacitance 値. The present invention relates to the composition of the boost capacitor. The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standard Bureau staff consumer cooperatives printed lamps 3 2 1 are RF power non-electrically coupled coupling lamps, using capacitor 3 as a part _ branch jL resonance circuit to couple R ...? ._ 重. 5 _STOP. _ 里 1 惣 ... The device works with the lamp to reduce arcing. The problem with the capacitor composition 3 2 9 shown in Figure 1 10 is that the capacitance is fixed and difficult to adjust. The final lamp composition is sometimes tuned to match the preferred operating frequency. The first aspect of the present invention is to tune the irony of the mouth. It is necessary to provide high voltage capacitors. The voltage of the high voltage is equal to that of the device. The second f is to provide adjustable high-voltage capacitors. -63- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > Λ4 size (2I0X297 mm). Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 4 ί Γ p Α7 ~-__B7 V. Description of the invention from 1) Tuning high-voltage capacitors. An example. Figures 1 12 and 1 1 3 are the first example of the capacitor composition of the present invention. Most abruptly refers to 3 4 3. Fingers 3 4 3 can be used to remove some conductive materials and immediately adjust the composition capacitor 値. For example, the conductive material of the dielectric material can be scraped off with a doctor blade to reduce the capacitance 値. Second Example of Tuning High-Voltage Capacitors Figures 1 4 and 1 15 are the opposite sides of the second example of the capacitor composition of the present invention. One side of the component is provided with a conductive pad 3 5 1. Most of the conductive pads are 3 5 3 and most isolated conductive regions 355 are close to the finger 353. FIG. 16 is an enlarged partial view of the area 1 1 6 in the area 1 1 5. A conductive material may be added to adjust the capacitance 値 between the finger 3 5 3 and the isolation region 3 5 5. For example, a small gap between 3 5 3 and 3 5 5 can form a welded bridge. Add guides to increase capacitance. Compared with the first case, the second case reduces the arcing of the metal sheet caused by cutting. Third Example of Tuning High-Voltage Capacitors Figures 1 17 and 1 1 8 are opposite sides of the third example of the 50 composition of the present invention. A conductive pad 3 6 1 is formed on one side and a plurality of holes 3 6 3 are defined in the conductive pad 3 6 1. The cavity 3 6 3 extends through the conductive pad 3 6 1 to the surface of the dielectric material. A conductive material or a dielectric material may be added to cover the cavity 3 6 3 to adjust the composition capacitor 値. For example, the guide may be welded across one or more voids 3 6 3. The guide can be dish-shaped. Instead, a conductive film or a dielectric material can be adhered to more than one cavity 3 6 3. -ί I---— ^ 1 ί ϋ 1 ^ 1. I- n I-I m 丁 U3.- ° (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) -64- A7 ~ _ B7___ V. Description of the invention 62) Compared with the first example, the conduction pad 3 6 1-has smooth rounded ends, and the other end is hemispherical. Maintaining a simple perimeter | shape (such as omitting the protruding conduction region), the first case reduces the voltage stress caused by the--and the second complicated perimeter, and suppresses more arcs. Figures 19 and 12 are the opposite sides of the third example of the capacitor configuration. This package has a conduction pad 3 7 1 which is substantially rectangular with smooth rounded corners. The conductive pad 371 defines a majority of the holes 373. _ The invention described above can be considered and changed by those skilled in the art. Such as the increase or decrease of the index, the quarantine area and / or the void, depends on the adjustment amount. The conductive pad may include a finger, an isolation region and / or a cavity combination 1 adjusted in size and shape for a specific application. 4.1.9 1L display— 塡. Straight. The bulb charge is generally mercury-free and contains metal halides and noble gases. Suitable metal compounds such as I η B r, C s B r, P r B r 3, and P r C 1 3.7 mm 0. D. X 6 mm I · D. Spherical bulbs are illustrated as follows: (Please Read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 丨 Loading-

、1T 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製塡充物1 塡充物2 塡充物3 0.0 8 m g I η B r 0.02mg PrV13 0.02mg Se 0.02mg CsBr 0.04mg InBr 0.02mg CsBr 50托取Ki· 500托耳Xe 50托耳Kr 表 4 代汞丄_^：」1 化物 )至塡充物。就7 m m 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -65- 417136 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 _ _B7五、發明説明έ3 ) 0 . D . X 6 m m I D .，燈泡，可加〇 . 1 至〇 . 5 mg Η g I 。 4 . 2 .燈泡及開口結構吹模燈泡本發明特性提供製造燈球之方法及燈球，包含塡充物，用於無電極燈，此類燈甚具功效。習知製造燈球之方法係集合一塊熔化石英於一段石英管端上，利用人工改變管內壓，並加火至管及黏塊外部，對石英管端及黏塊成形爲薄壁球，內具空間與石英管連通〇習知方法所製薄壁球形狀不方便改變，且不易重複一致膨脹撓性石英塊爲任何所欲形狀（包含球）。此外不易使用自動製造機器處理所得管及球結構以製造無電極燈。無^電口燈泡套入具小開口之高擴散反-射屯¥ 口 MJP, 遗泡滴當特忡息冬齡內反射路徑。爲有龃―泡-丄1子一ϋ生—，必須..直„篮..離開燈泡或經過一後__丄jl.lL在一數及洱發射後。電漿產生之或類硫填充物材料#溫度特性再輻射所吸收射能。較冷區吸及輻射降率，因眼睛對此波長不敏感。具硫塡充物之無電極燈中，較低輻射效率爲燈泡或燈球內較冷區之體積函數。過去，電感式高強度放電燈 (反射套不η開口）已使用圓盒形燈泡或燈球。習知例如美國專利 4，7 8 3，6 1 5 號（Dakin et al ) ’ (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) *π 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -66 - !‘ 4 η 1 36 ' Α7 —____Β7 五、發明説明铋） 5，3 6 7，2 2 6 號（Ukegawaetal)及 4 ’705，987號（Johnson )。習知圓盒形燈泡均未使用硫及硒7爲具開口套包圍之無電極燈部分。製造無電極開口燈已遇到一些問題，尤其一些習知燈泡形狀不適合使用習知螺旋繞R F線圈之激發，線圈係繞於圓柱線圈前身。就圓柱形R F激發線圈驅動球形燈泡線圈高度短於燈泡直徑，塡充物材料所佔球形內空間未由線圏均勻激發，因球形燈泡頂部及底部延伸順著線圈圓柱軸而突越線圈尚度。另一大量製造具球形燈球開口燈之問題爲無實用自動方法提供光反射套而留下均句尺寸開丨η。亦無實用自動方迄_可正確聯接導光構件至習知燈球之球而。…般套具開口由入心於反射材料漿而成，必須於燒結時令開口界定位心。當反射材料乾化或燒結且固態--致，除去心，留下截面形狀與心相同之開口。處理心及除去心之問題包含可能破壞燈球或心周圍套之反射材料。必須在套模製過程前後處理燈球’且不易於將反射材料塡入模前後，定位處理經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作杜印製模腔內之燈球。故數問顕影響高速自動製造無電極開口燈〇本發明··目的欲克上述習知冏題。本發明呙一0的提供無電極燈泡或燈球，谪FH圖梓形 R上._1 圈》本發明另一目的提供燈球之表而特性適合承接一附著光ίι丨彳取管或開π界定構件。 -67- 1 - tn —^F - - I !: I i^i 1^1 n^i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本貰) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格{ 210X297公釐）經濟部中央橾準局員工消费合作.杜印袋 4 1 7 1 3 6 A7 B7 --——___—----------- 五、發明説明έ5 ) 本發明另歐的提供使i適自動設備製造無電極開之—立法.。本屬w洱一冃的提廉丄直JM_.習.姐I尊餐孩 U1L題，大幅減_^'其内冷區體積。上述目的可分別或組合完成’本發明非必須結合二以上目的，除非申請專利範圍中明示。 ~經發斑硫雷漿於短光波長具極大吸光性1於多數反射燈-進^構(叩開ΰ燈泡）內發現1故效率降低。本發明盒形無電頓燈泡於燈球內冷區少’於高溫再輻射所吸收能量 ’提高燈效乾。g減少燈泡內電漿冷區可提硫開口燈泡效率 ° 吹模燈泡例如圖1 2 1 - 1 2 5示，燈泡胚4 1 0 (圖1 2 5 ) 由一段石英管4 1 2製成，較佳爲3 X 5 m m融合石英（如G E 2 1 4 )管段，約長1 5 0 m m。石英管4 1 2有 -·火拋光端4 1 4，具直徑2 . 5 m m之小開口。本發明方法第一步驟如圖1 2 1示，選定管一縱段4 1 6火焰加熱，並利用表面張力及液體石英於火焰中工作面積向收縮並關閉。圖1 2 2所示封閉段4 1 8乃製成’長1 , 5 m m，外徑1 . 5 m m，較佳下端約1 5 m m位址（管 4 1 2垂直支持）。管區4 1 6由封閉管4 1 8關閉，並冷卻，加熱上管段4 1 9 (封閉段4 1 8上方），直至抵塑化狀態，如圖1 2 3示，模4 2 2就受熱上管段4 1 9 ^^1 I ^^^1 . 1^1 ^1J (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Λ4規格（2丨OX2U7公釐） _ 68 - A7 B7 “ — ________ 五、發明説明66 ) 關閉，模η內腔4 2 4，內腔爲球形內形，包含一平坦段 4 2 6。圖1 2 3及1 2 4所示例中，內腔部爲球形，平坦段除外。氣壓經由開放上管端4 1 4進入管內。壓力上升至大氣壓力以上，膨脹塑化石英管壁段4 2 8於上管段 4 1 9中點=施加壓力直至塑化石英材料在模腔4 2 4內膨脹，橫向向外，並接觸模內而而成其外形，如圖1 2 4 示。管胚成内腔4 2 4形狀後取下模4 2 2，再成形燈泡胚4 1 〇具平坦界面區4 3 3及上燈泡開口 4 3 2 ，恰位於燈泡胚膨脹部上方。上開α 4 3 2爲短束管段，一段1 m m其内徑介於％至1 m m。燈泡胚4 1 0然後冷卻至極低溫，供接觸（後一塡充程序）硫或硒及氣體混合物燈泡材料（如美國專利 5 ，4 0 4 ，0 7 6號）。塡充過程中，塡充物經由頂端 4 1 4注入經過上燈泡開口，之後使用火焰關閉上開口 4 3 2，形成燈泡4 3 4梢，如圖1 2 6。形成燈泡梢 4 3 4時，使用管之1 5 m m長下樁4 3 6支承定位燈泡經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作祍印製 (請先閱讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 。塡充後，由下樁4 3 6支承之燈泡送至自動反射套形成機。開丨J成形工具或具開口外形之開口界定件4 4 0然後黏至燈泡界而區4 3 3上平視窗，利用熱融膠，如圖 1 2 7。一旦固定開口界定件4 4 0被固定，下樁4 3 6 於封閉段4 1 8畫線而除去。以尖刀畫線，再折下椿 4 3 6，成爲圖1 2 8燈泡形狀。工具4 4 0用去操作燈泡經過反射套成形及後續站。高溫燒結反射套（未示）時 ’熱融膠熱解，燈泡由開[_Ί界定件或工具4 4 0取下。本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -69- A7 417136 ____ B7 五、發明説明&7 ) 參考圖1 2 9 ，所示燈泡胚4 4 2另例係由模（未示 )取下。燈泡胚4 4 2具圓盒形燈泡段4 4 4，具向下方位圓平坦界面區，直徑約％至％ M m。燈泡胚4 4 2亦具上燈泡開口 4 4 7 (内徑介於％至1 m m ’長1 m m ) > 由新成形燈泡4 4 4肩部上製成。由平底4 4 6外側至上開口 4 4 7底测量燈泡高4 m m，燈泡外側寬（管軸橫向幅度）爲7 m m。燈泡4 4 4壁厚爲β M m (允差M m )’內燈泡高度爲3 5 m m。如上述，燈泡胚4 4 2由一段石英管製成，較佳爲3 X 5融合石英（如G E 2 1 4 )管段，約長1 5 0 m m，具火拋光上端4 4 8，及直徑2 . 5 m m小開口。根據本發明另一特性，提供圖1 3 0、 1 3 1及 1 3 2圓盒或凹球形，克服氣體冷區引起低效率問題。圖1 3 0圓盒形燈泡4 5 0外徑或寬度（長水平尺寸 )約8 m m，高6 in m (短垂直尺寸），有一燈球4 5 2 ，壁厚4 5 4爲％至1 m m。燈球4 5 2包住內容積 4 5 6，其內具塡充物約0 . 0 5 m g硒，5 0 0托取氙氣（氣溫）及少量C s B r (少於1 m g )，作爲電漿形成介質。以包圍R F線圈電感耦合燈泡4 5 0，於塡充物激發環形電漿4 5 8。環形電漿4 5 8爲環形，具中孔 4 6 0，而電漿所佔內容積4 5 0內區較熱，電漿環 4 5 8外部分較冷。圓盒形燈泡4 5 0密配電漿環4 5 8 ，呈現高亮度，可知源於燈球形狀具較小冷區，故視及高亮度及光輸出（效率）。圓盒形燈泡4 5 0消除內容積冷 (請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂經濟部中失標準局負工消費合作社印繁本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） -70- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ί*' 4 Γ7 1 < (；; Α7 Β7 五、發明説明έ8 ) 區，塡充物於高溫再輻射所吸收能量*燈效率更高。故硫開口燈泡具更高效率。圓盒形燈泡4 5 〇爲圓形截面，形狀如短圓柱1直徑大於圓柱高度’大小接近燈泡塡充物中環形電漿4 5 8。圓盒形燈泡4 5 0包含外突固態石英光導4 7 4，係附於圓透明上壁屮央。圖1 3 1另一例中，圓盒形燈泡具凹陷朝下之凹痕4 6 6 ，大致對齊環形電漿4 5 8中孔。燈泡 4 5 4亦包含一外突固態石英光導4 7 4，係附於圓透明上壁屮央。圖1 3 2另一例中，圓盒形燈泡包含高壁開口 4 7 ◦於反套4 7 2屮，爲固態石英光導4 7 4另例，如圖1 3 1及1 3 2例。 4.2.2 開口結構 • 本發明有關無電極燈爲.一诱光燈泡，其燈球裝有電^ 形成介質。燈泡可部分或完全覆以反射材料，並選用一外突光導構件。ML或射频(R F )能源以其輸出能量經由耦合燈球以激發電漿|產生光放電。燈球幾乎整個表面尽射料:料鸾包住,1 一小I供..光通4i·逃〇製造無電極開口燈已遇一些問題，即具開口套形成，將··心插入反射材料漿，並支持心定位而燒結。反射材料燒結後具一致性固態，除去心，留下截面形狀同心之開口。處理心及予以除去之問題在於可能破壞開口，燈球，或反射材料套表面。另一問題不定位燈球於模腔，即以漿模製反射材料套時。習知方法必須就各開口（或心）截面製 (请先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) i袈·、 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of quasi-branch of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 塡 filling 2 0.0filling 3 0.0 8 mg I η B r 0.02mg PrV13 0.02mg Se 0.02mg CsBr 0.04mg InBr 0.02mg CsBr 50 Ki · 500 Torr Xe 50 Torr Kr Table 4 Mercury generation 丄 ^: "1 compound" to the filling. For the 7 mm paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -65- 417136 is printed by the Central Laboratories Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Bayer Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. Printing A7 _ _B7 V. Description of the invention 3) X 6 mm ID., Bulb, 0.1 to 0.5 mg Η g I can be added. 4.2. Bulbs and Open Structure Blow Molded Bulbs The features of the present invention provide a method of manufacturing a lamp ball and a lamp ball, including a filling material, for electrodeless lamps. Such lamps are very effective. The conventional method of manufacturing a lamp ball is to gather a piece of fused quartz on the end of a section of quartz tube, manually change the internal pressure of the tube, and apply fire to the outside of the tube and the stick. The quartz tube end and the stick are formed into a thin-walled ball with internal space. Communicate with the quartz tube. The shape of the thin-walled ball made by the conventional method is inconvenient to change, and it is not easy to repeatedly expand the flexible quartz block into any desired shape (including the ball). In addition, it is not easy to use an automatic manufacturing machine to process the obtained tube and ball structure to manufacture an electrodeless lamp. A non-electrical light bulb is placed in a high-diffusive anti-radiation tube with a small opening. The mouth is MJP, and the reticulated droplets are used to breathe the winter reflection path. In order to have 龃 —bubble— 丄 1 子一生生 —, you must .. Straight… basket .. after leaving the bulb or after a period of __ 丄 jl.lL after a number and 洱 launch. Plasma or sulfur-like filling物材料 # The temperature characteristic re-radiates the absorbed radiation energy. The colder region absorbs the radiation drop rate, because the eyes are not sensitive to this wavelength. In electrodeless lamps with sulfur fillings, the lower radiation efficiency is in the bulb or bulb. Volume function of the colder zone. In the past, inductive high-intensity discharge lamps (reflection sleeves without openings) have used round box-shaped bulbs or bulbs. Known examples are U.S. Patent No. 4,7 8 3, 6 1 5 (Dakin et. al) '(Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) * π This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -66-!' 4 η 1 36 'Α7 — ____ Β7 V. Description of the invention Bismuth) Nos. 5, 3 6 7, 2 2 6 (Ukegawaetal) and 4 '705, 987 (Johnson). It is not known that sulfur and selenium are used in round box bulbs. Electrodeless lamp parts. Some problems have been encountered in the manufacture of electrodeless opening lamps, especially the shape of some conventional bulbs is not suitable for the use of conventional screws. Excitation around the RF coil, the coil is wound around the front of the cylindrical coil. As for the cylindrical RF excitation coil to drive the spherical bulb, the coil height is shorter than the diameter of the bulb, and the spherical inner space occupied by the filling material is not uniformly excited by the coil. And the bottom extends along the cylindrical axis of the coil to overshoot the coil. Another problem with the large number of ball-opening lamps with a spherical lamp is that there is no practical automatic method to provide a light reflecting sleeve and leave the uniform size open. Η. There is no practical automatic Fang _ can correctly connect the light guide member to the ball of the conventional lamp ball .... Generally, the opening of the kit is made of reflective material slurry, which must be centered during the sintering. When the reflective material is dried or sintered And solid-state, remove the heart, leaving an opening with the same cross-sectional shape as the heart. Problems with handling the heart and removing the heart include reflective materials that may damage the lamp ball or the sleeve around the heart. The lamp ball must be processed before and after the sleeve molding process. And it is not easy to pour the reflective material into the mold before and after, positioning and processing the lamp ball inside the mold cavity of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' Central Standards Bureau. The pole opening lamp. The present invention aims to overcome the above-mentioned conventional problems. The present invention provides a non-electrode bulb or a lamp ball, and the FH picture is in the shape of R. _1 circle. Another object of the present invention is to provide a lamp ball. The characteristics of the table are suitable for receiving an attached light tube or opening-defining member. -67- 1-tn — ^ F--I!: I i ^ i 1 ^ 1 n ^ i (Please read the Note: Please fill in this note again.) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification {210X297mm.) Consumer cooperation of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Du Yinbag 4 1 7 1 3 6 A7 B7 ------___ —----------- V. Description of the invention 5) Another provision of the present invention is to make the electrodeless automatic device manufacturing-legislation. This is a w1 冃 raise 丄 straight JM_. Xi. Sister I respect meal child U1L problem, which greatly reduces the volume of its internal cold zone. The above objectives can be accomplished individually or in combination. The present invention does not necessarily combine the above two objectives, unless explicitly stated in the scope of the patent application. ~ The sulphur-cured sulphur paste has a great light absorption at short light wavelengths. 1 It is found in most reflector lamps-infrared structures (open and closed bulbs) that the efficiency is reduced. The box-shaped non-electric light bulb of the present invention has less cold area in the lamp ball ′ and re-radiates absorbed energy at high temperature to improve lamp efficiency. g Reduce the plasma cold zone in the bulb to improve the efficiency of the sulfur opening bulb. ° Blow-molded bulbs, such as shown in Figure 1 2 1-1 2 5, bulb embryo 4 1 0 (Figure 1 2 5) is made of a section of quartz tube 4 1 2 It is preferably a 3 X 5 mm fused quartz (such as GE 2 1 4) pipe section, with a length of about 150 mm. The quartz tube 4 1 2 has-· fire polished end 4 1 4 with a small opening of 2.5 mm in diameter. The first step of the method of the present invention is shown in Fig. 121. A longitudinal section of the tube 4 1 6 is selected to heat the flame, and the surface area and liquid quartz are used to shrink and close the working area in the flame. The closed section 4 1 8 shown in FIG. 1 2 is made of a ‘length 1.5 mm, outer diameter 1.5 mm, and preferably a lower end of about 15 mm m (the pipe 4 1 2 is vertically supported). The tube area 4 1 6 is closed by the closed tube 4 1 8 and cooled. The upper tube section 4 1 9 (above the closed section 4 1 8) is heated until the plasticized state, as shown in Figure 1 2 3, and the mold 4 2 2 is heated. Pipe section 4 1 9 ^^ 1 I ^^^ 1. 1 ^ 1 ^ 1J (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > Λ4 specifications (2 丨 OX2U7) (Centimeter) _ 68-A7 B7 "— ________ V. Description of the invention 66) Closed, the mold cavity 4 2 4, the cavity is spherical in shape, contains a flat section 4 2 6. Figures 1 2 3 and 1 2 4 In the example, the inner cavity is spherical, except for the flat section. The air pressure enters the tube through the open upper tube end 4 1 4. The pressure rises above the atmospheric pressure, and the expanded plasticized quartz tube wall section 4 2 8 is in the upper tube section 4 1 9 Point = Apply pressure until the plasticized quartz material expands in the mold cavity 4 2 4 and laterally outwards and contacts the mold to form its shape, as shown in Figure 1 2 4. The tube embryo is taken into the shape of the cavity 4 2 4 and taken The lower die 4 2 2 is formed into a bulb embryo 4 1 0 with a flat interface area 4 3 3 and an upper bulb opening 4 3 2, which is located just above the bulb embryo expansion. The upper opening α 4 3 2 is a short beam tube section, one section The inner diameter of 1 mm is between% and 1 mm. The bulb embryo 4 1 0 is then cooled to a very low temperature for contacting (post charging procedure) sulfur or selenium and gas mixture bulb materials (such as U.S. Patent 5,400,4,0 7 No. 6). During the filling process, the filling is injected through the top 4 1 4 through the opening of the upper bulb, and then the flame is used to close the upper opening 4 3 2 to form 4 3 4 bulbs, as shown in Figure 1 2 6. 4 3 4 o'clock, use a 15 mm long stub 4 3 6 to support the positioning and positioning of the light bulbs. Printed by the consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the note on the back before filling this page). The light bulb supported by the lower pile 4 3 6 is sent to the automatic reflection sleeve forming machine. Open the J forming tool or the opening delimiter 4 4 0 with an open shape and then stick it to the bulb boundary and the flat window on the area 4 3 3. Use hot melt glue As shown in Figure 1 2 7. Once the fixed opening delimiting member 4 4 0 is fixed, the lower post 4 3 6 is removed by drawing a line on the closed section 4 1 8. Draw the line with a sharp knife, and then fold the spring 4 3 6 to become Figure 1 2 8 bulb shape. Tool 4 4 0 is used to operate the bulb through the reflection sleeve forming and subsequent stations. High temperature sintered reflection sleeve (not shown) ） 'Hot melt glue pyrolysis, the light bulb is removed by the opening [_Ίdefining piece or tool 4 4 0. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -69- A7 417136 ____ B7 V. Description of the invention & 7) Referring to FIG. 1 2 9, another example of the bulb embryo 4 4 2 is removed by a mold (not shown). Bulb embryo 4 4 2 has a round box-shaped bulb segment 4 4 4 with a flat interface area in the downward direction, with a diameter of about% to% M m. The bulb blank 4 4 2 also has an upper bulb opening 4 4 7 (inner diameter ranging from% to 1 m m ′ 1 m m in length) > made from a newly formed bulb 4 4 4 on the shoulder. From the flat bottom 4 4 6 outside to the top opening 4 4 7 The bottom measures the height of the bulb 4 mm, and the width of the outer side of the bulb (transverse width of the tube axis) is 7 mm. The thickness of the bulb 4 4 4 is β M m (tolerance M m) ', and the height of the bulb is 3 5 m m. As mentioned above, the bulb embryo 4 4 2 is made of a section of quartz tube, preferably a 3 X 5 fused quartz (eg GE 2 1 4) tube section, about 150 mm in length, with fire polished upper end 4 4 8 and diameter 2 . 5 mm small opening. According to another characteristic of the present invention, a round box or concave sphere as shown in Figs. 130, 1 31, and 13 2 is provided to overcome the problem of low efficiency caused by the gas cold zone. Figure 1 30 round box-shaped light bulb 4 5 0 outer diameter or width (long horizontal size) about 8 mm, height 6 in m (short vertical size), a light bulb 4 5 2, wall thickness 4 5 4 is% to 1 mm. The light bulb 4 5 2 encloses the inner volume 4 5 6 with a content of about 0.5 mg selenium in the amphibole, and 50 0 with xenon (temperature) and a small amount of C s B r (less than 1 mg) as Plasma forms a medium. The light bulb 4 5 0 is inductively coupled around the RF coil, and the annular plasma 4 5 8 is excited by the filling material. The annular plasma 4 5 8 has a ring shape with a middle hole 4 60. The inner area of the plasma 4 50 is hotter and the outer part of the plasma ring 4 5 8 is colder. The round box-shaped light bulb 4 500 dense distribution ring 4 5 8 exhibits high brightness. It is known that the shape of the lamp bulb has a small cold area, so it has high brightness and light output (efficiency). Round box-shaped light bulb 4 5 0 Eliminate the content of the cold (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bureau of Standards and Labor, Consumer Cooperatives, and the printed paper. The paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Specifications (210X297 mm) -70- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ί * '4 Γ7 1 <(; Α7 Β7 V. Description of Invention 8) In the area, the charge is filled with high temperature and then radiates the energy absorbed * Higher lamp efficiency. Therefore, the sulfur open bulb has higher efficiency. The circular box-shaped light bulb 4 5 0 has a circular cross-section and is shaped like a short cylinder 1 with a diameter greater than the height of the cylinder 'and is close to the annular plasma 4 5 8 in the bulb filling. The round box-shaped light bulb 4 5 0 includes a protruding solid-state quartz light guide 4 7 4 attached to the center of the round transparent upper wall. In Figure 1 31, in another example, the round box-shaped bulb has a recessed depression 4 6 6, which is roughly aligned with the middle hole of the annular plasma 4 5 8. The light bulb 4 5 4 also includes a protruding solid-state quartz light guide 4 7 4 attached to the center of the circular transparent upper wall. In another example in Fig. 13 2, the round box-shaped bulb includes a high-wall opening 4 7 ◦ It is another example of a solid-state quartz light guide 4 7 4 in the inverted sleeve 4 7 2 屮, as shown in Figs. 13 1 and 1 32. 4.2.2 Opening structure • The electrodeless lamp of the present invention is a light-absorbing lamp whose lamp ball is provided with an electric forming medium. The bulb may be partially or completely covered with reflective material and an extruded light guide member may be selected. The ML or radio frequency (RF) energy source uses its output energy to couple the plasma ball to excite the plasma | to produce a photodischarge. The lamp ball is shot on almost the entire surface: encased by the material, 1 small I .. Luminous 4i · escape. There are some problems in manufacturing electrodeless opening lamps, that is, the opening sleeve is formed, and the heart is inserted into the reflective material. Pulp, and supports heart positioning while sintering. The reflective material has a consistent solid state after sintering, removing the heart, leaving a concentric opening in the cross-sectional shape. The problem with handling and removal is that it can damage openings, bulbs, or the surface of the reflective material sleeve. Another problem is not positioning the lamp ball in the mold cavity, that is, when the reflective material sleeve is molded with a slurry. The method of learning must be based on the cross-section of each opening (or heart) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) i 袈 ·

*1T 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS Μ4規格（2Ι0Χ297公釐） -71 - Μίίι部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 f 417136 A7 _____B7_ 五、發明説明) 造特定模’因心必須緊套入模，防止反射材料於心周圍流動或漏失。本發明本特性一 η的欲克服以上習知問題。本發明另I ·目的使用任何適當形狀之関U於無電極燈中’製造無電極燈模具承接燈球及流動反射材料駿。本發明再一目的可正確定位燈球於模腔內以正確塡人流動反射材料漿至模具。以上目的可個別或組合使用，本發明未必利用二以上目的組合，除非申專利範圍中明示。開ΰ結構例根據本發明第一例，如圖1 3 3及1 3 4，無電極燈 5 1 0包含一長孔界定構件或模嵌件。孔界定構件5 1 2 包含一開□或光道界定孔5 1 4縱向通孔。孔界定構件 5 1 2由陶瓷構成，或其他高反光及足夠機械強度材料，以忍受自動組裝機器搬運。孔界定構件材料可忍受溫度範圍大’如冬季低溫，及數百度華氏高溫下。孔界定構件 5 1 2接合至透光燈球5 1 6 ’其外表面5 1 8具平坦燈球界而區5 2 0。黏劑較佳爲有機材料，於燒結時可分解。燈球5 1 6爲球形或圓盒形’所包圍內容積5 1 7具塡恋物，如硫、硒或其他物質，受到微波及射頻（R F )能量時會發._.光。如圖1 3 3，燈球5 1 6置於分開二件式反射材料模 5 2 2，具第一模段5 2 4匹配第一模段5 2 6以界定模本紙張尺度適用中國國家標芈（CNS ) Α4规格（210Χ297公釐} (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 11Τ -72- t Λ ,· Ο .，、.，' I 4 1^^ A7 _B7 五、發明説明fo ) 內腔5 2 8 ，其內有內面。模段5 2 4、 5 2 6宜爲碳製。如圖1 3 3及1 3 5，第一模段5 2 4、5 2 6具一模開1_』5 3 0，供由模內腔5 2 8進入底外橫面5 3 2。孔界定構件5 1 2置於模開口 5 3 0中，並包含實質平面徑向延伸凸緣由孔屮心軸橫向突出。參考圖1 3 5底視圖，模開口 5 3 0與孔界定構件孔5 1 4係同軸對齊，允許光通過透明燈球界面區至模外部。圖1 3 5中，孔 5 1 4爲圓形截面，但不拘此，如圖13 6爲星形截面。此爲任意界於孔界定構件，單一模具可具許多開□形狀。如圖1 3 7，孔界定構件5 1 2包含一管形體5 3 6 ，具一心軸及-遠端5 3 8與近端橫向凸緣5 3 4相蔚 °孔5 1 4爲透光通道，伸經孔界定構件5 1 2由管形體 5 3 6近端至遠端5 3 8 °圖1 3 7例中，橫向凸緣 5 3 4具刻度特性，如一夾角540。圖138另例中，孔界定構件橫向凸緣爲圓形，無刻度特性。經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製裝— (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本發明方法中，反射材料橫5 2 2分成二部（或以上 )’允許接近其内之模腔5 2 8。一孔界定構件5 1 2置於模腔5 2 8內，而經模體開口 5 3 0由其向外突出。孔界定構件5 1 2包含一近端徑向延仲凸緣，突出於與孔中心軸橫向之平面。燈球1 6坐於凸緣5 3 4上，凸緣厚度 5 4 8 (圖1 3 7 )可保持燈球外表面5 1 8與模腔內表面5 2 9分開。將模5 2 2關閉’反射材料流獎經模注入口 5 5 0倒入，充_ ._Η.間之模)]¾ 5 2 8。然後反射材料欺 5 5 4乾結，成爲硬化反射套5 5 6，如圖1 3 4。接今本紙張又度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公廣） -73- -417136 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印^. A7 B7 五、發明説明fi ) 孔界定構件5 1 2至燈球外表面5 1 8之黏合材料分解，允許燈球5 1 6與孔界定構件5 1 2間不同熱膨脹係數。如上述，孔界定構件外周可具突出鍵特性（如夾角） '指示（控制方位）孔界定構件於互補特性之模體開D中 (如承接座具夾角）。孔界定構件5 1 2中孔截面不拘，孔界定構件外周爲標準化形狀（如管形體5 3 6 )，允許具不同開口截面之開口燈製時使用共同模件，孔界定構件指示刻度位址及方位，不論孔形。參考圖139及141 ，孔界定構件560另一刻度形狀包含梯形凸綠結構，其近端外凸緣段5 6 2具夾角刻度特性5 6 4，及中間梯形凸緣段5 6 6爲縮小橫向且具徑向對齊之夾角刻度特性。如圖1 4 1 ，承接孔界定構件 5 6 0之模5 7 0包含梯形承接座5 7 2，僅於一轉動方位承接中間梯形緣段5 6 6，利用其夾角刻度特性配合。稍後組裝步驟亦可用刻度特性於對齊及定位等，以製無電極燈治具。圖1 4 1反射套5 7 6伸越蓋住外凸緣段5 6 2部分，此部分徑向伸越中間凸緣段5 6 6 ，乃提供薄層套材爲額外固持結構，將孔界定構件5 6 0固定於燈泡。圖 1 4 0例示另例包含孔界定構件5 8 0位於模腔內且具徑向橫向突出凸緣5 8 2。反射套5 8 4仲越蓋住徑向突出凸緣5 8 2，乃提供薄環層套材，固定孔界定構件5 8 0 至燈泡。如圖1 4 2，孔界定構件5 1 2之外部5 8 6作爲覆 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 袈. 訂本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS >八4規格（210X297公釐） -74- A7 417136 ______ B7 五、發明説明h ) 層光反射器之支承，以指引無電極燈5 1 0所生光。本發明模5 2 2必要時不須除去，可放入燈外殻體中。如圖1 4 3，模5 2 2可爲R F能量耦合電路或R F激發線圈5 0 〇之冷源一體部分，以提供R F激發功率至無電極燈5 1 0。因此模5 2 2不須僅爲再使用工具，以決定反射套組件製於燈球上之外形。孔界定構件5 1 2界定適當截面開口，定位燈球5 1 6於反射套內，提供開口刻度’減除精確工具之需求。反射材料模不須爲二件式模，如圖1 4 4爲一件式。反射材料模5 9 0包含一模開口 5 9 1 (類似圖1 3 3模開α 5 3 0 )，可供曲模腔5 9 2至底外模面5 9 3 '孔界定構件5 1 2置於模開□ 5 9 1內。反射材料模5 9 0另具模開口 5 9 4於頂外模面 5 9 5。模開口 5 9 4夠大，供透光燈球5 1 6通過而進入模腔5 9 2。如圖1 4 4，模腔形狀爲模開口 5 9 4約與模腔5 9 2最寬部同寬，模腔面5 9 6爲圓柱形朝模腔 5 9 2頂。-旦透光燈球5 1 6置於模腔5 9 2中，反射材料流漿5 5 4倒入模開口 5 9 4，塡充燈球外面5 1 8 與模腔面5 9 6間模腔5 9 2空間。反射材料模5 9 0頂處寬模開口 5 9 4不再須用二分開模件。 —般燈球界而區形狀不拘，可供足夠接合至透光燈球 ’不須爲平坦。如圖1 4 5及1 4 6 ，燈球5 0 1可爲球形外表面，具圓燈球界面區5 0 2。燈球5 0 1可接合至孔界定構件，具一致或非一致形狀。例如，如圖1 4 5中 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4规格（210X297公釐} -75- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製* 1T The size of this paper applies to Chinese national standards (CNS Μ4 specification (2Ι0 × 297 mm) -71-Μίίι Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Standards f 417136 A7 _____B7_ V. Description of the invention) It must be tight-knit to make specific models Enter the mold to prevent the reflective material from flowing or leaking around the heart. In the present invention, the first characteristic η is intended to overcome the above conventional problems. Another object of the present invention is to use any suitable shape of the electrode in the electrodeless lamp to manufacture the electrodeless lamp mold to receive the lamp ball and the fluid reflection material. Yet another object of the present invention is to correctly position the lamp ball in the mold cavity to correctly move the flowing reflective material slurry to the mold. The above purposes may be used individually or in combination. The present invention may not necessarily use a combination of two or more purposes, unless explicitly stated in the scope of the patent application. Example of split structure According to the first example of the present invention, as shown in Figs. 13 3 and 1 34, the electrodeless lamp 5 1 0 includes a long hole defining member or a mold insert. The hole defining member 5 1 2 includes an opening or a track defining hole 5 1 4 longitudinal through hole. The hole-defining member 5 1 2 is made of ceramic, or other materials with high reflectivity and sufficient mechanical strength to withstand the handling of automatic assembly machines. Hole-defining member materials can tolerate a wide range of temperatures, such as low temperatures in winter, and high temperatures of hundreds of degrees Fahrenheit. The hole-defining member 5 1 2 is joined to the light-transmitting lamp ball 5 1 6 ′ and its outer surface 5 1 8 has a flat lamp ball boundary and a zone 5 2 0. The adhesive is preferably an organic material and can be decomposed during sintering. The light bulb 5 1 6 is a spherical or round box-shaped volume 5 1 7 with fetish, such as sulfur, selenium or other substances, which emits light when exposed to microwave and radio frequency (R F) energy. As shown in Figure 1 3 3, the light ball 5 1 6 is placed in a separate two-piece reflective material mold 5 2 2 with a first mold segment 5 2 4 matching the first mold segment 5 2 6 to define the mold paper size applicable to the Chinese national standard芈 (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 11Τ -72- t Λ, · Ο. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, I 4 1 ^^ A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention fo) an inner cavity 5 2 8 having an inner surface therein. The segments 5 2 4 and 5 2 6 should be made of carbon. As shown in Figures 1 3 3 and 1 3 5, the first mold sections 5 2 4, 5 2 6 have a mold opening 1_ ”5 3 0 for the mold cavity 5 2 8 to enter the bottom outer cross section 5 3 2. The hole-defining member 5 1 2 is placed in the die opening 5 3 0 and includes a substantially planar radial extension flange projecting laterally from the mandrel of the hole. Referring to the bottom view of FIG. 1 3, the mold opening 5 3 0 is coaxially aligned with the hole defining member hole 5 1 4 to allow light to pass through the transparent ball interface area to the outside of the mold. In Fig. 1 3, the hole 5 1 4 has a circular cross section, but not limited to this, as shown in Fig. 13 6 is a star cross section. This is an arbitrary boundary-defining member. A single mold can have many open shapes. As shown in Figure 1 3, the hole-defining member 5 1 2 includes a tubular body 5 3 6 with a mandrel and a distal end 5 3 8 and a proximal transverse flange 5 3 4. The hole 5 1 4 is a light-transmitting channel. The extending member 5 1 2 extends from the tubular body 5 3 6 from the proximal end to the distal end 5 3 8 ° In the example in FIG. 1 3, the lateral flange 5 3 4 has a scale characteristic, such as an included angle 540. In another example of FIG. 138, the lateral flange of the hole-defining member is circular and has no scale characteristic. Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs— (谙 Read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} In the method of the present invention, the reflective material is divided into two (or more) 5'2', allowing access to the inner mold. Cavity 5 2 8. A hole defining member 5 1 2 is placed in the mold cavity 5 2 8 and protrudes outwardly through the phantom opening 5 3 0. The hole defining member 5 1 2 includes a proximal radial extension. Edge, protruding from the plane transverse to the central axis of the hole. The light ball 16 sits on the flange 5 3 4 and the flange thickness 5 4 8 (Figure 1 7) can keep the outer surface of the light ball 5 1 8 and the cavity. The surface 5 2 9 is separated. Close the mold 5 2 2 'reflective material flow prize through the mold injection port 5 5 0 and fill _ ._Η. Between the mold)] ¾ 5 2 8. Then the reflective material 5 5 4 dries and becomes a hardened reflective sleeve 5 5 6 as shown in Figure 1 3 4. This paper is again applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public broadcasting) -73- -417136 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^. A7 B7 V. Description of the invention fi) Hole defining member 5 1 2 The bonding material to the outer surface 5 1 8 of the lamp ball is decomposed, allowing different thermal expansion coefficients between the lamp ball 5 1 6 and the hole-defining member 5 1 2. As mentioned above, the outer periphery of the hole-defining member may have protruding key characteristics (such as an included angle). The hole-defining member 5 1 2 has a free hole cross-section, and the outer periphery of the hole-defining member has a standardized shape (such as a tubular body 5 3 6), allowing common modules to be used for openings with different opening sections. The hole-defining member indicates the scale address and Orientation, regardless of hole shape. Referring to FIGS. 139 and 141, another scale shape of the hole defining member 560 includes a trapezoidal convex green structure. The proximal outer flange section 5 6 2 has an angle scale characteristic 5 6 4 and the middle trapezoidal flange section 5 6 6 is a reduced lateral direction. And it has the characteristics of the angular alignment of the radial alignment. As shown in Fig. 41, the mold of the receiving hole defining member 5 6 0 includes a trapezoidal receiving seat 5 7 2 and only receives a middle trapezoidal edge segment 5 6 6 in a rotating position, and uses its angle scale characteristics to cooperate. Later assembly steps can also use scale characteristics for alignment and positioning to make electrodeless fixtures. Figure 1 4 1 Reflective sleeve 5 7 6 extends to cover part 5 6 2 of the outer flange section. This section extends radially beyond the middle flange section 5 6 6. A thin layer of sleeve material is provided as an additional retaining structure to define the hole. The component 5 6 0 is fixed to the bulb. Fig. 140 illustrates another example including a hole-defining member 5 8 0 located in the cavity and having a laterally protruding flange 5 8 2. The reflecting sleeve 5 8 4 covers the radially protruding flange 5 8 2 and is provided with a thin ring layer sleeve material, and the fixing hole defining member 5 8 0 is to the bulb. As shown in Figure 1 4.2, the outer part of the hole delimiting member 5 1 2 is covered by 5 8 6 (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 袈. The paper size of the book is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > 8 4 specifications ( 210X297 mm) -74- A7 417136 ______ B7 V. Description of the invention h) The support of the layer light reflector to guide the light generated by the electrodeless lamp 5 10. The mold 5 2 2 of the present invention does not need to be removed when necessary, and can be put into a lamp housing. As shown in Fig. 143, the mode 5 2 2 can be an integral part of the RF energy coupling circuit or the cold source of the RF excitation coil 500 to provide RF excitation power to the electrodeless lamp 5 10. Therefore, the mold 5 2 2 does not have to be a re-use tool to determine the shape of the reflecting sleeve assembly made on the lamp ball. The hole-defining member 5 1 2 defines an appropriate cross-sectional opening, and the lamp ball 5 1 6 is positioned in the reflection sleeve to provide the opening angle ′, eliminating the need for precise tools. The reflective material mold does not need to be a two-piece mold, as shown in Figure 1 4 4 for a one-piece mold. The reflective material mold 5 9 0 includes a mold opening 5 9 1 (similar to FIG. 1 3 3 mold opening α 5 3 0), which can be used for the curved mold cavity 5 9 2 to the bottom outer mold surface 5 9 3 'hole defining member 5 1 2 Place in the mold opening □ 5 9 1. The reflective material mold 5 9 0 has another mold opening 5 9 4 on the top outer mold surface 5 9 5. The mold opening 5 9 4 is large enough for the transparent light ball 5 1 6 to pass into the mold cavity 5 9 2. As shown in Figure 1, the shape of the mold cavity is about 5 9 4 which is about the same as the widest part of the mold cavity 5 9 2. The cavity surface 5 9 6 is cylindrical toward the top of the mold cavity 5 9 2. -Once the translucent lamp ball 5 1 6 is placed in the mold cavity 5 9 2, the reflective material flowing slurry 5 5 4 is poured into the mold opening 5 9 4, and the outer surface of the lamp ball 5 1 8 and the cavity surface 5 9 6 are filled. Cavities 5 9 2 space. The wide mold opening 5 9 4 at the top of the reflective material mold 5 9 0 no longer requires two separate molds. —The general shape of the lamp ball and the shape of the area are not limited, which can be used to connect to the light-transmitting lamp ball. As shown in Figures 145 and 146, the lamp ball 501 may have a spherical outer surface with a round lamp ball interface area 502. The light bulb 5 0 1 can be joined to the hole-defining member and has a uniform or non-uniform shape. For example, as shown in Figure 1 4 5 (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). Packing. The consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy Du printed this paper. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm } -75- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

^ 4 ! 7 ί 3 R A7 ____B7 五、發明説明纟3 ) 截而’非一致孔界定構件5 0 3具有平坦上表面5 0 5之凸緣5 0 4。孔界定構件5 0 3接觸燈球5 0 1之界面區 5 0 2於平坦上表面5 0 5與孔界定構件孔5 0 7接合處邊緣5 0 6。故平坦表面5 0 5未符合燈球界面區5 0 2 圓形，而燈球5 0 1順著邊緣5 0 6處窄環帶接合孔界定構件5 0 3。根據圖1 4 6例，孔界定構件5 0 8符合燈球界面區 5 0 2形狀。即凸緣5 1 1上表面5 0 9爲杯形，曲率對應燈球界面區5 0 2。孔界定構件5 0 8示於圖1 4 7立體圖。孔界定構件5 0 8形狀符合，可供燈球界面區 5 0 2以較大表面接合孔界定構件5 0 8。使用時，無電極燈（如圖1 3 4、1 4 2或1 4 3所示燈5 1 0 )電耦合微波或R F源，燈球內5 1 7塡充物材料產生發光電漿。光於套5 5 6內反射再經孔5 1 4開口出來= 無電極燈5 1 0製法包含步驟提供具外表面5 1 8之燈球5 1 6 ’內容積5 1 7具塡充物材料；提供模5 2 2 ，其具外表面5 3 2，內腔5 2 8，第一段5 2 4及第二段5 2 6 ’第一段5 2 4有模開口 5 3 0供由模內腔 5 2 8進入至模外表面5 3 2 :插入開口界定嵌件5 1 2 至模開口 5 3 0內，而開口界定嵌件5 1 2包含插孔 5 1 4，當嵌件5 1 2插入模，提供內反光通道或開口由模內腔至模外而；放置燈球5 1 6至模內腔並接近開口界定嵌件5 1 2於凸綠5 3 4上；對模內腔5 2 8塡入流動 m - HI —^^1 m - .^1^1 tn -s (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適珂中國國家榇準（CNS ) A4規格（2IOX297公釐） -76- 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 Γ 417 136 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明f4 ) 反射.材料5 5 4 :然後乾化反射材料5 5 4成固狀反射套 5 5 6 ’以包住燈球5 1 6，但不是均勻附著。亦可由模除去燈球5 1 6，令開α界定件5 1 2及乾化反射材料套 5 5 6固定其上。反之不除去燈球，可固定外部反射器 5 8 8至開口界定件5 1 2永久部8 6。將開口界定嵌件插入模開U之步驟包含對齊嵌件刻度特性5 4 0，於所選方位插入嵌件5 1 2時，配合嵌件5 1 2刻度特性；及將刻度開口界定嵌件插入模開口 5 3 〇。放置燈球至模內腔 ’並接近開门界定嵌件，係放置燈球5 1 6平坦部5 2 0 於伸入模內腔5 2 8之嵌件支承凸緣5 3 4上，及支承燈球’並分開外表面5 1 8與模腔內表而5 2 9。模內腔 5 2 8塡充反射材料5 5 4係將反射材料漿5 5 4倒入模內腔。所成無電極燈開CJ燈泡5 1 0乃具透光燈球5 1 6，其外表面5 1 8具第一次區及第二次區，燈球包圍具塡充物之內容積5 1 7。燈泡5 1 0亦具開口界定件5 1 2固定至燈球外表面第一次區（界面區5 2 0 )。開丨=1界定件 5 1 2有一遠端面5 3 8及經過管形體5 3 6之孔5 1 4 :孔5 1 4提供通道由燈球5 1 6至開口界定構定件端 538。4 1 . 5 10具反光套556蓋住第二次區（其餘區）°套5 5 6厚度宜等於或大於Κ毫米且爲燒結固體。開口 HiL宣爲陶瓷，Μ相當反光，熱及結構性。上述無電極燈開Π燈泡5 1 0可包含具內腔之一體永久固定模，一外表面，及一模開口 5 3 0可供模內腔接近本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS) 说格（2丨ΟΧ 297公釐） -77- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明k ) 至模外，燈球置於模內腔，提供圖1 4 2單件組成。代之，單件組成一體模包含R F激發線圈1 0 0靠近模內腔 5 2 8設置，如圖1 4 3。本發明具各式變化，上述僅爲例示，熟習者可據以改變。圖1 4 8爲本發明燈所用燈泡胚示意圖。圖1 4 9爲圖1 4 8沿線1 4 9 一 1 4 9截面。燈泡就縱軸旋轉對稱。燈泡爲酒瓶形狀，具一實質平面，塡充物經柄開口放入燈泡。啓動鈍氣（如X e、A r、K r )加至適壓。柄於夾緊部受熱封閉，包住塡充物及啓動氣體。圖1 5 0爲本發明開口杯分解示意圖。圖1 5 1爲其細節，圖1 5 2爲沿線1 5 2 — 1 5 2截面圖。如圖 1 5 0 —丄5 2所示，燈泡插入反射陶瓷杯，相對開口對稱放置。杯塡入反射材料，然後硬化包住燈泡而予以定位。其他細節如4 . 2 . 4段說明及見於P C T公告W〇 9 7 / 4 5 8 5 8。反射杯及反射材料宜爲低介電晶體高導熱材料，以利燈熱管理。根據本發明另一特性，開口形狀可提供最佳光效率。當耦合光纖圓端時可用圓開口。當耦合L C D顯示引擎時可用3對4或9或1 6橫長比矩形。就自動車頭燈光束，可用更複雜形狀。燈可見二以上開口。圖1 5 3顯示具平丨而之燈泡裝入各開口形狀之反射杯中。 4 . 2 . 3塡充開口杯之例示程序 ^^1 ^—1— ' 1 m t I - 1 m ^^^1 9 *-e (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本页) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210X297公釐） -78- 41T136 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 B7_五、發明説明fe ) 圖1 5 2爲本發明較佳開口燈泡。適當開口形狀預先成形於陶瓷杯基座。酒杯形石英燈泡相對開口對稱設置，具一燈泡平面端靠開U。未由燈泡佔住之杯容積塡充反射陶瓷材料。例示製法如下。 4 · 2 . 3 . 1 手工用漿準備漿液，含6 ◦ % Nichia (Nichia America公司編號 9 9 9 — 4 2 )及4 0 %甲醇。漿可流動，以抽入5 — 1 0 c c注筒。杯置於甲醇中，於用漿前塡杯中孔。少量（約 1 c c )漿放入杯靠近開口。燈泡滑至開口，一些漿通過開LJ於燈泡周圍。杯然後裝滿半杯，並輕敲平面以密封材料（除去氣泡）。空氣乾燥數分後，枵以小棍密封材料。逐量數次增加漿，直至杯滿，每次輕敲，乾燥而密封。由開口區除去漿，組成於1 〇〇 °C爐内乾燥1 〇分鐘，再烘烤於9 0 0 t 3 0鐘。 4.2.3.2 固體鑄造準備漿液，含7 0 % Nichia,，27%DI水及3% Darvan 8 2 1 — A。滾動漿數小時以充分散開Nichia。燈泡由開口區外側黏至杯，一乳膠管置於杯開放端上方，令杯溢出約6 m m。杯放入D I水約1 〇 — 2 0秒，令孔充水飽和。取下杯，以壓縮空氣或將過量水吹出杯外。漿抽入注筒’並緩慢散入杯，小心防止氣泡。橡皮蓋置於乳膠管上，以刀片修整杯端多餘材料。以1 〇 t每分速率加 ^^^1 n^i I ι^ϋ —^ϋ k^l^i ^ «._",1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格{ 210X297公釐） -79- 4 1 了 1 a 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明) 熱杯至9 0 ◦ °C，保持於9 〇〇 °c約3 〇至6 〇分鐘。 4 · 2 · 3 . 3 使用離心機密封杯所得陶瓷反射材料宜密而無氣袋。上述程序中，流動性與密度互有取捨’故防止氣袋費時且不易。根據本發明此特性’利用離心力以漿密封杯。如此有利力作用漿流入細縫，將氣袋擠出。延長離心時間，將液體與固體分離，乃改變鑄造固體量。控制形狀製出變化梯度密度之陶瓷件。根據本發明’離心程序提高陶瓷反射材料密度，較不需流動性。例示離心程序如下。準備漿，含5 % Nictua及9 5 % 水或甲醇。用漿前硏磨約1小時。燈泡就開口置中，由杯外黏合離心冶具支持杯，令杯開口端於旋轉時徑向朝外。陶瓷杯爲多孔，離心力下水或甲醇滲入開口杯面。冶具保持過量漿對杯’以減少處理步驟。冶具及/或杯充滿漿而旋轉每分3 9 0 0轉經5分鐘，直至未見冶具漏出水或甲醇。重複裝塡及旋轉，直至裝滿杯。由冶具取下杯，爐溫 8 0 - 9 0 °C乾燥約3 0分鐘，烘烤於9 0 0 °C 3 0分鐘〇另例使用第一混合物5 % Nichia / 9 5%水及第二混合物5 0 % Nichia / 5 0 %水。使用5 / 9 5混合，至少直至燈泡覆以密封陶瓷材料。再使用5 0 / 5 0混合加速處理。本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS >八4见格（21〇Χ297公釐） -80- I 裝-- {諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)^ 4! 7 ί 3 R A7 ____B7 V. Description of the Invention 纟 3) The non-uniform hole defining member 5 0 3 has a flange 5 0 4 with a flat upper surface 5 0 5. The hole-defining member 5 0 3 contacts the interface area 5 0 1 of the lamp ball 5 0 1 at the junction of the flat upper surface 5 0 5 with the hole-defining member hole 5 0 7 edge 5 0 6. Therefore, the flat surface 5 0 5 does not conform to the circular shape of the light ball interface area 5 0 2, and the light ball 5 0 1 follows the edge 5 0 6 to define the member 50 3 along the narrow annular band joint hole. According to the example in FIG. 146, the hole-defining member 508 conforms to the shape of the light bulb interface area 502. That is, the upper surface 5 0 9 of the flange 5 1 1 is cup-shaped, and the curvature corresponds to the light ball interface area 50 2. The hole-defining member 5 0 8 is shown in a perspective view in FIG. 1 4 7. The hole-defining member 508 conforms to the shape, and can be used for the light-ball interface area 502 to engage the hole-defining member 508 with a larger surface. When in use, electrodeless lamps (as shown in Figures 1 3, 4 or 1 2 3 or 1 4 3) are electrically coupled to a microwave or R F source, and the 5 7 7 filling material in the lamp bulb generates a luminescent plasma. Light on the sleeve 5 5 6 internal reflection and then through the hole 5 1 4 opening = electrodeless lamp 5 1 0 The manufacturing method includes steps to provide a lamp ball with an outer surface 5 1 8 5 1 6 'internal volume 5 1 7 with filling material ; Provide a mold 5 2 2 with an outer surface 5 3 2, an inner cavity 5 2 8, the first section 5 2 4 and the second section 5 2 6 'The first section 5 2 4 has a mold opening 5 3 0 for the mold The inner cavity 5 2 8 enters the outer surface of the mold 5 3 2: inserts the opening to define the insert 5 1 2 into the mold opening 5 3 0, and the opening defines the insert 5 1 2 including the insertion hole 5 1 4; when the insert 5 1 2 Insert the mold to provide the internal reflective channel or opening from the mold cavity to the mold; place the light bulb 5 1 6 to the mold cavity and close to the opening to define the insert 5 1 2 on the convex green 5 3 4; 5 2 8 Inflow m-HI — ^^ 1 m-. ^ 1 ^ 1 tn -s (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper is compliant with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2IOX297 mm) -76- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Γ 417 136 Α7 B7 V. Description of the invention f4) Reflection. Material 5 5 4: Then dry the reflective material 5 5 4 into a solid reflection sleeve 5 5 6 'to envelop the light ball 5 1 6 but not Uniform adhesion. It is also possible to remove the lamp ball 5 1 6 by the mold, and fix the α-defining member 5 1 2 and the dried reflective material sleeve 5 5 6 thereon. On the contrary, without removing the lamp ball, the external reflector 5 8 8 can be fixed to the opening delimiting member 5 1 2 and the permanent portion 8 6. The step of inserting the opening-defining insert into the mold opening U includes aligning the scale characteristic of the insert 5 4 0, and inserting the insert 5 1 2 in the selected orientation to match the scale characteristic of the insert 5 1 2; and inserting the scale opening defining insert Die opening 5 3 0. Place the lamp ball into the mold cavity 'and close to the opening to define the insert. Place the lamp ball 5 1 6 flat portion 5 2 0 on the insert support flange 5 3 4 that extends into the mold cavity 5 2 8 and the support. The lamp ball 'also separates the outer surface 5 1 8 from the inner surface of the mold cavity 5 2 9. The mold cavity 5 2 8 is filled with reflective material 5 5 4 and the reflective material slurry 5 5 4 is poured into the mold cavity. The resulting electrodeless lamp turns on a CJ bulb 5 1 0 with a light-transmitting lamp ball 5 1 6 and its outer surface 5 1 8 has a first zone and a second zone. The lamp ball surrounds the inner volume of the filling material 5 1 7. The light bulb 5 1 0 also has an opening delimiter 5 1 2 fixed to the first area of the outer surface of the lamp ball (the interface area 5 2 0). The opening 1 = 1 defines a component 5 1 2 with a distal surface 5 3 8 and a hole 5 1 4 passing through the tubular body 5 3 6: The hole 5 1 4 provides a passage from the light bulb 5 1 6 to the opening to define the end 538 of the structure. 4 1. 5 10 reflective sleeves 556 cover the second zone (the rest of the area) ° The thickness of the sleeve 5 5 6 should be equal to or greater than K mm and be a sintered solid. The opening HiL is declared as ceramic, and M is quite reflective, thermal and structural. The above electrodeless lamp opening Π bulb 5 1 0 may include a permanent fixing mold with an internal cavity, an outer surface, and a mold opening 5 3 0 for the mold cavity to be close to this paper. Applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) standards (2 丨〇Χ 297mm) -77- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Equipment-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention Placed in the mold cavity, providing a single piece of Figure 1 4 2 composition. Instead, the single-piece integrated mold includes the R F excitation coil 100, which is arranged close to the mold cavity 5 2 8 as shown in Figure 1 43. The present invention has various changes, and the above are merely examples, and those skilled in the art can change accordingly. FIG. 1 48 is a schematic diagram of a bulb embryo used in the lamp of the present invention. Figure 1 4 9 is a section of Figure 1 4 8 along the line 1 4 9-1 4 9. The bulb is rotationally symmetric on the vertical axis. The bulb is in the shape of a wine bottle and has a substantially flat surface. The filling is placed in the bulb through the opening of the handle. Start a blunt gas (such as X e, A r, K r) and increase to a proper pressure. The handle is closed by heat in the clamping part, enclosing the filling material and starting gas. FIG. 15 is an exploded view of the open cup of the present invention. Figure 15 1 is the detail, and Figure 15 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 1 5 2 — 1 5 2. As shown in Figures 150-52, the bulb is inserted into the reflective ceramic cup and placed symmetrically relative to the opening. The cup pours into the reflective material and then hardens the bulb to position it. Other details such as the description in paragraph 4.2.4 and can be found in PCT Announcement WO 97/4 5 8 5 8. Reflective cups and reflective materials should be low-dielectric crystal and high thermal conductivity materials to facilitate lamp thermal management. According to another characteristic of the present invention, the opening shape can provide the best light efficiency. A circular opening can be used when coupling the round end of the fiber. When coupled with the LCD display engine, 3 to 4 or 9 or 1 to 6 aspect ratios can be used. For automatic headlight beams, more complex shapes are available. The lamp can see more than two openings. Figure 1 5 3 shows a flat bulb and a reflector cup in each opening shape. 4. 2. 3 塡 Example procedure for filling an open cup ^^ 1 ^ —1— '1 mt I-1 m ^^^ 1 9 * -e (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -78- 41T136 Duo printed A7 B7_5, description of the invention fe) of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs) Figure 1 5 2 is the preferred open light bulb of the invention. The appropriate opening shape is pre-formed on the ceramic cup base. The wine glass-shaped quartz light bulb is symmetrically arranged with respect to the opening, and the flat end of the light bulb is close to U. The volume of the cup not occupied by the bulb is filled with reflective ceramic material. An example method is as follows. 4 · 2. 3. 1 Manual preparation of slurry, containing 6 ◦% Nichia (Nichia America Company No. 9 9 — 4 2) and 40% methanol. The slurry can flow to draw into the 5-1 0 c c barrel. The cup was placed in methanol, and the hole in the cup was scooped before using the pulp. Put a small amount (about 1 c c) of the pulp into the cup near the opening. The bulb slides to the opening, and some paste passes through the LJ around the bulb. The cup is then filled with half a cup and tapping the flat surface to seal the material (remove air bubbles). After air drying for a few minutes, seal the material with a small stick. Increase the slurry several times until the cup is full, tap each time, dry and seal. The pulp was removed from the open area, and the composition was dried in an oven at 1000 ° C for 10 minutes, and then baked at 900 to 30 minutes. 4.2.3.2 Solid casting Prepare a slurry containing 70% Nichia, 27% DI water and 3% Darvan 8 2 1 — A. Roll the slurry for several hours to fully spread Nichia. The bulb is glued to the cup from the outside of the open area, and a latex tube is placed above the open end of the cup, causing the cup to overflow about 6 mm. Put D I water in the cup for about 10-20 seconds, and saturate the hole with water. Remove the cup to compress air or blow excess water out of the cup. The slurry is drawn into the injection tube ’and slowly poured into the cup, taking care to prevent air bubbles. The rubber cap is placed on the latex tube, and the excess material at the end of the cup is trimmed with a blade. ^^^ 1 n ^ i I ι ^ ϋ — ^ ϋ k ^ l ^ i ^ «._ ", 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) General Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Specification {210X297 mm) -79- 4 1 1 a Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 5. Invention Description) Hot cup to 9 0 ◦ ° C, maintained at 900 ° C for about 30 to 60 minutes. 4 · 2 · 3. 3 Use a centrifuge to seal the cup The ceramic reflective material obtained should be dense and airless. In the above procedure, there is a trade-off between fluidity and density, so preventing airbags is time-consuming and difficult. According to the invention, this characteristic ' utilizes centrifugal force to seal the cup with slurry. In this way, the slurry can flow into the slits to squeeze out the air bag. Prolonging the centrifugation time to separate the liquid from the solid changes the amount of solids in the casting. Control the shape to make ceramic parts with varying gradient density. According to the present invention's centrifugal procedure, the density of the ceramic reflective material is increased, and the fluidity is less required. An example centrifuge procedure is as follows. Prepare a slurry containing 5% Nictua and 95% water or methanol. Honed for about 1 hour before using the pulp. The bulb is centered, and the cup is supported by a centrifugal mold outside the cup, so that the open end of the cup faces radially outward when rotating. The ceramic cup is porous, and water or methanol penetrates the open cup surface under centrifugal force. The mold maintains excess slurry to cup 'to reduce processing steps. The mold and / or cup is full of pulp and rotated at 3900 revolutions per minute for 5 minutes, until no water or methanol is leaking from the mold. Repeat loading and rotation until the cup is filled. Remove the cup from the mold, dry at 30-90 ° C for about 30 minutes, and bake at 90 ° C for 30 minutes. Another example uses the first mixture 5% Nichia / 9 5% water and the second Mixture 50% Nichia / 50% water. Use 5/9 5 mix at least until the bulb is covered with a sealing ceramic material. Then use 50/50 mix to speed up the process. This paper size applies to Chinese national standards {CNS > 8 4 square (21〇 × 297 mm) -80- I Pack-{谙 Read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

11T 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明託） 4.2.4 例示性能資料本發明燈所示性能參數如下經濟部中央標準局消費合作社印 t DC功率開口亮度二維流明 CCT CRI 例#1 1 20W 9mm2 5 3cd/m m2 1500 6800°K >90 例#2 120W 180mm2 45cd/mm2 2500 7500°Κ >90 表 5 各例燈泡塡充物約1 . 8 m g / 泡爲酒瓶形，外徑約7 m m，內徑約約 0 · 1 c c )。 c c I η B r ，燈 6 m m (燈泡內容積本發明燈反開U結構之優點爲接分佈。圖1 5 4爲本發明燈所測相較光近餘分佈允許有效產生高校直光軸元件可匹配開口達成所欲光角度。開[：丨燈具其他優點。調牿燈泡尺寸相對開口尺寸_二本近Lambertian光角度 L a m b e r t i a η 光分佈。。成像與非成像光學發叨燈可取捨照明效率於光源亮度。小開口照明效率低 __ ~ · ---- nm 丄 —-— — -——··^ in彥度高。反之亦然。一般有效照叨直徑Α故本發i燈可立即配合上下光光源$i匹配燈泡冶具，適用辦公室、 r f及光開口。如單曲棍球圓盤形燈泡可寸亦可變化，一般燈燈泡形狀同樣可變化以最佳耦合開口燈適合酒瓶形燈泡|頂爲平面適合具二相對孔之光學耦合。燈泡尺本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -81 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 ί 4 1 7 s 2 b . · A7 B7 五、發明説明h ) 泡尺寸爲功率水準及所欲亮度之函數。燈泡愈大’功率愈大。—宏功率水準下’具也丄-m j登-泡羞-虎二里..迤....杖料可爲玻璃、石英及氧化堂產丕I里二」堇.生里里.座！ ° ———-----—" 5一使穿’對塡苹物化璺鈍性.二涉5 傳統光使用反射器調整光線至所欲物體或平面。就大面積尙無問題’但不適窄處高校準光束。且許多習知燈僅提供局部亮度’大部分光線自不同之較暗部。相較習知光源，本發明燈所發光僅爲二度方式。換言之1二維區上亮度甚平均。圖1 5 5例示本發明燈就近場分佈之強度圖。低散度爲…必要但非充足特性，以有效耦合光至小光學系統，如光纖或小對角形L C D。其他耦合必要特性爲光源與Η標間斜度分析匹配。除非良好匹配，否則不易保持低散度及高集中效率。一般三度光源未能提供良好斜度分佈匹配於平面目標，如光纖或L C D等。已知由球形光源傳送光將引起損失散度或集中效率，或損失二者。較佳本發明燈提供低散度與良好斜度匹配於平面目標。本發明二度光源提高光學系統集光效率，但須保持低散度。上述優點有關低散度，斜度匹配及角分佈，可有效利用於反射 '折射.成像及非成像光學系統。如本發叨燈之角分佈適合所有集中光學’如反射或折射複合拋物集光器 I I- «In I I —I - ^^1 « 衣 I ! I- — I n —^n I {請先閲讀背面之洼意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4現格（210X297公着） • 82 - 經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印製 "417136 A7 ________ B7 五、發明説明έο ) (C p C )及光管，及各式成像方式。本發明燈使用電感R F耦合結構，配合其他耦合結構優點甚多== 4.2.5 光譜分佈本文開门燈泡配合塡充物，提供高C R I及色溫之全光譜光，應用極佳。可選擇燈泡塡充物改變色溫及光譜平衡。亦可使用塡充物及/或濾鏡產生特定色帶光。本發明可用燈泡塡充物範園廣，由習水汞及金屬鹵化物至硫及硒。圖1 5 7例示I η B r塡充物之光譜布佈。圖1 5 8則爲塡充物含 Q · 8 m g / c c I η B r ，◦ . 2 m g c c C s B r ，5 0托耳K r之分佈。不似其他放電燈 ’本發明燈可立刻變暗。圖1 5 9顯示變化R F功率水準時，僅I η B r塡充物之光譜功率分析。 4.2-6 球形鏡頭如上述，本發明燈之角分析可近Lambertian分佈。即光離開開口分佈於1 8 0 °角度或一圓錐具9 0 °半角。有時欲儘量對焦發射光至另一表面，提供最大集中度= 習知光源一般不易捕捉分佈於1 8 0 °之光。但如圖 1 2，可用球形鏡頭配合本發明燈捕捉離開開口所有光線。球形鏡頭爲截頭球形或橢圓體。本例光進入與開口接觸之球形鏡頭第-面（平担側），並由第二面（球形側）離開。光由開口離開，進入球形鏡頭，由低折射率（空氣） ^ia— ^^^1 f i Bn .-¾ I - ^^^1 -3.-e (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -83- 濟部 A A 標準扁消費合作社印 t f‘. ‘4 1了）3 c: A7 __ B7______ 五、發明説明b ) 區至高折射率區（球形鏡頭）。光折射後分佈於小於 1 8 0 °之圓錐角。甚至當由空氣通過至低折射率光學材料，如融合矽石，圓錐角小於9 0 ° 。球形鏡頭具一凸起第二面’光由其離開，未返回1 8 0 °角分佈。適當選擇中心厚及半徑’ 第二面降低圓錐角小於9 0 ° 。離開球形鏡頭而減少分佈角度，習知鏡頭設計可操作控光·光學系統可利用所有離開開口之光= 代之，球形鏡頭可爲完全球形或橢圓體或其他固體弧形。使用完全球形鏡頭可完全利用可得光。球形鏡頭第一面可爲非球形，即使具球形第二面，球形鏡頭可設計爲齊明鏡。就無截頭面之球形鏡頭，較佳爲開口形狀。 4.2.7 陶瓷石英燈本發明種類燈泡燈具有透光燈泡二含.電H 此介質。微波或射頻（R F )能源以輸出耦合:^|求_匝-.激最二反射材料套，就幾乎球面，除開口區外，光由開口通過。 — .-—.—- 4 , 2 · 2段討無電極開口之製法。其中提供一模腔，開口形成件插入其內，燈球於入接近開口形成件，模腔塡入流動反射材料1反射材料硬化形成燈球之套。方量製1-7 itc極I重g，所得燈須耐用。木發明無電極燈換作極熱，尤係長時使用。故必須除本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） ϋ m. - n^i I...... ^^1 l - -I n (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -84- 經濟部中央樣準局員工消费合作社印繁 ί 417130 Α7 ------Β7 五、發明説明k ) 若互裏.燈之熱，HiJtAiL·....EL此熱由燈.泡傳.至冷源。本無1極_凰α燈ϋ」.it易可太量-生產。本發明另一目用無電極開丨=1燈。本發明再一目的插供高傳散忡姐苇極開口燈〇上述特性目的可輕易J|1會霞用》陶瓷石英開口結構第一例圖1 6 0說明本發叨第一例燈泡。石英燈球6 0 2裝有電介質’可激發光。例如，以硫或硒基物質爲塡充物，如美國專利5 ’ 4 0 4，0 7 6號揭示。可用4 . 2 . 1 段所述方法製成燈球。燈球位於一容器中，容器具一關閉端6 1 1 ，及一側壁6 0 9開至嘴6 1 3。側壁有一內表面6 1 5及一外表面6 1 7，至少端接燈球之內表面6 1 5部分可反射。容器6 1 0較佳爲反射陶瓷材料，爲杯形。燈球6 0 2與容器端6 1 1之射爲反射塡充物6 1 2 ，塡充物塡充容器端與燈球間區域。此材料爲反射陶瓷，密度小於容器6 1 0陶瓷"塡充物6 1 2可爲硬化漿或粉末。燈泡面604面對容器嘴6 13有一墊圈606，至少其內而爲反射性，有一環6 0 8接合材料與其固定。熱圈包含一開口形成件供形成一開口 6 0 7 ’較佳爲反射陶瓷材料。燈泡面6 0 4爲平坦以輕易聯接墊圈6 0 6 ’但11T 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 4.2.4 Exemplary performance data The performance parameters shown in the lamp of the present invention are as follows: printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, DC power opening brightness, two-dimensional lumens, CCT CRI Example # 1 1 20W 9mm2 5 3cd / m m2 1500 6800 ° K &90; 90 cases # 2 120W 180mm2 45cd / mm2 2500 7500 ° K > 90 Table 5 Bulb filling of each case is about 1.8 mg , The inner diameter is about 0 · 1 cc). cc I η B r, lamp 6 mm (bulb content product) The advantage of the inverse U structure of the lamp according to the present invention is the distribution. Figure 1 54 shows the measured near-near distribution of the light compared to the lamp of the present invention, which allows efficient production of highly aligned optical axis components. Can match the opening to achieve the desired light angle. On [: 丨 Other advantages of lamps. Adjusting the bulb size relative to the opening size_ 二本近 Lambertian 光角 L ambertia η Light distribution. The brightness of the light source is small. The lighting efficiency of the small opening is low. __ ~ · ---- nm 丄 —-— — — — ^ in high degree. The converse is also true. Generally effective to illuminate the diameter A, so the i-light can be Immediately match the upper and lower light sources $ i to match the bulb fixtures, suitable for office, rf and light openings. For example, single-hockey disc-shaped bulbs can be changed in inches and general light bulb shapes can also be changed. | The top is flat and suitable for optical coupling with two opposing holes. The paper size of the light bulb size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -81-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page} Printed by the Central Standards Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative ί 4 1 7 s 2 b. · A7 B7 V. Description of the invention h) The bubble size is a function of the power level and the desired brightness. The larger the bulb, the greater the power.-Macro power Under the standard 'Gu Ye 丄 -mj 登-泡泡-虎二里 .. 迤 .... The rod material can be made of glass, quartz, and oxidant 里 I 里二 " —-----— " 5 I make the wearer's physical and blunt nature. Second, 5 traditional light uses a reflector to adjust the light to the desired object or plane. There is no problem on a large area, but it is not suitable for narrow places. Highly calibrated beams. And many conventional lamps only provide local brightness. Most of the light is from different darker parts. Compared to conventional light sources, the lamp of the present invention emits light only in the second degree. In other words, the brightness is very average in the two-dimensional area. Figure 1-5 illustrates the intensity diagram of the near field distribution of the lamp of the present invention. Low divergence is the necessary but not sufficient characteristic to effectively couple light to small optical systems, such as fiber optics or small diagonal LCDs. Other necessary characteristics for coupling are the light source and斜 Slope analysis matching between standards. Unless well matched, it is not easy to maintain low divergence and high Medium efficiency. Generally, the three-degree light source fails to provide a good slope distribution to match a flat target, such as optical fiber or LCD. It is known that transmitting light from a spherical light source will cause loss of divergence or concentration efficiency, or both. The lamp provides low divergence and good slope matching to a flat target. The second-degree light source of the present invention improves the light collection efficiency of the optical system, but must maintain low divergence. The above advantages are related to low divergence, slope matching and angular distribution, which can be effectively used For reflection 'refraction. Imaging and non-imaging optical systems. For example, the angular distribution of this lamp is suitable for all concentrated optics' such as reflection or refraction compound parabolic condenser I I- «In II —I-^^ 1« I I! I- — I n — ^ n I {Please read the intent on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) • 82-Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs — Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives " 417136 A7 ________ B7 V. Description of the invention (C p C) and light pipes, and various imaging methods. The lamp of the present invention uses an inductor R F coupling structure and cooperates with other coupling structures. The advantages are many == 4.2.5 Spectral distribution. The door open bulb in this paper is matched with the filling material to provide a full spectrum light with high C R I and color temperature. The application is excellent. You can choose the bulb filling to change the color temperature and spectral balance. It is also possible to use fillers and / or filters to generate specific ribbon light. The invention can be used to fill a wide range of materials from a bulb, from water and mercury to metal halides to sulfur and selenium. Figure 15.7 illustrates the spectral distribution of the I η B r 塡 charge. Figure 158 shows the distribution of the filling material containing Q · 8 mg / c c I η B r, ◦. 2 mg g c c C s B r, 50 Torr K r. Unlike other discharge lamps, the lamp of the present invention can be dimmed immediately. Figure 15.9 shows the spectral power analysis of only I η B r 塡 charge at varying R F power levels. 4.2-6 Spherical lens As mentioned above, the angle analysis of the lamp according to the present invention can approximate the Lambertian distribution. That is, the light leaves the opening at an angle of 180 ° or a cone with a half angle of 90 °. Sometimes it is desirable to focus the emitted light to another surface as much as possible, to provide the maximum concentration = the conventional light source is generally not easy to capture light distributed at 180 °. However, as shown in Figure 12, a spherical lens can be used with the lamp of the present invention to capture all light leaving the opening. Spherical lenses are frusto-spherical or ellipsoidal. In this example, the light enters the first side (flat side) of the spherical lens in contact with the opening, and is separated from the second side (spherical side). The light leaves through the opening, enters the spherical lens, and has a low refractive index (air) ^ ia— ^^^ 1 fi Bn .-¾ I-^^^ 1 -3.-e (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 mm) -83- Ministry of Economic Affairs AA Standard Flat Consumer Cooperatives Printing tf '.' 4 1 a) 3 c: A7 __ B7______ V. Invention Note b) region to high refractive index region (spherical lens). Light is refracted at a cone angle less than 180 °. Even when passing air to low refractive index optical materials, such as fused silica, the cone angle is less than 90 °. The spherical lens has a convex second surface, and the light leaves it, and does not return an angle distribution of 180 °. Appropriately select the center thickness and radius' to reduce the cone angle to less than 90 °. Reduce the distribution angle away from the spherical lens. The known lens design can be operated. The light control and optical system can use all the light leaving the opening = instead, the spherical lens can be completely spherical or ellipsoid or other solid arc. Use a fully spherical lens to take full advantage of the available light. The first side of a spherical lens can be non-spherical, and even with a second spherical side, a spherical lens can be designed as a mirror. In the case of a spherical lens without a truncated surface, an opening shape is preferred. 4.2.7 Ceramic Quartz Lamp The light bulb lamp of the present invention has a light-transmitting bulb, which contains electricity and this medium. Microwave or radio frequency (R F) energy is coupled with output: ^ | Find_turn-.Exciting the second reflective material sleeve, it is almost spherical, except for the opening area, light passes through the opening. — .-—.—- Paragraphs 4 and 2 · 2 discuss the method of making electrodeless openings. A mold cavity is provided, the opening forming member is inserted into it, the lamp ball enters the opening forming member, and the mold cavity is poured into the flowing reflective material 1. The reflective material is hardened to form a sleeve of the lamp ball. Square system 1-7 itc pole I weight g, the resulting lamp must be durable. The woodless electrodeless lamp is replaced by extremely hot, especially for long-term use. Therefore, it is necessary to apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) in addition to this paper size. Ϋ m.-N ^ i I ...... ^^ 1 l--I n (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) -84- Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Yin Fan 417130 Α7 ------ Β7 V. Description of the Invention k) If you are in each other. The heat of the lamp, HiJtAiL ... EL This heat is transmitted from the lamp to the cold source. There is no 1 pole_phoenix alpha lamp ". It is too easy to produce-production. The other purpose of the present invention is to use an electrodeless switch to turn on one lamp. Another object of the present invention is to insert a high-diffusion reed pole opening lamp. The above characteristics can be easily used by J | 1 Huixia. The first example of a ceramic quartz opening structure FIG. 160 illustrates the first light bulb of the present invention. The quartz lamp ball 602 is provided with a dielectric 'to excite light. For example, a sulfur or selenium-based substance is used as the filling material, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5'4,04,076. The bulb can be made by the method described in paragraph 4.2.1.1. The light bulb is located in a container with a closed end 6 1 1 and a side wall 6 0 9 opening to the mouth 6 1 3. The side wall has an inner surface 6 1 5 and an outer surface 6 1 7. At least a part of the inner surface 6 1 5 terminating the lamp ball is reflective. The container 6 10 is preferably a reflective ceramic material and has a cup shape. The shot of the lamp ball 6 0 2 and the container end 6 1 1 is a reflection of the filling material 6 1 2, and the filling material fills the area between the container end and the light ball. This material is a reflective ceramic, with a density less than that of the container 6 10 ceramic " filler 6 1 2 can be a hardened paste or powder. The bulb surface 604 faces the container mouth 6 13 and has a washer 606 at least inside which is reflective, and a ring 608 bonding material is fixed thereto. The thermal coil includes an opening forming member for forming an opening 6 0 7 ', preferably a reflective ceramic material. The bulb surface 6 0 4 is flat to easily connect the washer 6 0 6 ’but

In n I m -I— I— - - - I - I - If - i----- Tw. 4¾-d (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格{ 2丨0X297公釐） -85- 4 t A7 B7 五、發明説明) 墊圏亦可固定至圓表面部6 Ο 1。容器側壁之内表而6 1 5爲錐形，朝容器端漸縮。較佳爲圓截面，朝容器端方向直徑漸減。燈球6 0 2有一側壁6 1 9亦爲錐形。其符合容器側壁之內表面6 1 5，並端接此內表面。容器壁外表面6 1 7亦圓錐漸縮，漸縮於自内表面相反方向。圖1 6 1顯示結合圖1 6 0開口燈泡之燈。容器 6 1 圍設置金屬帶形激發線圈6 2 1 ，而氮化硼陶瓷材料製 4包圍燈泡及激發線圈。柱塞6 1 6由 (請先閲請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印繁彈簧6 1 8偏％，與支座6 2 0聯接，可防止關閉時燈移動及因冷卻發生實體收縮。激發線圈6 2 1內表面6 2 2 爲漸縮，以匹配容器壁外表面6 1 7漸縮。圖1 6 0所示燈泡及圖1 6 1所示燈具許多優點。圖162至165爲本發明方法例。參考162，反射陶瓷製墊圈6 0 6先接合至燈球，利用有機材料接合劑 6 2 3，可於一定溫度分解1即本發明乾燥燒結反射材料之溫度。陶瓷墊圈可爲氧化鋁/矽石組成，如9 0 %氧化鋁及 1 0 %矽石，多孔性適當。可用模壓陶瓷體輕易大量製造此墊圈，而運送於輸送帶上。爲接合墊圈6 0 6至燈泡，燈球6 0 2置於燈泡類似形狀之支架6 2 4。其有中置開「1 6 2 5，K中燈梢6 2 6可於接合時有效增加燈泡梢 6 2 6，接合時有效支持燈球6 0 2以插入燈泡梢6 2 6 訂本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4说格（2Ι〇Χ297公釐） -86- 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明έ4 ) 如1 6 3，提共杯形容器6 1 0，其爲高密度陶瓷材料1與墊圈相同。容器6 1 0可用模具大量製造。容器側壁具內外表’爲圓錐形，外面朝容器頂漸縮。下一步驟塡充反射漿或粉末6 1 2於容器至一定水準 ’以噴嘴6 2 7饋送。漿或粉末爲低密度陶瓷材料，如純氧化鋁混水’加上少量有機添加物防止沈澱。如圖1 6 4下一步驟時燈球/陶瓷墊圈組合插入容器 6 1 0。真空支架6 2 9可支持降低燈球至適當位置，如圖1 6 0。如圖1 6 5於定位後，以陶瓷接合材料環 6 0 8固定陶瓷墊圈6 0 6至容器6 1 0壁。陶瓷接合劑爲糊體，通常爲氧化鋁與矽石粉結合有機物而成。漿硬燥硬化，燈泡於爐中乾化，漿與陶瓷接合劑乾化，漿經1 5至2 0分鐘，至少5 0 0 °C，陶瓷接合劑可於 5 0 °C經1至2小時。使用粉未時可加熱或部分燒結。上述方法可大量製造本發明開口燈。如此製成之燈極耐用。參考圖1 6 0，燈球6 0 2之圓錐側壁6 1 9端接容器側壁6 0 9內表面6 1 5。匹配漸縮面確實接觸，有利燈球熱傳，燈可低溫運作。參考圖1 6 1 ，激發線圈6 2 1內表面6 2 2漸縮匹配容器側壁外表面6 1 7。環形冷源6 1 4之內表面類似地漸縮。漸縮面可供確實接觸，有利熱傳。較佳容器側壁内外表面漸縮角爲0 . 5 °至2 · 0 ° 。參考圖1 6 0，墊0圈形成光離開燈泡之開口 6 0 7 ^^1 I m - ^^^1'Γκ l^n --- In Ha ^^1 -5 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印装本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -87- A7 ______B7 五、發明説明¢5 ) &本發明使用平墊圈爲一開口形成件，可輕易製造安裝。有些燈使用此墊圈，有時以抽光件，如光纖配合墊圈，以控制光。陶瓷石英開α結構第二側。參考圖1 6 6，爲本發明開口燈泡第二例，此例以反射塡充物6 4 2塡充側壁與燈球間容器中整個區域。參考圖1 6 7開口燈，陶瓷墊圈6 3 8較第一例寬，並以陶瓷接合劑6 4 6接至冷源6 4 4。具較大墊圈 6 3 8之凸緣有利燈泡熱傳。圖1 6 6及1 6 7其他零件類似圖1 6 0及1 6 1所述。圖1 6 6及1 6 7製法例說明於圖1 6 8至1 7 1。參考圖1 6 8，第一步驟以黏劑6 5 6黏合科技陶瓷墊圈 6 5 0至燈球6 3 0頂部平面，如前例所述。科技墊圈 6 5 0內有圓形通道，引至小孔6 5 2。參考圖1 6 9 ，提供一杯形容器6 4 1 ’爲反射性陶瓷。亦提供一容器658，輕由入口/出口 661可對其供水，或取出。經濟部中央標準局負Η消費合作社印繁容器6 4 1插入容器6 5 8，直至其側壁端接其內壁架。水6 6 0如示引入容器6 5 8。反射性流動陶瓷漿材料經由噴嘴6 6 2流入容器6 4 1至一定水準。水可施加壓力至陶瓷容器6 4 1再密封其孔。如此可防止漏失，否則駿會乾燥^ 參考圖1 7 0，水6 6 0由容器6 5 8抽出’燈球/ 科技墊圈組合插入容器6 4 1。此令漿6 4 2部分流入科技墊圈650之通道654。漿由容器64 1溢出，因爲 -88 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） A7 f* 417136 _______ B7 五、發明説明扣）熱乾時锻會收縮。漿乾燥後，圖1 7 0整個組成放入圖1 7 1隧道爐熱乾燥。支座6 6 8位於爐內以支持圖1 7 0組成。乾燥後淸除燈泡面異物。所得燈泡中，硬化漿6 4 2形成套蓋住燈球6 3 0表而1但未均勻附於燈球。參考圖1 6 7，氮化硼陶瓷冷源 644具環形截面，黏至容器641及線圈643。冷源靠近頂部內有一環形通道，如圖1 6 7 ，接合墊圈6 3 8 至冷源6 4 4之陶瓷接合劑位於通道內。大尺寸2墊圈及陶瓷接合劑連接冷源，有利燈泡熱傳。 4.2.8 對齊開D杯之設計特性圖1 5 0 - 1 5 2顯示開U杯/燈泡組成。此組成軸向、徑向及轉向對齊於燈頭中’如圖2 1 3及2 1 5。根據本發明此特性，開口杯具結構特性輔助對齊組成。圖1 7 2爲木發明開U杯6 7 1示意圖。圖1 7 3爲圖1 7 2沿線1 7 3 _ 1 7 3截面圖。開口杯6 7 1具數特性輔助對齊，如突起，凹口 6 7 3及6 7 3 ，及平坦部 6 7 4 a及6 7 4 b。此特性可個別或組合使用。例如突起6 7 2大小可套入鑽孔區2 6 0，如圖9 5 ，提供轉向對齊。如圖1 7 3，開口杯6 7 1另具一緣 6 7 2 a作爲止件（如端接激發線圈）’此時組成放入燈頭可軸向對齊。圖1 7 4爲本發明另一開口杯6 7 5示意圖。圖 ---------裝------訂 {請先閲讀背16之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（2ΙΟΧ2?7公釐） -89- 經濟部中央梯準局負工消費合作杜印裂 ^ ^ 7 1 3 β α7 _________Β7_ 五、發明说明67 ) 1 7 5爲圖1 7 4沿線1 7 5 — 1 7 5截面。開口杯 6 7 5具浮部6 7 6包圍開口區。浮部6 7 6包含外緣 6 7 7 a - d形成一多邊形。此例中，爲非等角六邊形。浮起6 7 6可由自動組裝設備立即抓起或對齊。例如，治具利用匹配V形指同步移動於直徑相反方向，可於重複轉向抓住開口杯6 7 5。自動組裝設備可立即定位開口杯於燈頭軸向及徑向。面6 7 7 a、6 7 7 b, 6 7 7 c及 6 7 7 d之角方位容許一定尺寸差異，以利正確對齊轉向 4.2.9 凸緣開口杯圖1 7 6爲本發明另一開口杯6 7 8示意圖。圖 177爲圖176沿線177-177截面。圖178爲開口杯6 7 8立體圖。杯6 7 8具凸緣部6 7 9由杯 6 7 8 —端延仲。杯6 7 8較佳爲高密度氧化鋁陶瓷材料。凸緣杯6 7 8包含9 0%氧化銘及1 0%砂石，多孔率 1 7 %至2 0 %。所示凸緣6 7 9爲半圓形，其周界具平坦部6 8 0。較佳凸緣杯之燈泡具6 . 5 m m外徑及 5 . 5mm內徑球形燈泡，具◦ . 16mg I nBr及 3 0托耳K r。凸緣杯6 7 8可作爲整合燈頭，如圖1 7 9。較佳 Β N嵌件具埋頭孔匹配凸緣部6 7 9以供軸向、徑向及轉向對齊杯，有利燈泡傳熱。熱油（灰如T油灰5 0 2 )塗於凸緣杯6 7 8與Β N嵌件之間凸緣6 7 9外周。圖本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐} _ qq .—' - m ^^1 ^m. - - - ^^1 m - - - I -— ^^1 i^i ^^^1 ^n. (請先聞讀背*之注意事項再填寫本瓦) 五 I* 417 136 at B7 '發明説明έ8 ) ί 8 〇爲另一凸緣開口杯立體圖，凸緣位於杯端與開口端相對。In n I m -I— I—----I-I-If-i ----- Tw. 4¾-d (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification {2 丨 0X297 mm) -85- 4 t A7 B7 V. Description of the invention) The pad can also be fixed to the round surface part 6 Ο 1. The inner surface of the side wall of the container is 6 1 5 tapered and tapered towards the container end. It is better to have a circular cross section, and the diameter gradually decreases toward the container end. The lamp ball 6 0 2 has one side and the wall 6 1 9 is also tapered. It conforms to the inner surface 6 1 5 of the side wall of the container and terminates at this inner surface. The outer surface 6 1 7 of the container wall is also tapered and tapered in the opposite direction from the inner surface. Figure 16 shows a lamp combined with the open bulb of Figure 160. The container 6 1 is provided with a metal strip-shaped excitation coil 6 2 1, and a boron nitride ceramic material 4 surrounds the bulb and the excitation coil. The plunger 6 1 6 is (please read the precautions on the back, and then fill out this page). The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, India Fan 6 6 8%, is connected to the support 6 2 0, which can prevent the closing Lamp movement and physical contraction due to cooling. The inner surface 6 2 2 of the excitation coil 6 2 1 is tapered to match the outer surface 6 1 7 of the container wall. Many advantages of the light bulb shown in FIG. 160 and the light fixture shown in FIG. Figures 162 to 165 are examples of methods of the invention. Referring to 162, the reflective ceramic washer 6 0 6 is first bonded to the lamp ball, and the organic material bonding agent 6 2 3 can be used to decompose at a certain temperature 1 which is the temperature of the dry sintered reflective material of the present invention. Ceramic gaskets can be made of alumina / silica, such as 90% alumina and 10% silica, with appropriate porosity. This gasket can be easily manufactured in large quantities from a molded ceramic body and shipped on a conveyor belt. To join the washer 6 06 to the bulb, the light bulb 60 2 is placed on a similarly shaped holder 6 2 4 of the bulb. It has a central opening "1 6 2 5", and the lamp tip 6 2 6 in K can effectively increase the lamp tip 6 2 6 when engaged, and effectively support the lamp ball 6 0 2 when inserted to insert the lamp tip 6 2 6 Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 grid (2IO × 297 mm) -86- 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 4) Such as 1 6 3, cup cup container 6 1 0, which is a high-density ceramic material 1 The same as the gasket. The container 6 10 can be manufactured in large quantities with molds. The side wall of the container has a conical shape and the outside is tapered toward the top of the container. The next step is to fill the reflective slurry or powder 6 1 2 to the container to a certain level with a nozzle 6 2 7 Feed. The slurry or powder is a low-density ceramic material, such as pure alumina mixed with water, plus a small amount of organic additives to prevent precipitation. As shown in Figure 1 6 4 The lamp ball / ceramic gasket combination is inserted into the container 6 1 0 The vacuum bracket 6 2 9 can support lowering the lamp ball to an appropriate position, as shown in Figure 160. After positioning, as shown in Figure 16, ceramic ceramic material ring 6 0 8 is used to fix the ceramic washer 6 0 6 to the wall of the container 6 10. .Ceramic bonding agent is paste, usually alumina and silica powder combined with organic matter. The bulb is dried in the furnace, the paste is dried with the ceramic bonding agent, the paste is dried for 15 to 20 minutes, at least 500 ° C, and the ceramic bonding agent can be dried at 50 ° C for 1 to 2 hours. Use powder May be heated or partially sintered from time to time. The above method can be used to manufacture the open lamp of the present invention in large quantities. The lamp thus made is extremely durable. Referring to FIG. 160, the conical side wall 6 1 9 of the lamp ball 6 0 2 is terminated to the side wall 6 0 9 Inner surface 6 1 5. The matching tapered surface does make contact, which facilitates the heat transfer of the lamp ball, and the lamp can operate at low temperature. Refer to Figure 1 6 1, the exciting coil 6 2 1 inner surface 6 2 2 is gradually matched to the outer surface of the container sidewall 6 1 7 The inner surface of the annular cold source 6 1 4 is similarly tapered. The tapered surface is provided for positive contact, which facilitates heat transfer. The tapered angle of the inner and outer surfaces of the side wall of the preferred container is 0.5 ° to 2 · 0 °. Refer to Figure 1 6 0, pad 0 turns to form the opening of the light leaving the bulb 6 0 7 ^^ 1 I m-^^^ 1'Γκ l ^ n --- In Ha ^^ 1 -5 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) The printed paper size of the Central Coordination Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumer Cooperatives applies the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -87- A7 ______B7 V. Invention theory Ming ¢ 5) The present invention uses a flat washer as an opening forming member, which can be easily manufactured and installed. Some lamps use this washer, sometimes with a light-extracting member, such as an optical fiber to match the washer, to control light. Ceramic quartz opens alpha structure. Two sides: Refer to FIG. 1 6 for a second example of an open bulb according to the present invention. This example fills the entire area in the container between the side wall and the bulb with a reflective filling 6 4 2. Referring to FIG. 1 7 open lamp, the ceramic washer 6 3 8 is wider than the first example, and is connected to the cold source 6 4 4 with a ceramic bonding agent 6 4 6. A flange with a larger washer 6 3 8 facilitates heat transfer from the bulb. Figures 16 and 16 are similar to those described in Figures 16 and 16. The legislation of Figures 16 and 16 is illustrated in Figures 168 to 171. Referring to FIG. 6.8, the first step is to adhere the ceramic ceramic gasket 650 to the top surface of the lamp ball 630 with the adhesive 6 5 6 as described in the previous example. There is a circular channel in the technology washer 6 5 0, which leads to the small hole 6 5 2. Referring to FIG. 169, a cup-shaped container 6 4 1 ′ is provided as a reflective ceramic. A container 658 is also provided, which can be supplied or removed from the inlet / outlet 661. The Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Cooperatives printed containers. Containers 6 4 1 were inserted into containers 6 5 8 until their side walls terminated their inner wall shelves. Water 6 6 0 is introduced into the container 6 5 8 as shown. The reflective flowing ceramic slurry flows into the container 6 4 1 to a certain level through the nozzle 6 6 2. Water can apply pressure to the ceramic container 6 4 1 and seal its holes. This can prevent leakage, otherwise Jun will dry ^ Refer to Figure 1 70, water 6 6 0 is pulled out from the container 6 5 8 'and the lamp ball / technology gasket combination is inserted into the container 6 4 1. This causes the slurry 6 4 2 to flow into the channel 654 of the technical gasket 650. Pulp overflowed from container 64 1 because -88-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 f * 417136 _______ B7 V. Invention Instruction buckle) Forging shrinks when hot-dried. After the slurry is dried, the entire composition of Fig. 170 is put into the tunnel furnace of Fig. 171 for heat drying. The support 6 6 8 is located in the furnace to support the composition of Fig. 170. After drying, remove the foreign matter on the bulb surface. In the obtained bulb, the hardened paste 6 4 2 was formed to cover the lamp ball 6 3 0 and 1 but was not evenly attached to the lamp ball. Referring to FIG. 167, the boron nitride ceramic cold source 644 has a circular cross section, and is adhered to the container 641 and the coil 643. There is a circular channel near the top of the cold source, as shown in Figure 167. The ceramic bonding agent joining the gasket 6 3 8 to the cold source 6 4 4 is located in the channel. Large size 2 washer and ceramic bonding agent are connected to the cold source, which facilitates the heat transfer of the bulb. 4.2.8 Design characteristics of aligning and opening D cup Figure 1 50-1 5 2 shows the composition of opening U cup / bulb. This component is aligned in the axial direction, radial direction and turning direction in the lamp holder ', as shown in Figures 2 1 3 and 2 1 5. According to this characteristic of the present invention, the opening cup has structural characteristics to assist in alignment and composition. Fig. 17 2 is a schematic diagram of a wooden cup opening U 7 6 1. Fig. 17 3 is a sectional view taken along line 1 7 3 _ 1 7 3 of Fig. 17 2. The open cup 6 7 1 has several features to assist in alignment, such as protrusions, notches 6 7 3 and 6 7 3, and flat portions 6 7 4 a and 6 7 4 b. This feature can be used individually or in combination. For example, the size of the protrusion 6 7 2 can be nested in the drilling area 2 60, as shown in FIG. 9 5, which provides steering alignment. As shown in Figure 173, the open cup 6 7 1 has another edge 6 7 2 a as a stopper (such as a termination excitation coil). FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another open cup 6 7 5 according to the present invention. Figure --------- Installation ------ Order {Please read the precautions on the back of 16 before filling out this page) Printed on the paper by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. (CNS) Α4 specifications (2ΙΟ × 2? 7 mm) -89- Duty cracking in the work and consumption cooperation of the Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ ^ 7 1 3 β α7 _________ Β7_ V. Description of the invention 67) 1 7 5 is shown in Figure 1 7 4 1 7 5 — 1 7 5 section along the line. The open cup 6 7 5 has a floating portion 6 7 6 surrounding the open area. The floating portion 6 7 6 includes outer edges 6 7 7 a-d to form a polygon. In this example, it is a non-equilateral hexagon. The floating 6 7 6 can be immediately picked up or aligned by automatic assembly equipment. For example, the jig moves synchronously in opposite directions with a matching V-shaped finger, and can repeatedly turn to grab the open cup 6 7 5. The automatic assembly equipment can immediately locate the opening cup in the axial and radial directions of the lamp cap. The angular orientations of the faces 6 7 7 a, 6 7 7 b, 6 7 7 c, and 6 7 7 d allow a certain size difference to facilitate correct alignment. 4.2.9 Flange opening cup Figure 1 7 6 is another opening of the present invention Cup 6 7 8 schematic. Figure 177 is a section along line 177-177 of Figure 176. Figure 178 is a perspective view of the open cup 6 7 8. The cup 6 7 8 has a flange portion 6 7 9 extended by the cup 6 7 8 -end. The cup 6 7 8 is preferably a high-density alumina ceramic material. The flanged cup 6 7 8 contains 90% oxidized metal and 10% gravel, with a porosity of 17% to 20%. The flange 6 7 9 shown is semicircular and has a flat portion 6 8 0 on its periphery. The bulb with the preferred flange cup has a 6.5 mm outer diameter and 5.5 mm inner diameter spherical bulb with ◦ .16 mg I nBr and 30 Torr K r. The flange cup 6 7 8 can be used as an integrated lamp cap, as shown in Figure 17.9. Preferably, the BN insert has a countersunk hole matching the flange portion 6 7 9 to align the cups in the axial, radial, and rotational directions, which is beneficial to the heat transfer of the bulb. Hot oil (such as T putty 5 0 2) is applied to the outer periphery of the flange 6 7 9 between the flange cup 6 7 8 and the B N insert. The paper size of this drawing applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) _ qq .— '-m ^^ 1 ^ m.---^^ 1 m---I -— ^^ 1 i ^ i ^^^ 1 ^ n. (Please read the notes of the back * before filling in this tile) Five I * 417 136 at B7 'Invention Note 8） ί 8 〇 is another perspective view of the flange open cup, the flange is located in the cup The end is opposite to the open end.

2.10 啓動器環繞燈泡於方位角之導通激發件電感激發無電極 _ __| |, ---—— · — * . ..... . , ,._U 〜 ju線圏等」媼麗1合之場雖足以.保持放電_ 咼部集屮以.里Jj]放雷。尤_其愼充物暑高壓貴緩衝 jj淘瓷套可改變诱渦1.充麗遵.Μ -產_生符發點·2.10 Starter surrounds the bulb at the azimuth of the conductive excitation element. Inductive excitation without electrodes Although the field is enough to keep the discharge _ 咼部集屮以里里 Jj] thunder. You _ its filling material summer high pressure expensive buffer jj Tao porcelain sets can change the vortex 1. charge Li Zun. M-production

魈且易損壞，或其不致燈尺寸過大。例如其包含可移動出入啓動器位置之線圈 ^及位於本發口燈，簡 / 根據塡充物，耦合激發導 (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製燈泡聯接長石英殻ϋ ΐ.之金„屬或氣體電極。 _—____ --—.. -———«·_—. >«，》 —-——— -_ ——— — 、明此特性目的欲提供燈啓動器，用於電感耦合開單，製造容易且可靠。本發明一特性，無電極開口燈之燈泡裝·直電形成陶瓷反射套牛電 β 功率至塡充物，並包圍燈泡及陶瓷套位位方向，通啓動元件植入陶瓷反1.^1.耦合啓動電場至塡充物。根據本發明另一特性*植入陶瓷反射套之啓動元件未 1¾妾至電源 :胃所生電，但耦合元件電壓所致啓動電場場引而成。魈 and easily damaged, or it does not oversize the lamp. For example, it includes a coil that can move in and out of the starter, and a lamp located in this hairpin. It is based on the charge, coupled with the excitation guide (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). The printed bulb is connected to a long quartz case ϋ 之. The metal „is a metal or gas electrode. ______ --—— .. -————« · _—. &Gt; «, >> —-——— -_ ——— —, This feature aims to provide a lamp starter for inductive coupling billing, easy and reliable manufacturing. One feature of the present invention, the electrodeless opening lamp bulb installation · direct electricity to form a ceramic reflection sleeve cattle electricity β power to the charge And enclose the bulb and the ceramic sleeve in the direction of the positioning, and the activation element is implanted into the ceramic inverse 1. ^ 1. The coupling electric field is coupled to the filling. To the power source: electricity generated by the stomach, but caused by the starting electric field caused by the voltage of the coupling element.

發動設計例 -91 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2IOX297公釐） A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局舅工消費合作社印策五、發明説明b ) 參考1 8 1.爲本發明第一例，以非附著陶瓷套6 8 7 包阅燈泡6 8 6 ，光經山開U 6 8 8及光纖6 8 9離開，導通激發件6 9 〇電感激發燈泡6 8 6之塡充物1本例爲螺旋線圈環繞燈泡6 8 6於方位方向。線圈6 9 0接至電源6 9 1 ’通常爲時變電源射頻（R F )。激Ll__線圈之交流雷齑牛時變磁場（Η場）:—引髮塡充 tUjLaji ( EJ# )。穩熊橾作時，选現Η場及E場成分， Η場一般較大。當E場啓動放雷，澈務^ Λ所少夠集中以離子化墳充物而啓動燈。當m组包含一以丨-高壓緩衝氣體爲然，其存在爲提高。 ' " Imi 根據本發明特性，陶瓷套中線形式啓動元件 6 9 2。陶瓷套爲啓動元件適當機構，故不需額外組件，如輔助支承套 <=燒結初期1元件可放入陶瓷套，故元件周圖形式燒結固體 > 將其植入。較佳放入燈泡欲點燃一上山 W ° 根據圖1 8 1至1 8 丨1啓動元件置於非方位方向，即僅具軸向及/或徑向成fed如此減少激發線圈與啓動元件間串音，否則於穩態時減少耦合塡充物之功率。圖 1 8 2以符號q表示方位^^向，係指環繞燈泡之圓形線方向。軸向（Z )係指垂直於圓形線包圍平面之線方向|徑向（R )係任何圓形線半徑之方向。根據本發明另一特性，啓動元件未接至分開電源，而係偶合激發線圈電場引發元件上電壓所生場。螺旋線圈於軸向具一尺寸（圖1 8 1線圈頂至底）。本發明人發現線本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210Χ297公釐） -92- I - [ - I- I I - - I- - - 丁 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) I* 417 136 A7 B7 五、發明説明&〇 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圈]丨發主場爲環形’因爲此軸向尺寸，線圈頂至底部有電位差，軸向產生電場，此電場耦合至圖1 8 1例啓動元件。因元件有一突然終端（圖1 8 1線6 9 2端），其集中場於燈泡附近，輔助氣體離子化，將燈點燃。圖1 8 2至1 8 4爲本發明另例截面，此線圈未示於圖中。圖1 8 2及1 8 3中使用多數啓動線取代單一線。圖1 8 2中，啓動線6 9 3 a及6 9 3 b置於軸向。圖 183 中線 694a、 69 4 1)、694c 及 694d 置於軸向。線數及位置經實驗，就特定燈提供最佳啓動設計Launch Design Example -91-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2IOX297 mm) A7 B7 Printing policy of the Central Consumers ’Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Machining and Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of the invention b) Reference 1 8 1. This invention In the first example, a non-attached ceramic sleeve 6 8 7 was used to enclose the light bulb 6 8 6. The light exited through the mountain opening U 6 8 8 and the optical fiber 6 8 9. The excitation element 6 9 〇 was turned on to charge the light bulb 6 8 6. 1 In this example, the spiral coil surrounds the bulb 6 8 6 in the azimuth direction. The coil 6 9 0 is connected to a power source 6 9 1 ′, which is usually a time-varying power source radio frequency (R F). The time-varying magnetic field (field) of the AC thunder yak that excites the Ll__ coil:-triggers the charge tUjLaji (EJ #). When the stable bear is working, the current market and E-field components are selected, and the market is generally large. When the E field starts to mine, Che Wu ^ Λ is enough to focus on the ion tomb filling and start the lamp. When group m contains a high-pressure buffer gas, its existence is improved. '" Imi According to the characteristics of the present invention, the ceramic sleeve is in the form of a neutral wire starting element 6 9 2. The ceramic sleeve is a suitable mechanism for the starting element, so no additional components are needed. For example, the auxiliary support sleeve < = 1 component can be put into the ceramic sleeve in the early stage of sintering, so the component is sintered in solid form > It is better to put the bulb to ignite one uphill W ° According to Figure 1 1 1 to 1 8 丨 1 The starting element is placed in a non-azimuth direction, that is, it has only axial and / or radial formation. This reduces the string between the excitation coil and the starting element. Sound, otherwise reduce the power of the coupling charge in the steady state. Figure 1 2 indicates the bearing ^^ direction with the symbol q, which refers to the direction of the circular line around the bulb. The axial direction (Z) refers to the line direction perpendicular to the plane surrounded by the circular line | The radial direction (R) refers to the direction of the radius of any circular line. According to another characteristic of the present invention, the starting element is not connected to a separate power source, but a field generated by the voltage on the element caused by the electric field of the coupling excitation coil. The spiral coil has a dimension in the axial direction (Fig. 181 coil top to bottom). The inventor found that the paper size of the thread paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -92- I-[-I- II--I---Ding (please read the precautions on the back before filling This page) I * 417 136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention & 〇) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Circle] 丨 The main field is circular because of this axial dimension, there is a potential difference from the top to the bottom of the coil An electric field is generated in the axial direction, and this electric field is coupled to the starting element of the example in FIG. Because the component has a sudden termination (Figure 8 1 line 6 9 2 end), its concentrated field is near the bulb, the auxiliary gas is ionized, and the lamp is ignited. Figures 18 2 to 1 8 4 are cross-sections of other examples of the present invention. This coil is not shown in the figure. Instead of a single line, most start lines are used in Figs. In Fig. 182, the starting wires 6 9 3 a and 6 9 3 b are placed in the axial direction. Center lines 694a, 69 4 1), 694c, and 694d in Figure 183 are placed in the axial direction. The number of wires and positions are tested to provide the best starting design for a specific lamp

CJ 激發線圈具舢向電場，亦具徑向（R )電場，但不如軸向大。圖1 8 4屮，說明徑向啓動線6 9 5 A及6 9 5 B。當然啓動元件可具軸向及徑向成分，爲利用螺旋軸向大電場，較佳啓動元件具主要軸向成分。圖1 8 1至1 8 4中陶瓷套6 8 7形狀爲長圓柱形。套較厚以利正確插入啓動固定而不斷裂。其厚度介於 0 . 2 5 - 2 m m。上述開口結構中（4 . 2 2、經濟部中央標準局貝工消t合作社印製 4.2.7、 4.2.8及4.2.9段），啓動元件於陶瓷硬化前位於其中。圖1 8 1所示導通激發件6 9 0爲螺旋線圈，可爲其他形式。如圖1 8 5所示爲婚戒指形’但具一間隙。圖 1 8 6爲本發明啓動器另例，使用婚戒指形等形狀激發件，如圖1 8 5示。此例不似圖1 8 1至1 8 4所示，較佳啓動元件位於方位方向。圖1 8 6中可兒方位彎曲啓動線本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準（cns )Λ4規格（2丨0x297公釐） f* 417 136 A7 B7 五、發明说明έι ) 6 9 8 a及6 9 8 b植入反射陶瓷套6 9 7，且位於方位方向。婚戒指形構件6 9 6問隙爲高場區，啓動線 698a及698b位於陶瓷697屮，與婚戒指形結構問隙相對。尤其可放置啓動元件與婚戒指形結構頂或底緣同高，元件內端略伸入與間隙直接相對之陶瓷區中，如圖1 8 6 示。啓動元件方位曲率可與婚戒指形結構相同而一致。婚戒指形結構之間隙中高場可引發較大電場於二啓動線間隙，有利點燈。本發明可應用於具各特定塡充物之燈，例示包含硫、 P可碲基填充物，如美國專利5，4 0 4，0 7 6及 5，6 6 1 ，3 6 5號所述，及各式金屬鹵化物塡充物。若須啓動特定镫，啓動元件可接至分開A C電源或更高頻電力。所述啓動器特別適合具陶瓷套之無電極電感耦合燈。本發叨具許多優點，提供簡單有效啓動機構。經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作杜印製 -94- t请先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 J_ 剌7 136 A7 B7 五、發明説明62 ) ，Κ. K u r 0 k a w a 著（微波裝置，W i 1 e y，1 9 7 6 )及 ''正確線性振盪器分析與設計"，!· L. Miutin及F.〗，Gonzales 著（微波期刊，1996年6月，22 — 37頁）。利用固態組件及條傳輸線之微波振盪器說明於美國專利Re32，527號、4，736，454號及 5，3 3 9，0 4 7號。具各式回饋結構之固態微波振盪器說明於美國專利4，7 7 5，8 4 5、 4，906，946、4，949-053 及 5，4 8 3，2 0 6 號。習知固態微波振盪器產生較低功率輸出，由數百毫瓦 (m W )至多至數瓦（W )。再者，習知固態微波振盪器效率差，約小於4 0 %。就高頻訊號之高功率情況，振盪器訊號通常提供至放大器以提高輸出功率。例如圖1 8 7爲提供高功率高頻訊號之習知系統圖。振盪器7 0 2提供低功率高頻訊號至大器7 0 4，乃提高功率而輸出高功率高頻訊號。射頻（R F )動力無電極燈爲利用高功率高頻訊號源一例。美國專利4，0 7 0，6 0 3揭示無電極光源由固態微波電源供電。微波電源具圖1 8 7 —般結構。即較低功率振盪器之输出加至功率放大器，提供4 0 W ’ 9 1 5 Μ Η z訊號，以5 0 %直流電（D C )至R F效率。本發明高功率振盪器槪述高利用性高頻電源具一些參數特性，包含功率輸出、 I- - I I 1 ......... -表 I 1- - 11 (诗先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -95- 41 * Ο Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製五、發明説明63 ) 振盪頻率、D C至R F效率、可靠度、失敗平均期間（ Μ ΊΓ B F )、經濟性.耐用性（J:作壽命）等。例如’長壽命之高效率、高功率輸出源，尤係長Μ T B F電源，爲操作性極住組合。木文所指高功率係大於1 0 W以上。固態微波電源可望提供更長工作壽命，如磁控管。部分因輸低功率輸出及/或較低效率，習知固態微波電源應用有限，通常爲低功率情況。本發明提供高頻振盪系統之有利操作性：主動元件之電壓保護高效率尚輸出功率振盪頻率低漂流低度諧波負載不合允差大 p 輸出功率線性取決d m壓輸出功率脈寬調變 ϋ 單主動元件（低成本，可靠性高）耐用，長壽命物體尺寸小重量小電壓保護習知電髙功率高頻振盪器之問題爲离匮崩潰極限電壓可能回饋，引起裝置失壓超過裝 ^^1------I HI Ηί/· ^^1 ^^1 ^^1 ^^1 ^^1 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家祥準::（CNS ) A4現格{ 210X 297公釐） _ g6 4 A7 B7 五、發明説明04 ) 根據木發明一特性，高功率饋迴路以起始並維持振盪。回饋 ® 出之高反射電壓轉換壓，以保護放大器不受其輸入溢根據本發明，回饋電路利用饋電路大反射電壓至放火回饋壓限定固定最饋於放大器輸入側電壓至放大器分。例如可利用總L傘P為:器運路至回饋電路之電壓。此處總和元本發明包放大器，具正回迴路包含阻抗轉換電路，成放大器輸入上正比低電電Μ情況。微IIs輸送線及短管限制回器輸出倍。若大値，回饋電路可降低回安全範圍內輸出電壓-·部元件匹配輸出，並降低供件係指分離電氣元件。經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製負載允差有時振盪器驅動之負載於運作時變化很大極燈於燈泡無放電時表示高阻抗負載，當燈點阻抗負載。故燈點火時1若燈點亮或熄滅時，變。負載改變若回饋至放大電路則具潛在破壞和元件於回饋電路之習知振盪器電路一般包含件，具高品質因子（Q )，更易受由電壓反射電壓之影響。根據本發明，振盪電路運作時不破壞所有有幅度由開放電路至短路之放大器元件。較佳具傳輸線及非電感總和元件。根據本發明另一元件，回饋電回饋ϋ路>，各迴路降低回饋電壓。例如，利用。例如無電亮時則爲低負載大幅改性。包含總總和電感元回饋破壞性相位角及所回饋電路僅換電路於二二較小總和裝------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注^^項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -97- 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明έ5 ) 電容元件（各迴路有一）’以減少與輸入間耦合，以減少各迴路中電壓。因提供電壓保提高負載允差。較佳二问饋回路對稱，故提高各回饋之:電j壓相同。對稱雙回丨Ή 饋迴路可提高效率。：: 根據本發明另一特性，微條輸送線四向接頭（如微波交叉）接至放大器輸出，以提供電流分配，減少陶瓷輸出處電感。 * 負載敏感度根據本發明另一特性，振盪器包含輸出阻抗匹配電路接至放大器輸出，而回饋電路耦合於輸出阻抗匹配電路之高阻抗端，以降低負載阻抗之敏感度。The CJ excitation coil has a vertical electric field and a radial (R) electric field, but it is not as large as the axial direction. Figure 1 8 4 屮 illustrates the radial start lines 6 9 5 A and 6 9 5 B. Of course, the starting element can have axial and radial components. In order to use a large axial axial electric field, it is preferred that the starting element has a main axial component. The ceramic sleeves 6 8 7 in Figs. 1 1 to 1 8 4 have a long cylindrical shape. The sleeve is thicker so that it can be inserted properly without breaking. Its thickness is between 0.2 5-2 mm. In the above-mentioned opening structure (4.2.2, paragraphs 4.2.7, 4.2.8 and 4.2.9 printed by Beige Xiaot Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs), the starting element is located in the ceramic before it is hardened. The conduction excitation member 690 shown in Fig. 181 is a spiral coil, which can be in other forms. The shape of the wedding ring is shown in FIG. 1 8 but with a gap. FIG. 1866 is another example of the starter of the present invention, and a shape such as a wedding ring is used, as shown in FIG. 18.5. This example is not like the one shown in Figures 181 to 184, and the preferred starting element is in the azimuth direction. Fig. 1 6 The Kerr azimuth bending start line The paper size applies the Chinese national standard (cns) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0x297 mm) f * 417 136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 6 9 8 a and 6 9 8 b is implanted with reflective ceramic sleeve 6 9 7 and is located in the azimuth direction. The gap of the wedding ring-shaped member 6 9 6 is a high field region, and the starting lines 698a and 698b are located at the ceramic 697 屮, which is opposite to the gap of the wedding ring-shaped structure. In particular, the starting element can be placed at the same height as the top or bottom edge of the wedding ring-shaped structure, and the inner end of the element slightly extends into the ceramic area directly opposite the gap, as shown in Fig. 186. The azimuth curvature of the starting element may be the same as that of the wedding ring-shaped structure. The mid-high field in the gap of the wedding ring-shaped structure can cause a larger electric field to the gap between the two starting lines, which is beneficial for lighting. The present invention can be applied to lamps with various specific filling materials, exemplified by containing sulfur and P tellurium-based filling materials, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,40,04,07 and 5,6,61,3,65. , And various kinds of metal halides. To activate a specific chirp, the starting element can be connected to a separate AC power supply or higher frequency power. The starter is particularly suitable for electrodeless inductively coupled lamps with ceramic sleeves. The device has many advantages and provides a simple and effective starting mechanism. Printed by Du Central Government Bureau of Standards, Consumer Printing Du-94- t Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives J_ 剌 7 136 A7 B7 V. Invention Description 62) By K.Kur 0 kawa (Microwave Device, Wi 1 ey, 1 9 7 6) and "Correct Linear Oscillator Analysis and Design" ,! · L. Miutin and F., by Gonzales (Microwave Journal , June 1996, pp. 22-37). Microwave oscillators using solid-state components and transmission lines are described in U.S. Patent Re32,527, 4,736,454, and 5,3 3,9,0 4 7. Solid-state microwave oscillators with various feedback structures are described in U.S. Patents 4,7 7 5,8 4 5, 4,906,946, 4,949-053, and 5,4 8 3,206. Conventional solid-state microwave oscillators produce lower power output, from hundreds of milliwatts (m W) up to several watts (W). Furthermore, the efficiency of conventional solid-state microwave oscillators is poor, less than about 40%. For high-power signals, the oscillator signal is usually provided to the amplifier to increase the output power. For example, Figure 1 8 is a conventional system diagram for providing high-power high-frequency signals. Oscillator 704 provides low-power high-frequency signals to amplifier 704 to increase power and output high-power high-frequency signals. Radio frequency (R F) powered electrodeless lamps are an example of the use of high power high frequency signal sources. U.S. Patent No. 4,07,603 discloses that an electrodeless light source is powered by a solid state microwave power source. Microwave power supply with the general structure shown in Figure 18.7. That is, the output of the lower power oscillator is added to the power amplifier, providing a signal of 40 W ′ 9 1 5 Η Η z, with 50% DC (DC) to R F efficiency. The high-power oscillator of the present invention states that the high-availability high-frequency power supply has some parameter characteristics, including power output, I--II 1 .........-Table I 1--11 (Read the Note: Please fill in this page again.) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard {CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) -95- 41 * 〇 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 63) , DC to RF efficiency, reliability, mean time between failures (Μ ΊΓ BF), economy, durability (J: for life), etc. For example, a high-efficiency, high-power output source with a long life span, especially a long MTB F power supply, is a combination of operable poles. The high power system mentioned by Muwen is more than 10 W or more. Solid-state microwave power is expected to provide longer operating life, such as magnetrons. Partly due to the low power output and / or lower efficiency, conventional solid-state microwave power applications have limited applications, which are usually low power situations. The invention provides the favorable operability of high-frequency oscillation system: active component voltage protection, high efficiency, output power, low oscillation frequency, low drift, low harmonic load, unacceptable tolerance, and large output power. The linearity of the output power depends on the dm voltage output power. Active components (low cost, high reliability) Durable, long life, small size, small weight, and low voltage protection ------ I HI Ηί / · ^^ 1 ^^ 1 ^^ 1 ^^ 1 ^^ 1 (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China's national standards :: ( CNS) A4 is now {210X 297 mm) _ g6 4 A7 B7 V. Invention Description 04) According to a feature of the invention, the high-power feed loop starts and maintains oscillation. According to the present invention, the feedback circuit uses a high reflected voltage conversion voltage to protect the amplifier from its input overflow. According to the present invention, the feedback circuit uses the large reflected voltage of the feedback circuit to set fire. The feedback voltage defines a fixed maximum feedback voltage from the input side of the amplifier to the amplifier. For example, the total L umbrella P can be used as: the voltage from the device to the feedback circuit. The sum of the elements here is that the amplifier of the present invention has a positive return loop including an impedance conversion circuit, so that the input of the amplifier is proportional to the low power condition. The micro-IIs conveyor line and short tube limit the output of the return device. If it is large, the feedback circuit can reduce the output voltage within the safe range-the component matching output and reduce the supply refers to the separation of electrical components. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives. Load tolerance. Sometimes the oscillator-driven load varies greatly during operation. The pole lamp indicates a high-impedance load when the bulb is not discharged, and when the lamp point is an impedance load. Therefore, when the lamp is on, it will change if the lamp is on or off. If the load change is fed back to the amplifier circuit, it has potential damage and the conventional oscillator circuit of components and feedback circuit generally contains parts with high quality factor (Q), which is more susceptible to the influence of voltage reflected by voltage. According to the present invention, the oscillator circuit is operated without damaging all amplifier elements having amplitudes ranging from open circuits to short circuits. It is better to have transmission line and non-inductive sum element. According to another element of the present invention, the feedback loop > each loop reduces the feedback voltage. For example, use. For example, when there is no power on, it is greatly modified at low load. Including the destructive phase angle of the total sum inductor feedback and the feedback circuit only replaces the circuit with the second and second smaller sum installation --- order (please read the note ^^ on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -97- 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 5) Capacitive element (one for each circuit) 'to reduce coupling with the input to reduce the voltage in each circuit. Increased load tolerance due to voltage guarantee. The better feedback loop of the second question is symmetrical, so increase the feedback: the electric j voltage is the same. Symmetric double-loop 丨 Ή feed-back loop improves efficiency. ::: According to another feature of the present invention, the four-way connector of a microstrip transmission line (such as a microwave cross) is connected to the amplifier output to provide current distribution and reduce inductance at the ceramic output. * Load sensitivity According to another feature of the present invention, the oscillator includes an output impedance matching circuit connected to the amplifier output, and the feedback circuit is coupled to the high impedance end of the output impedance matching circuit to reduce the sensitivity of the load impedance.

根明另一特性，使用總和電容器元件 ---------”衣------iT (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印11 路以減少電路大小，增加相％饋電路，不送線。選擇適當介電材料可降，減少實體 /或輸出線寬度，同時保持適當電氣貧度。Take advantage of another feature, use the sum capacitor element --------- "clothing ------ iT (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 11 circuits to reduce the circuit size, increase the phase% feed circuit, and not send wires. Selecting the appropriate dielectric material can reduce and reduce the physical / or output line width, while maintaining proper electrical leanness.

脈寬調變以下振盪器可配合閘脈衝加至主動元件之閘’以就周期部分關閉振盪器，乃減少送至負載之平均輸出功率。脈寬調變形式允許燈微調由全亮降至3 0 %。故本發明提供電源適合許多商業用途’包含無電極燈本紙依尺度適用中國國家梯準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -98- A7 B7 五、發明説明&6 ) 高功率應用。視應用情況未必使用以上所有特性。特性可任組之，除明示外|本發明不應被認爲本發明必二以上特性相下以下如 0 明發本明說例路 ® 定特七 (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁)Pulse Width Modulation The following oscillators can be added to the gate of the active component with the gate pulse to partially shut down the oscillator on a periodic basis, which reduces the average output power delivered to the load. Pulse width modulation allows the fine adjustment of the lamp to be reduced from full brightness to 30%. Therefore, the present invention provides a power supply suitable for many commercial uses. The paper including electrodeless lamps is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -98- A7 B7 according to the standard. . Depending on the application, not all of these features may be used. The characteristics can be any group, except for the explicit | This invention should not be considered as the invention. The above two characteristics must be the same as the following: 0 Mingfa Benmingluolu Road ® Dingteqi (Please read the precautions before filling in this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -99- 417 1 36 A7 B7 五、發明説明έ7 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁實例 0 I C 1 C2 C 3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CIO L l R 1 R2 R3 R4 D i 第 I 9 4 7 R 4 1 2 14 - - - 15 1 6 20 20 1 6 23 第 I 5 5 8 8 5 1 3 9 - 1 5 22 1 8 - - • 笫 1 4 6 4 8 4 8 ]0 14 13 9 1 5 16 17 2 1 - 24 第四 1 4 4 8 8 1 0 1 3 ]4 9 - 1 5 16 1 7 2 1 - 24 第五 2 5 5 8 8 10 1 1 14 9 - - 1 5 1 6 ]7 2 1 • 24 第 1 5 5 8 8 1 0 i 1 ]4 9 - - 1 5 16 t 7 2 1 - 24 第七 3 5 5 8 8 5 1 0 11 14 9 • 15 22 i 9 19 17 25 表 6 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（2丨0X297公釐} -100 - 7 3 6 A7 B7 五、發明説明纟8 ) 1- Motorolad 1 © MRF 184 2- Ericson ® EI0044-E9584、 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -99- 417 1 36 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 7) Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee consumption cooperative printing example 0 IC 1 C2 C 3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CIO L l R 1 R2 R3 R4 D i No. I 9 4 7 R 4 1 2 14---15 1 6 20 20 1 6 23 No. I 5 5 8 8 5 1 3 9-1 5 22 1 8--• 笫 1 4 6 4 8 4 8] 0 14 13 9 1 5 16 17 2 1-24 Fourth 1 4 4 8 8 1 0 1 3 ] 4 9-1 5 16 1 7 2 1-24 fifth 2 5 5 8 8 10 1 1 14 9--1 5 1 6] 7 2 1 • 24 first 1 5 5 8 8 1 0 i 1] 4 9 --1 5 16 t 7 2 1-24 7th 3 5 5 8 8 5 1 0 11 14 9 • 15 22 i 9 19 17 25 Table 6 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) -100-7 3 6 A7 B7 V. Description of invention 纟 8) 1- Motorolad 1 © MRF 184 2- Ericson ® EI0044-E9584

3- Motorola ® MRF 184S 4- 0.7 to 2,6 pF表面安裝可變電容器 5- 0.6 to 2.5 pF表面安裝可變電容器 6- 1.5 to 9 pF表面安裝可變電容器 7- 2.5 to 8 pF表面安裝可變電容器3- Motorola ® MRF 184S 4- 0.7 to 2,6 pF surface mount variable capacitor 5- 0.6 to 2.5 pF surface mount variable capacitor 6- 1.5 to 9 pF surface mount variable capacitor 7- 2.5 to 8 pF surface mount variable Variable capacitor

8- 22 pF8- 22 pF

9- 130 pF9- 130 pF

10- 470 pF10- 470 pF

11- 100 nF 14- 4.7 v F表面安裝可變電容器 15- 0.4 a Η線繞電感 16- 0 5.1 Κ表面安裝可變電阻 17- 2.IK ohm表面安裝電阻 1 8-2.2K ohm表面安裝電阻 1 9-5K ohm表面安裝電阻 20-10K ohm引線電阻 2卜15K ohm表面安裝電阻 22- 100K ohm表面安裝電阻 23- 變化二極體 24- Zenei·二極體 25- 表面安裝Zener二極體 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝.11- 100 nF 14- 4.7 v F surface mount variable capacitor 15- 0.4 a Η wire wound inductor 16- 0 5.1 KK surface mount variable resistor 17- 2.IK ohm surface mount resistor 1 8-2.2K ohm surface mount resistor 1 9-5K ohm surface mount resistance 20-10K ohm lead resistance 2 15K ohm surface mount resistance 22-100K ohm surface mount resistance 23- change diode 24- Zenei · diode 25- surface mount Zener diode ( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page).

、1T 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作社印裝, 1T Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Zhongli Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs

12- 130 nF 13- 150 nF 表 7 -101 - 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210X297公釐） 4 6 3 五、發明説明釦） 30 V % 瓦 Γ 40 V % 瓦 ί 50 V % 瓦 f 60 V % 瓦 f 70 V % 瓦 f 1 21.4 60 864.0 23.2 62 866.0 25.1 63 867.0 111 61 868.0 2 14,0 7] 749.5 16.0 71 750.4 18.0 71 751.0 19.9 69 751.4 21.9 67 751.6 3 18.0 67 879,7 20,7 67 880.6 23.2 66 881·1 25.6 65 88L6 4 17,2 70 763.4 19.2 71 764.7 21.2 71 765.8 23.2 71 765.9 5 16.7 70 771.5 19.6 68 773.0 22.6 65 774.0 26-2 62 775.0 6 17,8 67 746.4 20.2 68 748.9 22.8 68 750.0 25.0 68 751.0 27.0 68 752.0 7 13.9 73 748.5 16.0 74 749.5 17.9 74 750.3 19.8 73 750.7 21.5 72 751.0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央梯準局員工消費合作社印製表 8 第一行對應例數，而： V — D C電壓_ % - D C對率：及 f —振還頻z。高功率振盪器例圖1 8 8爲本發明振盪系統方塊示意圖，產生高功率頻訊號。電源電路（未示）提供D C電壓至振盪器7 0 7 及偏壓電路7 0 3。偏電壓電路7 0 3提供D C電壓至振盪器7 0 7，偏壓振盪器7 0 7之主動元件，如令主動元件初始於線性區運作，具足夠增益支持振盪。振盪器 7 ◦ 7之設計頻率由調諧電路7 0 5調諧。振盪器7 0 7 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -102- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明θ〇〇 ) 提供高功率高頻訊號至輸出阻抗匹配電路7 0 9 ’可連接至適當負載。単阻抗轉換網路回饋電路圖1 8 9爲本發明振盪器7 0 7方塊示意圖，利用一咀抗轉換網路於回饋電路中。根據本發明，放大器7 1 1 輸出經由阻抗轉網路7 1 3饋回至放大器7 1 1輸入。阻抗轉換網路7 1 3可提供下正回饋啓發並維持振盪。根據本發明，阻抗轉換網路7 1 3於高輸出功率時可保護放大器輸入不受溢壓影響。例如，經由控制電壓反射防止輸出處電壓建立，並轉換放大器7 1 1輸出端高壓成放大器7 1 1輸入終端處低壓1確保不超過放大器最大電壓崩潰額定。根據本發明，阻抗轉換網路7 1 3較佳產生匹配情況於放大器輸入阻抗與回饋電路之間，以提高效率。放大器 7 1 1較佳偏壓靠近切割點，令電路有效運作。丨il 1 9 0爲本發明振盪器系統結合圖1 8 9振盪器。圖1 9 0中，阻抗轉換網路7 1 3未直接耦合汲極，可耦合至輸出阻抗匹配網路7 0 9。較佳連接點與汲極輸出間具極高阻抗（大於1 0 0歐姆以上電IM )。回饋電路耦合於輸出阻抗匹配電路7 0 9，位於高阻抗點，回饋電路對汲極輪出影響少，振盪器對負載咀抗較不敏感。局功率振邊器第一例 ---------裝-------訂 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項苒填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > A4規格（210X297公釐> _ 1〇3 - Γ 417136 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明彳〇1 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖1 9 1爲本發明振盪器系統第一例。電晶體q 1具源極端子S接地。汲極端D之輸出接至輸出阻抗匹配電路 ’係包含一輸出線T L 1 (特性値阻抗z 1 )於一端而至汲極D，另一端未連接，輸出線τ L 2 (阻抗特性値Z 1 )—端接至汲極D ’另一端至回饋電路，輸出線τ L 3 ( 特性値阻抗Z 3 )-.'端接至T L 1與T L 2接點，並於另一端串接電容器C 1第一引線，C 1另一引線提供可接至負載之輸出。回饋電路連接於輸送線T L 2端與電晶體Q 1輸入之間閘極端子G處，並包含電容器C 2，輸送線T L 4 (特性値阻抗Z 4 )，電容器C 3，輸送線T L 5 (特性値阻抗Z 5 )，電容器C 4，輸送線T L 6 (特性値阻抗Z 6 )串接。 DC供應電壓Vd c R F濾波電路，調諧電路及電晶體Q 1之偏壓電路供_至振盪器系統。R F濾波電路包含電感L 1及濾波電j器.C 6，並提供D C運作電壓至電晶體Q 1汲極D。 if濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製調諧電路包含一可變電阻R 1 ，係三端子裝置，第一及第二端子分別接至可變電壓分割器之相對端，第三端子接至®壓分割器接點。圖1 9 1中，第一端子接至V d c ，第二端子接地，第三端子接至電阻R2 —端。電阻R2 另端接至變化二極體D 1陽極端與電容器C 5之接點。二極體D 1另端接地。電容器C 5另端接至輸送線T L 5。電阻R 1及R 2，變化二極體D 1及電容器C 5提供振盪本紙張尺度適闲中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2j〇X297公釐） -1〇4 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 ___ B7 __ 五、發明説明<02 ) 器系統之調諧功能。偏壓電路包含可變電阻R 3，以第一端子接至V d C ，第二端子接地。R 3第三端子接至電阻R 4 —端。電阻 R 4另一端接至輸送線T L 6。偏壓電路提供偏壓至電晶體Q 1閘極。圖1 9 2爲印刷電路板佈局，適用第一例電路。整個印刷電路板尺寸約1 0 2 m ill X 7 6 m m。介電材料厚度約1 · 2 7 m m，介電常數爲9 . 2。圖1 9 3爲印刷電路板沿圖1 9 2線1 9 3 — 1 9 3之截面，其中，印刷電路板7 1 5包含導通徑，介電層727及地面層729。較佳印刷電路板再置地與地而7 2 9電氣連接之金屬板 7 3 1。第一例中，印刷電路板7 1 5另包含切□部 7 2 1 1其大小可容納振盪器電路之主動元件》印刷電路板7 1 5其上置有導通徑T L 1 一 T L 6，係分別對應特性値阻抗Z 1 — Z 6之輸送線。地區7 1 7 亦置於頂層7 2 5上，利用電鍍通孔等電氣接至地面 7 2 9。導通區7 1 9與地區7 1 7隔離，並提供d C f共應電壓V d c之連接區。另一導通區7 2 3提供調諧電路之連接區。各輸出線之特性値電阻及電氣長度如下。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本萸) 裝-12- 130 nF 13- 150 nF Table 7 -101-Chinese paper standard is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) 4 6 3 V. Description of invention 30 V% Watt 40 V% Watt 50 V% watt f 60 V% watt f 70 V% watt f 1 21.4 60 864.0 23.2 62 866.0 25.1 63 867.0 111 61 868.0 2 14,0 7] 749.5 16.0 71 750.4 18.0 71 751.0 19.9 69 751.4 21.9 67 751.6 3 18.0 67 879 , 7 20,7 67 880.6 23.2 66 881.1 25.6 65 88L6 4 17,2 70 763.4 19.2 71 764.7 21.2 71 765.8 23.2 71 765.9 5 16.7 70 771.5 19.6 68 773.0 22.6 65 774.0 26-2 62 775.0 6 17,8 67 746.4 20.2 68 748.9 22.8 68 750.0 25.0 68 751.0 27.0 68 752.0 7 13.9 73 748.5 16.0 74 749.5 17.9 74 750.3 19.8 73 750.7 21.5 72 751.0 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) The cooperative prints the first line of Table 8 for the number of cases, and: V — DC voltage _%-DC contrast ratio: and f — frequency of vibration z. Example of a high-power oscillator Figure 188 is a block diagram of the oscillating system of the present invention, which generates a high-power frequency signal. The power circuit (not shown) provides DC voltage to the oscillator 7 0 7 and the bias circuit 7 0 3. The bias voltage circuit 703 provides DC voltage to the oscillator 7 07, and the active element of the bias oscillator 7 07 has sufficient gain to support oscillation if the active element is initially operated in the linear region. The design frequency of the oscillator 7 ◦ 7 is tuned by the tuning circuit 705. Oscillator 7 0 7 This paper music scale is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 mm) -102- Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Yinfan A7 B7 V. Description of the invention θ〇〇) Provide high power The high-frequency signal to the output impedance matching circuit 709 'can be connected to an appropriate load.単 Impedance conversion network feedback circuit Figure 189 is a block diagram of the oscillator 7 07 of the present invention, using an anti-conversion network in the feedback circuit. According to the invention, the output of the amplifier 7 1 1 is fed back to the input of the amplifier 7 1 1 via the impedance transfer network 7 1 3. The impedance conversion network 7 1 3 can provide positive feedback feedback and maintain oscillation. According to the present invention, the impedance conversion network 7 1 3 can protect the amplifier input from the overflow voltage at high output power. For example, by controlling the voltage reflection to prevent the voltage at the output from being established, and switching the amplifier 7 1 1 output high voltage to the amplifier 7 1 1 low voltage 1 at the input terminal to ensure that the maximum voltage of the amplifier does not exceed the breakdown rating. According to the present invention, the impedance conversion network 7 1 3 preferably generates a matching condition between the amplifier input impedance and the feedback circuit to improve efficiency. The amplifier 7 1 1 is preferably biased closer to the cutting point for efficient circuit operation. Il 190 is the oscillator system of the present invention in conjunction with FIG. 189 oscillator. In Fig. 190, the impedance conversion network 7 1 3 is not directly coupled to the drain and can be coupled to the output impedance matching network 709. There is a very high impedance between the preferred connection point and the drain output (greater than 100 ohm electrical IM). The feedback circuit is coupled to the output impedance matching circuit 709, which is located at a high impedance point. The feedback circuit has less influence on the drain wheel output, and the oscillator is less sensitive to the load nozzle impedance. The first example of the local power edger --------- install ------- order ; A4 specification (210X297 mm > _ 1〇3-Γ 417136 A7 ______B7 V. Description of the invention 彳〇1) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Figure 1 9 1 An example. The transistor q 1 has the source terminal S grounded. The output of the drain terminal D is connected to the output impedance matching circuit. It includes an output line TL 1 (characteristic impedance Z 1) at one end to the drain D and the other end. Not connected, output line τ L 2 (impedance characteristic 値 Z 1) —terminated to the drain D ′ and the other end to the feedback circuit, output line τ L 3 (characteristic 値 impedance Z 3)-. 'Is terminated to TL 1 and TL 2 contact, and the first lead of capacitor C 1 is connected in series at the other end, and the other lead of C 1 provides an output that can be connected to the load. The feedback circuit is connected to the gate terminal between the TL 2 end of the transmission line and the input of transistor Q 1 At the sub-G, and includes the capacitor C 2, the transmission line TL 4 (characteristic impedance Z 4), the capacitor C 3, the transmission line TL 5 (characteristic impedance Z 5), and the capacitor C 4 Transmission line TL 6 (characteristic impedance Z 6) is connected in series. DC supply voltage Vd c RF filter circuit, tuning circuit and bias circuit of transistor Q 1 are supplied to the oscillator system. RF filter circuit includes inductor L 1 And filter device .C 6, and provide DC operating voltage to transistor Q 1 drain D. If the consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Du printed tuning circuit contains a variable resistor R 1, it is a three-terminal device, The first and second terminals are connected to the opposite ends of the variable voltage divider, respectively, and the third terminal is connected to the ® voltage divider contact. In Figure 9.1, the first terminal is connected to V dc, the second terminal is grounded, and the first The three terminals are connected to the R2- terminal. The other end of the resistor R2 is connected to the junction between the anode end of the variable diode D1 and the capacitor C5. The other end of the diode D1 is connected to the ground. The other end of the capacitor C5 is connected to the transmission line TL. 5. Resistors R 1 and R 2, change diode D 1 and capacitor C 5 provide oscillation. This paper has a standard size of China (CNS) A4 specifications (2j × 297mm) -104-the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Bureau ’s consumer cooperation Du printed A7 ___ B7 __ V. Description of the invention < 02) Tuning function of the system. The bias circuit includes a variable resistor R 3, which is connected to V d C by a first terminal and grounded at a second terminal. The third terminal of R 3 is connected to the terminal of the resistor R 4. The other end of the resistor R 4 is connected to the transmission line T L 6. The bias circuit provides a bias to the Q1 gate of the transistor. Figure 192 shows the layout of the printed circuit board. The size of the entire printed circuit board is approximately 102 m ill X 76 m. The thickness of the dielectric material is approximately 1.27 mm, and the dielectric constant is 9.2. Fig. 193 is a cross section of the printed circuit board taken along line 929-193 of Fig. 19, wherein the printed circuit board 7 1 5 includes a via, a dielectric layer 727 and a ground layer 729. Preferably, the printed circuit board is grounded to the ground and the metal plate 7 2 9 is electrically connected. In the first example, the printed circuit board 7 1 5 also includes a cutting part 7 2 1 1 whose size can accommodate the active component of the oscillator circuit. "The printed circuit board 7 1 5 has a conductive path TL 1 to TL 6 on it. Corresponds to the transmission lines with characteristics 値 impedance Z 1-Z 6 respectively. The area 7 1 7 is also placed on the top layer 7 2 5 and is electrically connected to the ground 7 2 9 by plated through holes and the like. The conduction region 7 1 9 is isolated from the region 7 1 7 and provides a connection region of d C f common voltage V d c. The other conduction region 7 2 3 provides a connection region for the tuning circuit. The characteristics, resistance and electrical length of each output line are as follows. (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this card)

、1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（2丨0 X 29"?公釐） _，〇5 r I 417 13 6 A7 A / B7 二、發明説明fl〇3 ) 輸送線特性値阻抗電氣長度 .. T L 1 ZU250hm 0.154 A g TL2 Z2=250hm 0.154 λ g TL3 Z3:50〇hm 不行 TL4 Z4=40Ohm 0.115 λ g TL5 Z5=40 至 25〇hm 0.23 λ g TL6 Z6=250hm 0.016 λ g 表 9 T L 5由4 0歐姆轉變成2 5歐姆歐姆阻抗於T L 6 2 5歐姆阻抗匹配T L 4 4 0 11 II - - - n n1*^. I J—------------ \~T •5^-11 (請先閱讀背而之注意事項存填寫本育) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製以gl Q 1至金屬扳7 3 1，並完成 Q 1源極端子接地。電Q1源極端子S宜焊接至金屬板7 3 1，使Q 1良好( R F電流流經波浪結構之寬區）。金屬板7 3 1亦爲電晶體Q 1冷源，稱爲散熱器。 Q 1閘極G與汲極D，及其餘電氣組件係機械及電氣固定至印刷電路板7 1 5，以焊接等爲之。圖1 9 4爲圖1 9 2印刷電路板之組裝層次示意圖* 充滿適當電子裝置等以實施第一例之振盪器系統。圖 1 9 4數字對應圖1 9 1所示電路元件。Q 1較佳爲功率場效電晶體（F Ε Τ )，例如金屬氧化物半導體（Μ 0 S )場效電晶體（Μ 0 S F Ε Τ )，以橫向擴散Μ 0 S ( L D Μ 0 S )技術製成。如圖1 9 4，Q 1源極端子提供安裝孔供螺釘插入 ϋ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > A4规格（210X297公釐） -106- 1' 417 136 A7 B7、 1T This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 X 29 "? mm) _, 〇5 r I 417 13 6 A7 A / B7 II. Description of invention fl03) Conveying line characteristics 値Impedance electrical length: TL 1 ZU250hm 0.154 A g TL2 Z2 = 250hm 0.154 λ g TL3 Z3: 50〇hm not TL4 Z4 = 40Ohm 0.115 λ g TL5 Z5 = 40 to 25〇hm 0.23 λ g TL6 Z6 = 250hm 0.016 λ g Table 9 TL 5 changed from 40 ohms to 25 ohms impedance at TL 6 2 5 ohms impedance matching TL 4 4 0 11 II---n n1 * ^. IJ —----------- -\ ~ T • 5 ^ -11 (Please read the precautions below and fill out this education first) Printed by gl Q 1 to metal plate 7 3 1 and finished by Q 1 source by the Central Laboratories of Ministry of Economy The terminal is grounded. The Q1 source terminal S should be welded to the metal plate 7 3 1 so that Q 1 is good (the R F current flows through the wide area of the wave structure). The metal plate 7 3 1 is also a cold source of the transistor Q 1 and is called a heat sink. The gates G and D of Q 1 and the other electrical components are mechanically and electrically fixed to the printed circuit board 7 1 5 by soldering or the like. Figure 19 4 is a schematic diagram of the assembly level of the printed circuit board in Figure 192. * The oscillator system of the first example is filled with appropriate electronic devices and the like. The numbers in Figure 19 correspond to the circuit elements shown in Figure 9.1. Q 1 is preferably a power field effect transistor (F ET), such as a metal oxide semiconductor (M 0 S) field effect transistor (M 0 SF Ε Τ), to laterally diffuse M 0 S (LD M 0 S). Made of technology. As shown in Figure 1, 4, Q 1 source terminal provides mounting holes for screw insertion. Ϋ This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 size (210X297 mm) -106- 1 '417 136 A7 B7

五、發明説明纟04 ) 電路一般運作如下。D c電壓v d c供至電路’經由 R F濾波電路至電晶體Q 1汲極D。汲極電壓變化於 2 ◦ V至2 8 V之間皆可。電壓V d c亦供至電晶體Q 1 閘極，經由分割電路以供閘極偏壓至電晶體靠近切除點’ 亦初始放置電晶體Q 1恰於其線性區內之一操作點。例如，上述Motorola MRF 1 8 4 ’閘極電壓定爲4 V。電壓 V d c亦經電壓分割電路供至變化二極體D 1 °變化D 1 電壓可調諧振盪頻率。 —旦電壓V d c加至電路，.電晶體Q 1作用。電路中有一些隨機固有雜訊。汲極D出現之雜訊經由回饋電路回饋而放大。此程序啓發振盪。啓發後，振盪維持於設計頻率。爲此，回饋電路與電晶體Q 1中時間遲延（相位偏移 )約等於1 ( 2 X /osc ) ，/osc:爲設計頻率。輸送線T L 1及T L 2爲短柱，汲極D與T L 1 ， T L 2短柱接點間輸送線與短柱TL1 ，TL2長度一 #致汲極阻抗匹配d 送線T L 3阻抗（即Z 3特性値約5 0歐姆）。1輸送線安排特性中，T L (請先W讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 麵濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印聚任ill*上所兒最大反射電^至多爲由共軛匹配源供至 T L 1電壓二倍。因此短柱T L 1開放端（高阻抗）電壓 (即汲極遠方T L 1端）限於放大器輸出電壓（即汲極 R F電壓）至多二倍。電壓經3 ◦持續減少，故主動裝置 (閘極）輸人側電_^顯小於汲極電壓二倍。回饋至閘極 ;!l.: ;fr^v I -* y：\} G之R F電壓足夠丨g產生大電流於電晶體Q 1中。爲於所甸負載下完成電壓保護，電容器設計即使本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -107- ：)Ο 五放大器7 3 3輸入，經由第一阻抗 5及第二阻抗轉換網路7 3 7。 A7 B7 、發明説明¢05 ) 岡極電壓突增爲二倍（因T L 1電壓成二倍），二倍閘極電壓仍裝置完全運作範圍。例如，就上述Motorola MRF 1 8 4 1閘對源極崩潰電壓約2 0 V。運作時，電路可配合約8 V閘極電壓力上D C偏壓4 V，總共閘對源極電壓約1 2 V =若操作電壓瞬間爲二倍，閘極電壓約1 8 V加上D C偏壓4 V，總共2 0 V，爲安全限度內。雙KI抗轉換網路回饋電路本發明振盪器利用回饋電路，可達成提高輸出功率，效率及工作壽命_1 9 5爲本發明振盪器方塊示意圖，利用雙阻抗轉換於分別回饋電路中。根據本發明，愁大器7 3 3輸出轉換轉換網路7 圖1 9 6爲本發明振盪器系統方塊示意圖，結合圖 1 9 5振盪器。圖1 9 6中，阻抗轉換網路7 3 5及 7 3 7未直接耦合至汲極，而係耦合至輸出阻抗匹配電龄 7 0 9 ，以提高負載阻抗敏感度，如圖1 9 0所述。V. Description of Invention 纟 04) The circuit generally operates as follows. The voltage D c voltage v d c is supplied to the circuit 'via the RF filter circuit to the drain D of the transistor Q 1. The drain voltage can be varied between 2 ◦ V and 2 8 V. The voltage V d c is also supplied to the gate of transistor Q 1, and the gate is biased to the transistor close to the cut-off point through the division circuit. The transistor Q 1 is also initially placed at an operating point in its linear region. For example, the aforementioned Motorola MRF 1 8 4 'gate voltage is set to 4 V. The voltage V d c is also supplied to the variable diode D 1 ° through the voltage division circuit to change the D 1 voltage to a tunable oscillation frequency. -Once the voltage V d c is applied to the circuit, the transistor Q 1 acts. There is some random inherent noise in the circuit. The noise appearing at the drain D is amplified by the feedback circuit. This procedure inspired oscillation. After heuristics, the oscillations are maintained at the design frequency. For this reason, the time delay (phase offset) in the feedback circuit and transistor Q 1 is approximately equal to 1 (2 X / osc), / osc: is the design frequency. The transmission lines TL 1 and TL 2 are short posts, and the drains D and TL 1 and TL 2 are between the short post contact points and the short posts TL1. The length of TL2 is ##, so that the impedance of the drain matches d. 3 characteristics (about 50 ohms). 1 In the characteristics of the conveyor line arrangement, TL (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The Ministry of Health, Central Standards Bureau, Consumer Work Cooperative, Cooperative Printing, ill *, the maximum reflected electricity in the place ^ at most is conjugate matching Source is doubled to TL 1. Therefore, the voltage at the open end (high impedance) of the short column T L 1 (ie, the terminal T L 1 at the far side of the drain) is limited to at most twice the amplifier output voltage (ie, the drain R F voltage). The voltage is continuously reduced after 3 ◦, so the active device (gate) input side power _ ^ is significantly less than twice the drain voltage. Feedback to the gate;! L .:; fr ^ v I-* y: \} The R F voltage of G is sufficient to generate a large current in transistor Q1. In order to complete the voltage protection under the load, the capacitor is designed even if the paper size applies the Chinese national standard {CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -107- :) 〇 5 amplifier 7 3 3 input, through the first impedance 5 and the first Two impedance conversion network 7 3 7. A7, B7, description of invention ¢ 05) The voltage of the gate electrode has doubled (because the voltage of T L 1 is doubled), and the double gate voltage is still in the full operating range of the device. For example, the Motorola MRF 1 8 4 1 gate-to-source breakdown voltage is about 20 V. During operation, the circuit can cooperate with a DC bias voltage of 4 V with a gate voltage of about 8 V. The total gate-to-source voltage is about 12 V = if the operating voltage is doubled instantaneously, the gate voltage is about 18 V plus DC bias Press 4 V for a total of 20 V, which is within the safety limit. Double KI anti-transformation network feedback circuit The oscillator of the present invention uses a feedback circuit to achieve an increase in output power, efficiency, and operating life. 195 is a block diagram of the oscillator of the present invention, which is converted into a separate feedback circuit using double impedance. According to the present invention, the output of the amplifier 7 3 3 is converted to a conversion network 7 FIG. 196 is a block diagram of the oscillator system of the present invention, combined with the oscillator of FIG. 195. In Figure 196, the impedance conversion networks 7 3 5 and 7 3 7 are not directly coupled to the drain, but are coupled to the output impedance matching electrical age 7 0 9 to improve the load impedance sensitivity, as shown in Figure 1 0 9 Described.

根據本發明，雙阻抗轉換網路7 3 5 ，7 3 7可提俘正回饋電路，啓發並維持振盪。如第一例，雙阻抗轉換雜路可另保護高輸出功率時，放大器輸入不受溢電壓損壞。尤其，雙阻抗轉換回饋網路提供更大正回饋至放大器輸夕，較單回饋電路爲優，同時保護電壓並提高效率。利用二回饋電路，回饋電流至閛極仍高，而各回饋線中回饋電歷減半。因溢電壓可損壞裝置，乃大幅改進電壓保護。以T m· I- - - - - - --- - - - - ---- ^^1 、τ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消f合作杜印聚本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐> -1〇8 - J 417136 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明彳06 ) 一些例中’可完成全電壓擺動及/或C類運作。高功率振盪器第二例圖1 9 7爲本發明振盪器系統第二例電路示意圖。電晶體Q 1有一源極端子S接地。電晶體q 1輸出由汲極端子D取出並接至輸出阻抗匹配電路，此電路包含輸送線 T L 〇 (具特性値阻抗z 0 )以一端接至汲極D，另一端接於二輸送線T L 1及T L 2分別端之間（特性値阻抗分別爲Z1及Z2) «TL1另端接至第一回饋電路。 T L 2另端接至第二回饋電路。輸出阻抗匹配電路另具一輸送線T L 1 〇具特性値阻抗Z 1 〇 )以一端接至丁 L 〇 1 T L 1及T L 2接點，另端接至輸送線T L 1 1 —端（具特性値阻沆Z 1 1 ) 。T L 1 1另端接至輸送線T L 1 2 ，丁 L 1 3 ，及T L 1 4接點（分別特性値阻抗Z 1 2 1 Z 1 3及Z 1 4 ) 。T L 1 2及T L 1 3爲匹配短柱，其分別另端未連接。輸送線T L 1 4另端串聯一電容器 C7。電容器C7輸出可供至一負載。經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作杜印製 ---------裝------訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第一回饋電路連接於汲極D遠方短柱T L 1端於閘極端子G處電晶體Q 1輸入之間。第一回饋電路包含電容器 C 1 ，輸送線T L 3，電容器C 3，及輸送線T L 5串聯。第二回饋電路連接於汲極D遠方短柱T L 2端與閘極G 之間，並包含電容器C 2，輸送線T L 4，電容器C 4及回饋電路T L 6串聯。 D C供應電壓V d s s提供操作電壓至電晶體Q 1汲本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐） _ 1〇9 - 經濟部中央標準扃員工消費合作社印裝 |· 417 136 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（107 ) 極D，經由R F濾波電路，係包含電感L 1與電容器C 6 。圖1 9 7中，電感L 1 一端接至V d s s ’另端接於 C 1與T L 1接點。電容器C 6另端接至V d s s ，電容器C 6另端接至地。 D C供應電壓V g S提供偏壓至電晶Q 1閘極，經過含電阻R 1及R 2/Z偏壓電路。圖1 9 7中，電阻R 1 — 端接至V g S ，電阻R 1端串接與閘極G連接之輸送線 T L 7。電阻R 2 —端接至V g s ，另端接地。圖1 9 7所不振盪器系統另包含一調諧電路，其具一輸送線T L 8 (特性値阻抗Z 8 ) —端未連接’另端串聯輸送線T L 9 (特性値阻抗Z 9 )及一修整電容器C 5，係R F接地。輸送線T L 8與輸送線T L 9接點接至電阻 R 1與輸送線T L 7接點。圖1 9 8爲印刷電路板佈，適合實施第二例電路。印刷電路板尺寸約1 〇 2 m m X 6 4 ni m。介電材料厚度約 1 . 2 7 m m，介電常數約9 . 2。印刷電路板之導通徑 T L 〇 - T L 1 4係輸送線’分別對應各式特性値阻抗 Z 〇 — Z 1 4。各輸送線之大致特性値阻抗及電長度如下 ---- - : ---I—---I I - -! - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國圃家標隼{ CNS ) M規格（210X297公釐） -110- Γ 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明彳08 ) 輸送線特性値阻抗電氣長度 TL0 Ζ0二10 Ohms 氺 TL1 ZU10 Ohms TL2 Z2= 1 0 Ohms TL3 Z3 = 2 X Z1 λ g/8 TL4 Z4=2 X Z1 λ g/8 TL5 Z5=15丨Zinl 0.075 λ g TL6 Z6=l 5tZ,nl 0.075 λ g TL7 Z7=22 Ohms 0.045 λ g TL8 Z8=28 Ohms 0.12 λ g TL9 Z9=28 Ohms 0.12 λ g TL10 Z10=10 Ohms >0.07 TL1 1 Z1 1=50 Ohms * ψ TL12 Z12=50 Ohms * * TL1 3 Z13=50 Ohms TL14 Z 1 4 = 50 Ohms 不行 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印^ 表 10 * T L 0，T L 2及T L 2各別電氣長度由Smith表計算以匹配5 0歐姆阻抗於1 0歐姆阻抗； λ g爲振盪頻率之波長； Ζ,η爲閘極G之輸入阻抗；及 Zc· μ爲汲極D之輸出阻抗。本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準（CMS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐} -111 - * 417136 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 B7五^明説明彳09 ) 區7 4 i亦置於印刷電路板頂側上並電氣連接至印刷_^|&板相對側上地面，利用鍍層通孔或習知良好RF接地丨1¾之方法。導通區7 4 3與地區4 1隔離，並對D C 供應電壓V d s s提供連接區，另一導通區7 4 5提供 DC供應電壓Vgs之連接區。聯接至汲極D之輸送線T L 0長度短，可補償汲極電容。短柱線TL 1及TL2匹配汲極D輸出阻抗。C 1及 C 2作爲修整電容器以改變回饋水準，令輸出功率及效率最佳。較佳c 1及C 2各具較高阻抗X c · = X C 2介於 1 5 0至2 5 0歐姆。如此限制R F電壓傳送至回饋電路，並產生基本開放電路條件於汲極遠方之短柱線T L 1及 T L 2端上。如上述，此條件下，汲極遠方短柱線T L 1 及T L 2端上R F電壓限制不大於汲極R F電壓二倍》雙回饋型態增加回饋電路正回饋（如/3 )，並增加振盪器效率。本文短柱係指一輸送線另支，通常與輸送線形成Τ接點。微波輸送線短柱產生導抗效應於導波結構之分支點，經由短柱輸送線長度轉換短柱端所見阻抗。選定短柱長度具特定性値阻抗，於分支點產生適當導抗。圖1 9 7 — 1 9 9電路中，提供低特性値阻抗線 TL5 (Ζ5)及TL6 (Ζ6)轉換回饋阻抗至閘極阻抗複共軛，減輕高電壓傷害於電晶體Q 1。T L 5及 T L 5線產生額外分路電容效應於閘極G ’並減少閘極G 出現峰電壓，乃防止回饋電路上出現瞬間高電壓。 nn n^i ^^^1 Hr ^^^1 秀-έ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本莧) 本紙張尺度適用中國固家標準（CNS ) Α4現格（210Χ297公釐） Γ 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明（110 ) 輸送線T L 3及T L 4分別提供回饋線於c 1及C 2 之訊號。電容器C 3及C 4提供回饋線T L 3及T L 4與保護短柱T L 5及T L 6問耦合。C 3及C 4阻抗令X c =X〔 '丨而介於8至1 0歐姆，操作頻率λ g。輸送線T L 7及調諧短柱T L 8及T L 9減少閘極G 輸入阻抗，對閘極G額外保護_回饋訊號間電壓影響。調諧短柱T L 8可修整（如切According to the present invention, the dual impedance conversion network 7 3 5, 7 3 7 can capture the positive feedback circuit, enlighten and maintain the oscillation. As in the first example, the dual impedance conversion circuit can additionally protect the amplifier input from being damaged by the overflow voltage at high output power. In particular, the dual impedance conversion feedback network provides greater positive feedback to the amplifier output, which is better than a single feedback circuit, while protecting the voltage and improving efficiency. With the two feedback circuit, the feedback current is still high to the pole, and the feedback calendar in each feedback line is halved. The device can be damaged due to the overflow voltage, which greatly improves the voltage protection. T m · I---------------- ^^ 1 、 τ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The size of printed paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm > -108-J 417136 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 06) In some cases, 'full voltage swing and / or C type Operation. Second Example of High Power Oscillator Figure 197 is a circuit diagram of the second example of the oscillator system of the present invention. Transistor Q 1 has a source terminal S grounded. The output of the transistor q 1 is taken out by the drain terminal D and connected to the output impedance matching circuit. This circuit includes a transmission line TL 〇 (with characteristic 値 impedance z 0) connected to the drain D at one end and the other transmission line TL. 1 and TL 2 (characteristics: impedances Z1 and Z2 respectively) «TL1 is connected to the first feedback circuit. T L 2 is connected to the second feedback circuit. The output impedance matching circuit has another transmission line TL 1 〇 with characteristics 値 impedance Z 1 〇) connected to Ding L 〇1 TL 1 and TL 2 with one end, and the other end is connected to the transmission line TL 1 1-terminal (with characteristics値 resistance 値 Z 1 1). The other end of T L 1 1 is connected to the transmission line T L 1 2, D L 1 3, and T L 1 4 contacts (characteristics: impedance Z 1 2 1 Z 1 3 and Z 1 4 respectively). T L 1 2 and T L 1 3 are matching stubs, and their other ends are not connected. A capacitor C7 is connected in series at the other end of the transmission line T L 1 4. The output of capacitor C7 is available to a load. Printed by Duty Consumer Cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ------------ Installation ---- Order (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The first feedback circuit is connected to the drain The distant short column TL 1 of D is between the input of transistor Q 1 at the gate terminal G. The first feedback circuit includes a capacitor C 1, a transmission line T L 3, a capacitor C 3, and a transmission line T L 5 in series. The second feedback circuit is connected between the terminal D L 2 of the distant short pole D L and the gate G, and includes a capacitor C 2, a transmission line T L 4, a capacitor C 4 and a feedback circuit T L 6 in series. DC supply voltage V dss provides operating voltage to transistor Q 1 This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (2I0X297 mm) _109-Central Standards of the Ministry of Economy 扃 Printed by employee consumer cooperatives | · 417 136 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the Invention (107) The pole D, through the RF filter circuit, includes an inductor L 1 and a capacitor C 6. In Figure 197, one end of the inductor L 1 is connected to V d s s ′ and the other end is connected to the contact of C 1 and T L 1. The other end of the capacitor C 6 is connected to V d s s, and the other end of the capacitor C 6 is connected to the ground. The DC supply voltage V g S provides a bias voltage to the transistor Q 1 gate, and passes through a bias circuit including resistors R 1 and R 2 / Z. In Figure 197, the resistor R 1 — is terminated to V g S, and the resistor R 1 is connected in series to the transmission line T L 7 connected to the gate G. Resistor R 2 —end to V g s and the other end to ground. Figure 197. The oscillator system also includes a tuning circuit, which has a transmission line TL 8 (characteristic impedance Z 8)-one end is not connected, and the other end of the series transmission line TL 9 (characteristic impedance Z 9) and a Trim capacitor C 5 is connected to RF ground. The contact point of the transmission line T L 8 and the transmission line T L 9 is connected to the contact point of the resistor R 1 and the transmission line T L 7. Figure 198 is a printed circuit board cloth suitable for implementing a second example circuit. The size of the printed circuit board is about 102 m x 64 nim. The thickness of the dielectric material is about 1.2 7 mm, and the dielectric constant is about 9.2. The conductive paths T L 〇-T L 1 4 of the printed circuit board ′ correspond to various characteristics 式 impedance Z 〇-Z 1 4 respectively. The approximate characteristics, impedance and electrical length of each transmission line are as follows:----- I ---- II--!-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page} This paper size is suitable for Chinese gardens House standard 隼 {CNS) M specification (210X297 mm) -110- Γ 417136 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 08) Transmission line characteristics 値 Impedance electrical length TL0 ZO0 2 10 Ohms 氺 TL1 ZU10 Ohms TL2 Z2 = 1 0 Ohms TL3 Z3 = 2 X Z1 λ g / 8 TL4 Z4 = 2 X Z1 λ g / 8 TL5 Z5 = 15 丨 Zinl 0.075 λ g TL6 Z6 = l 5tZ, nl 0.075 λ g TL7 Z7 = 22 Ohms 0.045 λ8 TL8 Z8 = 28 Ohms 0.12 λ g TL9 Z9 = 28 Ohms 0.12 λ g TL10 Z10 = 10 Ohms > 0.07 TL1 1 Z1 1 = 50 Ohms * ψ TL12 Z12 = 50 Ohms * * TL1 3 Z13 = 50 Ohms TL14 Z 1 4 = 50 Ohms does not work (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ Table 10 * The electrical lengths of TL 0, TL 2 and TL 2 are calculated from the Smith chart to match the impedance of 50 ohms to 1 0 ohm impedance; λ g is the wavelength of the oscillating frequency; Z, η is the input impedance of the gate G; and Zc · μ is the output impedance of the drain D. This paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -111-* 417136 A7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The top side of the circuit board is electrically connected to the ground on the opposite side of the printed board, using a plated through hole or a well-known RF grounding method. The conduction area 7 4 3 is isolated from the area 41 1 and provides a connection area for the DC supply voltage V d s s. The other conduction area 7 4 5 provides a connection area for the DC supply voltage Vgs. The transmission line T L 0 connected to the drain D is short in length and can compensate the drain capacitance. The short bars TL 1 and TL2 match the drain D output impedance. C 1 and C 2 are used to trim the capacitors to change the feedback level to maximize the output power and efficiency. Preferably, c 1 and C 2 each have a higher impedance X c · = X C 2 is between 150 and 250 ohms. In this way, the RF voltage is restricted from being transmitted to the feedback circuit, and a basic open circuit condition is generated on the short poles T L 1 and T L 2 of the far drain. As mentioned above, under this condition, the limit of the RF voltage on the short distant short pole lines TL 1 and TL 2 is not greater than twice the RF voltage of the drain. The double feedback type increases the positive feedback of the feedback circuit (such as / 3) and increases the oscillation.器 efficacy. The short column in this paper refers to the other branch of a transmission line, which usually forms a T-contact with the transmission line. The short column of the microwave transmission line generates the impedance effect at the branch point of the guided wave structure, and the impedance seen by the short column end is converted by the length of the short column transmission line. The selected short column length has specific chirp impedance and generates proper impedance at the branch point. Figure 197 — 1 9 9 In the circuit, the low-characteristic 値 impedance lines TL5 (Z5) and TL6 (Z6) are used to convert the feedback impedance to the gate resistance. The anti-complex conjugate reduces the high-voltage damage to the transistor Q1. The T L 5 and T L 5 lines generate an additional shunt capacitance effect on the gate G ′ and reduce the peak voltage of the gate G, which prevents an instantaneous high voltage on the feedback circuit. nn n ^ i ^^^ 1 Hr ^^^ 1 Xiu-hand (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this card) This paper size is applicable to China Solid Standard (CNS) A4 (210 × 297 mm) Γ 417136 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (110) The transmission lines TL 3 and TL 4 provide the signals of the feedback lines at c 1 and C 2 respectively. Capacitors C 3 and C 4 provide feedback lines T L 3 and T L 4 for coupling with protective shorts T L 5 and T L 6. The impedances of C 3 and C 4 make X c = X ['丨 and be between 8 and 10 ohms, and the operating frequency λ g. The transmission line T L 7 and the tuning stubs T L 8 and T L 9 reduce the gate G input impedance and provide additional protection for the gate G—the voltage effect between the feedback signals. Tuning stub T L 8 can be trimmed (eg cut

入阻抗。較佳和各約等於振線T L 7及下8長度和及線T |壇盪頻率之次諧波之一半波長（即L TL7 + = L TL7 I .. + L ΐ l 9二A g / 6 )。保持此長度關ίΜ-可":'_增加丨调極電壓中三次諧波訊號，提高效率。電容器c 5爲可變電容器，可調整而調諧振盪頻率，邡決定於以下等式 2π f Li L· / C〇ChiZ5 λ 「 1 、 ( % + arc tan 2 j +卿-arctan ^ , r, ^ ~arCtan {coCi(Zi + Z3) J { <wCj(Z3 + Z5) (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製等式（5 L 1爲輸送線T L 1長度 L 3爲輸送線T L 3長度 L 5爲輸送線T L 5長度 λ a 1爲輸送線T L 1振鹽頻率時適當波長 ω 爲振盪頻率本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼（CNS ) Λ4規格（210Χ297公釐） -113- A7Into the impedance. The preferred sum is approximately equal to the length of the vibration line TL 7 and the lower 8 and the sum of the line T | one half wavelength of the subharmonic frequency of the ring frequency (ie, L TL7 + = L TL7 I .. + L ΐ l 9 2 A g / 6 ). Keeping this length off can increase the efficiency of the third harmonic signal in the tuning voltage. Capacitor c 5 is a variable capacitor, which can be adjusted to tune the oscillation frequency. ~ arCtan {coCi (Zi + Z3) J {< wCj (Z3 + Z5) (Read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints the equation (5 L 1 is Conveying line TL 1 Length L 3 is Conveying line TL 3 Length L 5 is Conveying line TL 5 Length λ a 1 is Conveying line TL 1 Appropriate wavelength at vibrating salt frequency ω is Oscillation frequency Λ4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -113- A7

——^________BL 五、發明説明“·！） Z 1爲輸送線T L 1特性値阻抗 Z 3爲輸送線T L 3特性値阻抗 Z 5爲T L 5特性値阻抗 τ " 1爲電晶體Q 1內延遲相位角 Cl"爲電晶體閘極電容，輸送線TL7，TL8及TL9 電容及電容器C 5所生輸入電容。圖1 9 9爲圖1 9 8印刷電路板組裝示意圖，充滿適當電子裝匿等以實施第二例振盪器系統。電晶體Q 1裝至接地金屬板，如第一例所述。其他電晶體端子及電氣元件機械及電氣連接至微條線及/或印刷電路板，利用焊接等爲之。同軸接頭7 4 7位於印刷電路板上，以其中心導體接至電容器C 7輸出，其外導體接地。C 7稱爲阻止電容器，因K:阻止D C偏壓之輸出。經濟部中夬標準局員工消费合作社印製 :i - SI - m in ^^^1 I. m^i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 電路一般說明見第一例。汲極電壓可調整介於1 4 V 至2 8 V，閘極偏壓約4伏特。第二例實用操作範圍介於輸出功率1 0 W至1 〇〇 W，頻率範圍6 8 Ο Μ Η Z至 9 1 5 Μ Η ζ 。頻率範圍低端可得高效率。熟習者可知輸出功率量限制於主動元件之最大操作特性，可用本發明振盪器利用較高操作特性値之主動元件，提供較高輸出功率。熟習者可控制印刷電路板大小及其上輸送線，並選擇各元件値，以調整有效頻率範圍及操作頻率。圖2 0 0爲電晶體特性I 一 V曲線與電晶體汲極輸出訊號組合圖。如圖2 0 0 ’汲極上訊號7 0 6開始爲雜訊本紙張尺度逋用中國國家標準（CMS ) A4規格（210X297公嫠〉 Γ 417136 A7 __B7 五、發明説明彳12 ) ，並以漸增幅度振盪，直至電晶體Q 1飽和。電路然後振盪於滿足以下條件之頻率： Σ—— ^ ________ BL V. Description of the invention "·!" Z 1 is the characteristic of the transmission line TL 1 値 impedance Z 3 is the characteristic of the transmission line TL 3 値 impedance Z 5 is the characteristic of TL 5 値 impedance τ " 1 is within the transistor Q 1 The delay phase angle Cl " is the transistor gate capacitor, the transmission line TL7, TL8, and TL9 capacitors and the input capacitance generated by capacitor C 5. Figure 199 is a schematic diagram of the printed circuit board assembly of Figure 198, filled with appropriate electronic equipment, etc. A second example oscillator system is implemented. The transistor Q 1 is mounted to a grounded metal plate, as described in the first example. Other transistor terminals and electrical components are mechanically and electrically connected to the microstrip and / or printed circuit board, using soldering Wait for it. The coaxial connector 7 4 7 is located on the printed circuit board. Its center conductor is connected to the output of capacitor C 7 and its outer conductor is grounded. C 7 is called a blocking capacitor because K: blocks the DC bias output. Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau: i-SI-m in ^^^ 1 I. m ^ i (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) General circuit description see the first example. The drain voltage can be Adjusted between 1 4 V and 2 8 V with a gate bias of approximately 4 volts. Second The practical operating range is between output power 10 W to 100 watts, and the frequency range 6 8 〇 Μ Η Z to 9 1 5 Μ Η ζ. High efficiency can be obtained at the lower end of the frequency range. Those skilled in the art can know that the amount of output power is limited to active The maximum operating characteristics of components can be used by the oscillator of the present invention to take advantage of active components with higher operating characteristics, to provide higher output power. The skilled person can control the size of the printed circuit board and the transmission line thereon, and select each component to adjust the effective Frequency range and operating frequency. Figure 2 0 is the combination of transistor characteristics I-V curve and transistor drain output signal. Figure 2 0 'the signal on the drain 7 0 6 is the noise. This paper scale uses China National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X297) 417136 A7 __B7 V. Description of the Invention 彳 12), and oscillate with increasing amplitude until the transistor Q 1 is saturated. The circuit then oscillates at a frequency that satisfies the following conditions: Σ

β X A \·. τ·,·.·λ 等式（6 等式（7 /5爲回饋傳送係數： A爲線性操作模式中放大器元件之放大係數；及好·爲冋饋迴路中各元件之相位偏移。β XA \ ·. τ ·, ·. · λ Equation (6 Equation (7/5 is the feedback transmission coefficient: A is the amplification factor of the amplifier element in the linear operation mode; and well · is the value of each element in the feedback loop Phase shift.

圖2 0 1爲第二例振盪器輸出功率與效率組合·，胃 D C汲極電Μ之函數。圖2 0 1可兒輸出功率隨〇 C汲極電流性增加，由1 4 V V d s sFigure 21 shows a second example of the combination of output power and efficiency of the oscillator, a function of the stomach D C drain electrode M. Fig. 2 The output power of 0 1 Kr increases with the current of 0 C drain, from 14 V V d s s

V (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)V (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製率3 同輸 18 小時器系整個D C汲極電壓範圍屮，振場把 7% ’ 1 5V … 圖2 0 2爲振盪頻率對輸出功率函數，振盪頻率丨隨@ 0 W至7 0 W略增_ 〇 . 2 7 % )。頻率改變爲不出功率之不同d c 極接合電容之改變結果。圖2 0 3爲振齒器系統操作..於_'5 0 W，汲柯j電_ V時，振盪頻率對時間表。其中振盪器系統於i 〇〇冏定溫度運作時，振盪頻率漂移低。因此’本發明第二例提供極佳操作特性組合。g卩P _ 統效率高，輸出功率高，振盪頻率漂移低。泣— - 牙？—例亦本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210X297公釐） r 4*mμ Λ7 ______ ___B7 五、發明説明彳13 ) 呈現輸出功率線性依附於d c汲極電壓。本發明特忡完成於具單一主動元件之振系,t，成本低，可盡_性-贏，―石似習知高功率R F產生系統需低功率振盪器及外部放大器 (至少二主励元件）完成高輸出功率。本發明振盪器系統亦提供外形小尺寸及輕重量’令系統適合許多用途。高功率振盪器第三例圖2 0 4爲印刷電路板組裝圖，具適當電子元件等實施本發明第三例振盪器系統。第三例與第二例不冏處有第三例雙回饋電路不對稱。第三例印刷電路板尺寸約1 〇 2 m η丫 X 6 4 m m。介電材料厚約1 . 2 5 m m ’介電常數約9 · 2。第三例振盪器系統操作頻率範圍介於7 9 0至9 2 0 Μ Η z，輸出功率介於3 0 W至7 0 W ( 2 4對應1 8 V 至28V DC汲極電壓）。此電路之DC至RF效率介於5 6至6 8 %，頻率穩定度+ / - 0 · 5 Μ Η z » 經濟部中央標準局舅工消費合作杜印製 i— I I - —^1 - - - ^^1 I- - ..... (請先閱讀背面之注項再填寫本頁〕高功率振盪器第四例圖2 0 5爲2 0組裝示意圖，興有適當電子裝置以實施本發明振盪器系統第四例•笫四例雙回饋電路爲對稱· 第四例與第二例不同者有利用單D C電源，經由R F濾波電路（L 1 ，C 8，C 9 )接至汲極’經偏壓電路（R 1 ，R 2，R 3，D 1 )至閘極。本例負載匹配及效率較佳本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )八4規格（210X297公釐） -116- 417136 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明纟14 ) 印刷電路板尺寸約1 0 2 ill m X 6 4 m m。介電材料厚約1 . 2 5 m m，介電常數約9 · 2 ^ 高功率振盪器第五例 _ 5爲印刷電路板組裝示意圖，具適當電子裝置等實施木發明振盪器系統第五例。其中雙回饋電路爲對稱。不同者爲修改匹配於不同功率電品體之阻抗特性値。印刷電路板尺寸約1 0 2 m m X 6 4 m m。介電材料厚約1 . 2 5 m m，介電常數約9 · 2。高功率振盪器笫六例圖2 0 7爲印刷電路板組裝示意圖，具有適當電子裝匮等以實施木發叨振盪器系統第六例，其中雙回饋電路爲對稱，所變化者爲不同介電材料及印刷電路板材料厚度。以圓角修飾輸出阻抗匹配電路’於相同尺寸印刷電路板中提供適當電氣長度。印刷電路板尺寸約1 0 2 rn m X 6 4 m m，介電材料 (F R - 4 )厚約0 . 8 m m，介電常約4。高功率振盪器第七例 [i丨2 0 8印刷電路板佈適用於本發明振盪器系統第七例。圖2 0 9爲圖2 0 8印刷電路板組裝示意圖，具有適當電子裝置等，包含MotoioU表而安裝型式，以實施第七例振盪器系統，其中雙回饋電路爲對稱’與第六例差異爲本纸張尺度適用中囷國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公嫠） -117- ----------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 ,π C 417 136 A7 B7 五、發明説明i 15 ) 不同介電材料縮小印刷電路板尺寸。相較前例|本例效率較高，外形尺寸最小。印刷電路板K寸約6 4 ni m X 3 8 m m，介電材料厚約〇 , 6 m m，介電常數約1 〇 . 2。木發明不限於上述例•熟習者可進行各式變化，如對各例提供適當調諧及偏壓電壓。例中所有可變電阻及/或電容器可代以固定値元件。申請專利範圍方屬最終界定。 4.4 燈及振盪器一般，本發明本特性有關4 . 1 . 8段所述整合燈頭以4 . 3段所述R F功率振盪器爲動力，及其各式變化經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印策本發特定用途。：R F 源所用。利壽命長，述高功率。燈已成電路。不類放大器上述性能冃標將電腦^丨:1 明燈提出 ' 後爲一重心爲相用此無電大量製造振盪器 1 功應丨lj於似大部分，含E類 R F源較，其他適盒、板轉The printing rate of the employees ’cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is the same as the entire DC drain voltage range of 18 hours. The vibration field is 7% '1 5V… Figure 2 is the function of the oscillation frequency versus output power, the oscillation frequency 丨With a slight increase from @ 0 W to 70 W _ 0.27%). The frequency change is the result of changing the d c-pole junction capacitance without different power. Figure 2 0 3 shows the operation of the vibrator system. At _'50 0 W, when the electric voltage is drawn, the oscillation frequency is compared to the timetable. Among them, when the oscillator system is operated at a fixed temperature, the oscillation frequency drift is low. Therefore, 'the second example of the present invention provides an excellent combination of operating characteristics. g 卩 P _ high system efficiency, high output power, low oscillation frequency drift. Weep--Tooth? —Example is also applicable to Chinese paper standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) r 4 * mμ Λ7 ______ ___B7 V. Description of invention 彳 13) The output power is linearly dependent on the d c drain voltage. The present invention is specially completed in a vibration system with a single active element, t, low cost, exhaustive-win, ―Shi Xi's conventional high-power RF generation system requires a low-power oscillator and an external amplifier (at least two main excitation elements) ) Complete high output power. The oscillator system of the present invention also provides a small form factor and light weight 'to make the system suitable for many applications. Third Example of High Power Oscillator Fig. 204 is a printed circuit board assembly diagram with appropriate electronic components and the like to implement the third example oscillator system of the present invention. The third and second examples have asymmetric double-feedback circuits. The third example of the printed circuit board has a size of about 10 2 m η y X 6 4 m m. The dielectric material has a thickness of about 1.5 mm and a dielectric constant of about 9.2. The third example of the oscillator system has an operating frequency range of 790 to 9 2 Μ Η z, and an output power of 30 W to 70 W (2 corresponds to a drain voltage of 18 V to 28 V DC). The DC-to-RF efficiency of this circuit is between 56 and 68%, and the frequency stability is + /-0 · 5 Μ Η z »Printed by the Consumer and Industrial Cooperation Department of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs i— II-— ^ 1-- -^^ 1 I--..... (Please read the note on the back before filling in this page.) The fourth example of high power oscillator Figure 2 0 5 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of 2 0. Appropriate electronic devices are used to implement this. The fourth example of the invention of the oscillator system • The fourth example of the dual feedback circuit is symmetrical. The fourth example is different from the second example in that it uses a single DC power supply and is connected to the drain through the RF filter circuit (L 1, C 8, C 9). 'Bias the bias circuit (R1, R2, R3, D1) to the gate. In this case, the load matching and efficiency are better. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 8-4 (210X297mm)- 116- 417136 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 纟 14) The size of the printed circuit board is about 102 mm x 64 mm. Dielectric material thickness is about 1.2 mm, dielectric constant is about 9 · 2 ^ Fifth example of high-power oscillator _ 5 is a schematic diagram of printed circuit board assembly, with appropriate electronic devices, etc. The fifth example of the oscillator system of the invention is implemented. The double feedback circuit is symmetrical. The difference is to modify the impedance characteristics of electric power bodies that match different powers. The size of the printed circuit board is approximately 102 m x 64 m. The dielectric material has a thickness of about 1.2 mm and a dielectric constant of about 9.2. Six Examples of High Power Oscillators Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of printed circuit board assembly, with appropriate electronic equipment, etc. to implement the sixth example of a wooden hairpin oscillator system, in which the double feedback circuit is symmetrical and the changed ones are different dielectrics. Material and printed circuit board material thickness. The output impedance matching circuit is modified with rounded corners to provide a proper electrical length in a printed circuit board of the same size. The size of the printed circuit board is about 102 nm x 64 mm, the dielectric material (F R-4) is about 0.8 mm thick, and the dielectric constant is about 4. Seventh Example of High Power Oscillator [2] The printed circuit board cloth is suitable for the seventh example of the oscillator system of the present invention. Figure 209 is a schematic diagram of the printed circuit board assembly of Figure 208, with appropriate electronic devices, etc., including a MotoioU meter and installation type to implement the seventh example of the oscillator system, where the double feedback circuit is symmetrical and the difference from the sixth example is This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 male) -117- ----------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page], π C 417 136 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention i 15) Reduce the size of printed circuit boards with different dielectric materials. Compared with the previous example, this example is more efficient and has the smallest dimensions. The printed circuit board has a K inch of about 64 nim X 38 mm, a dielectric material thickness of about 0.6 mm, and a dielectric constant of about 1.2. The invention is not limited to the above examples. The skilled person can make various changes, such as providing appropriate tuning and bias voltage for each example. In the example, all variable resistors and / or capacitors can be replaced by fixed 値 elements. The scope of patent application is the final definition. 4.4 Lamps and Oscillators Generally, the characteristics of the present invention related to the integrated lamp head described in paragraph 4.1.8 are powered by the RF power oscillator described in paragraph 4.3, and its various variations are printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Policy specific uses. : Used by R F source. Facilitates long life and high power. The lamp has become a circuit. The above-mentioned performance standards of different types of amplifiers will make the computer ^ 丨: 1 lamp is proposed, and then the center of gravity is used as a phase. This large amount of oscillators are made without electricity. The functions are similar to most, including Class E RF sources, other suitable boxes, Board turn

晶體取極燈將推進照明領域前電晶體取意赞及電腦術結合，燈較佳使用4 . 3段所技術產生所需R F能源器配合一階以上放大之並不重要，可使用任何用的R 合者包含鍺，鎵成單一積體電路The crystal pole lamp will combine the advance of the transistor and the computer technology in the field of lighting. It is not important that the lamp uses the RF energy generator required by the 4.3 technology to match the first-order amplification. R combination contains germanium and gallium into a single integrated circuit

F電晶體，符合成本及及碳化矽，但不限之。之力量同樣驅動本發明裝------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準（〇~5)六4規格（210父297公嫠） -118- 經濟部中央橾準局貞工消費合作社印製 Γ 417136 ' Α7 ____ _Β7 五、發明説明) 燈。本發明燈著眼整合電源，功率R F振盪器，耦合電路及燈泡爲單一裝置。有時可整合光學調變器於燈而成顯示引擎。根據本發明另一特性，g頭直接與R F振遢器雷1@_證於ji· 一 iiumA板。冇時印刷截路i機械雷氣連榇罕稲爲擴散板_之金_屬板_，開口於印刷電路板下方燈頭區，以 ~~ ~~ — _ --·*~-- ---1 允許印刷電路板夸剞埶力眭蠻曲。根據本發明另一特忡，榴供控制電路匹配燈_@乍特性至振盪器操於多數不同頻率狀況。 E類放大器（3 6 5 ) E類R F提供效率大於8 0 %，目前硏發頻率可達 1 3MHz。一些硏究使用GaAs MESFET電晶體可達5 G Η z。可利用極寬R F頻率揋供本發明燈雷力。R證實數 Κ Η ζ至數G Η ζ可用。再者，本發明燈可配合甚廣之燈電力。唯一明顯條件爲成效高之R F能源及於適當操作視窗保持燈泡溫度。燈及振盪器系統例圖2 1 0爲本發明高亮度燈第一例分解立體圖。燈 8 2 0置於振盪器板8 2 2上。適當介電材料8 2 4置於燈頭8 2 0高壓板與振盪器板8 2 2上一墊之間。振盪器板8 2 2機械電氣接至金屬板8 2 6，之後稱散開板 I in 1 I mu . ^^^1 - n 1^1 t ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項存填寫本萸) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨OX2?7公嫠） -119- Γ' 4 17 Ο Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（Μ78 2 乙b。燈頭8 2 〇地板機械電氣接至瑪餐器板8 地楚。燈頭8 2 〇周界部亦機械至散開板8 8 2 ◦及振盪器扳8 2 2由^2 8及第 ◦包圍。電子由絕緣镢及盪器板上F transistor, cost and silicon carbide, but not limited. The power of the invention also drives the installation of the present invention ------ order (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (0 ~ 5) 6-4 specifications (210 father 297 male) -118- Printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Quasi-Ministry of Economic Affairs Γ 417136 'Α7 ____ _Β7 V. Description of the invention) lamp. The lamp of the present invention focuses on integrating a power source, a power RF oscillator, a coupling circuit and a light bulb into a single device. Sometimes it is possible to integrate an optical modulator into a lamp to form a display engine. According to another characteristic of the present invention, the g-head is directly verified with the R F vibrator 1 @ _ on an iiumA board. At the moment, the printed circuit breaker i mechanical thunder and gas is rarely used as a diffuser _ 金 _ 属板 _, which is opened in the lamp head area below the printed circuit board, with ~~ ~~ — _-· * ~---- 1 Allow the printed circuit board to exaggerate. According to another feature of the present invention, the durian supply control circuit matches the lamp _ @ CHA characteristic until the oscillator operates in most different frequency conditions. Class E amplifier (3 6 5) Class E R F provides efficiency greater than 80%, and the current burst frequency can reach 13 MHz. Some researchers use GaAs MESFET transistors up to 5 G Η z. The extremely wide RF frequency chirp can be used for the lamp thunder force of the present invention. R confirms that the numbers κ Η ζ to G Η ζ are available. Furthermore, the lamp of the present invention can be used with a wide range of lamp power. The only obvious conditions are high-efficiency RF energy and maintaining lamp temperature with proper operating windows. Example of lamp and oscillator system Fig. 2 10 is an exploded perspective view of the first example of the high-intensity lamp of the present invention. The lamp 8 2 0 is placed on the oscillator board 8 2 2. A suitable dielectric material 8 2 4 is placed between the lamp holder 8 2 0 high-voltage board and a pad on the oscillator board 8 2 2. The oscillator plate 8 2 2 is mechanically and electrically connected to the metal plate 8 2 6 and then called the diffuser plate I in 1 I mu. ^^^ 1-n 1 ^ 1 t ί Please read the precautions on the back and save and fill in this book) Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 OX2? 7mm) -119- Γ '4 17 〇 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (M78 2 B. Lamp holder 8 2 〇 The floor machine is electrically connected to M The plate of the dining utensils 8 is the ground. The perimeter of the lamp holder 8 2 0 is also mechanically spread to the diffuser plate 8 8 2 ◦ and the oscillator 8 2 2 is surrounded by ^ 2 8 and ◦. The electrons are surrounded by the insulation plate and the oscillator plate

88

t 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝墊 .圖. 以画j吉以R F 源線8 電源線圖 8 4 6 2 13 2 1 3 內產生流，表相關機圖圖2 1 頭8 2 0結構如4 . 1 · 8 . 1段配合圖8 9 -述。如2 1 0 ’燈頭8 2 0省略突脊。振盪器板結構如4 . 3段配合圖2 0 8 — 2 0 9所述，但加及電力線墊以連接燈頭8 2 0。 2 1 1爲第一例細節分意圖。振湯^板8 2 2 件8 3 6 (螺釘)固定减£戀28t Printed pads by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure. Figures are drawn to RF source lines. 8 Power lines. The structure is as described in paragraph 4.1.8.1 with Figure 8-9. For example, 2 1 0 ′ lamp holder 8 2 0 omits the ridge. The structure of the oscillator board is as described in Section 4.3 in conjunction with Figs. 2008-209, but the power line pad is added to connect the lamp holder 8 2 0. 2 1 1 is the first detail of the intention. Zhen Tang ^ plate 8 2 2 pieces 8 3 6 (screw) fixed minus £ 28

密封劑8 3 8及夾子840 »>至^^3、:'& 4 2接至電力销及8 3 4。選用夾子>'^^ 4可解除 8 4 2應力。 2 1 2爲一端板8 分解、示意圖。端板 28及830。圖The sealant 8 3 8 and the clip 840 »> to ^^ 3,: '& 4 2 are connected to the power pin and 8 3 4. Select the clip > '^^ 4 to relieve 8 4 2 stress. 2 1 2 is an exploded view of the end plate 8. End plates 28 and 830. Figure

以R F密封劑固定至及2 1 4爲第一例組裝後> 沿線2 1 5 — 2 1 5截面L® 圖。圖2 1 5爲圖一般本發明燈包含其之R F場。電力源經濾波，金屬殻體使用限開口截面間使用密封。密封涉及膠、壓縮繩帶，電阻膜及械設計，以限制R F電流流動及相關輻射耦合。 2 1 6爲振盪器板8 2 2及散開板8 2 6示意圖。 7爲圖2 1 6沿線2 1 7 - 2 1 7截面圖。散開板屮形成一槽8 4 8，以限制燈頭8 2 0之熱傳至振 —^1 ^^^^1 1^1 HB^i —B^^i ^ϋ« »IJB- n^i 03. *T (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規樁（210X297公釐） -120- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 f 417136 A7 ________________B7 ____ 五、發明説明彳18 ) 盪器電路。振盪器板8 2 2包切口段8 5 〇 ’散開板 8 2 6包含對應凹陷8 5 2，故振盪器主動元件可直接接地至散開板8 2 6。固2 1 8示意圖爲燈頭8 2 〇匱於振盪器板8 2 2及散丨娟板8 2 6上，振盪器板8 2 2具適當電氣元件，如圖2 0 8 - 2 0 9配合4 . 3段所述。 4.4.1 懸臂式振盪器板圖2 1 9爲散開板8 2 6另一結構示意圖。圖2 2 0 爲振盪器板8 2 2置於另一散開板上。圖2 2 1爲圖 2 2 0沿線2 2 1 — 2 2 1截面圖。如圖2 1 9 - 2 2 1 ，散開板具··開口 8 2 6，振盪器板8 2 2經固定，散開板一部分板懸於開口 8 2 6上方。包含電容器堆之燈頭連接振盪器板懸臂部。如圖2 2 1示，振盪器板可於燈頭連接區彎曲。如4. 1 .8. 1及4. 1 .8. 3段所述，介電及導通板電容器堆置於燈頭與P C Β之間。其內所用不同材料可具不同熱膨脹係數。例如，介電材料可爲硬（玻璃或陶瓷）或軟（塑膠）。通常以錫鉛焊料連接此堆至其他元件，其特性於燈運f 塑材。燈受熱時，其丨容器堆。尤其&裝力壓縮電容器堆，硬材內產生高應力，而塑材產生git夂c〔: 解除一些預力）。燈熱循環中，堆組合經歷拉伸應力，可能致堆脫層而劣化失效。根據本發叨此特性，燈組中，P C B可於燈頭區彎曲 I-------裝------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS}A4規格（2IOX297公嫠） -121 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合祚社印製 ί' 417 136 Α7 ___ Β7____ 五 '發明説明彳19 ) ’故不同熱膨脹率所生小動作可予包含，不致失效。圖2 2 2爲振盪器板8 2 2之另•較佳印刷電路板佈示意圖。其中取消振盪器扳之地墊，燈頭地板直接接至散開板。 4.4.2 分燈頭殻體圖2 2 3爲g殻體立體圖。殻體包含於源8 6 4 及8 6 6 ，其較各2 8及8 3 0爲短。R F電力經同軸線8 6 8由適當源供至燈頭。燈頭組成較小，可遠離R F源。圖2 2 4 - 2 2 6爲分開燈頭殻體之各組裝細節。圖2 2 7爲燈頭/電力線組成分解示意圖。燈頭 8 7 0置於電力線組成8 7 2上。電容器組成8 7 4置於燈頭8 7 0高壓板與電力線組成8 7 2高壓墊8 7 6之間。圖2 2 8 - 2 3 0爲燈頭/電力線組成各組裝細節。圖2 3 1爲電力線組成8 7 2分解示意圖。電力線印刷電路板8 7 8電氣機械接至散開板8 8 0。散開板 8 8 0具一槽8 8 2可承接同軸線8 8 6之接地外導體 8 8 4以適當放置同軸線之中心導體8 8 8於電力線印刷電路板8 7 8之高壓墊8 7 6上。支架8 8 9固定同軸線 8 8 6至散開板8 8 0，經由固結件8 9 0 (螺釘等）。圖2 3 2 - 2 3 4爲電力線組成8 7 2各組裝細節。圖1 1 0及1 1 0爲例示電容器組成8 7 4相對側示意圖。如4 . 1 . 8段所述，電容器組成8 7 4爲適當介 --. --- —I- - - - · I - - ^^1 .^1^1 ^—4 "·"，τ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -122- 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 f* 417 136 A7 __ B7 五、發明説明彳20 ) 電材料及厚度，提供所需電容。如圖1 1 〇 - 1 1 1，電容器組成8 7 4爲導通墊層，並具通孔對齊於電力線組成 0 圖2 3 5 - 2 3 9顯示本發明電容器堆另一例。電力線組成包含単側印刷電路板8 7 1 ，一側具電力線墊 8 7 3，另一側以接合劑8 7 1 a接合至散開板8 8 0 » 高壓電容器組成包含單側印刷電路板8 7 5，一側具4 . 1 · 8 . 3段參考圖1 2 0所述導通墊3 7 1 ，另-一側具接合劑8 7 5 a接合電容器組成至電力線組成。此取代結構可免除一些焊接層於電容器堆中。相較前例，此結構利用最少良好控制焊料桿|減少電弧。圖2 3 8 — 2 3 9顯示另較佳例，單側印刷電路板8 7 7之一側上具電力線墊 8 7 9。圖2 4 0爲燈頭分解示意圖。一開口杯8 9 2 (包住燈泡）插入燈頭8 7 0之開口。圖2 4 1 — 2 4 2爲燈頭相對側之示意圖。圖2 3 4爲圖2 4 2沿2 4 3 — 2 4 3 截而圖。圖2 4 4爲置於電力線組成之燈頭一側示意® ° 如圖2 4 0 — 2 4 4，開口杯8 9 2置於燈頭中，以燈泡對齊婚戒指形線圈。開Ρ杯8 9 2以高溫黏劑8 9 2固定於燈頭8 7 1外側此位置。由燈頭8 7 0外側固定開口杯 8 9 2有利燈熱管理。燈頭8 7 0具高壓板8 9 6及地板 8 9 8介別電氣連接至電力線組成8 7 2之高壓熱8 7 6 及散開板8 8 0。 - ^^1 - I I I - I - - I . «1^ ^^1 —^^1 ^^1 ^^1 ^ii. -*a (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準 ( CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） -123- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Γ 417136 A7 B7 五、發明説明（l21 ) 4.4.3 例示燈頭焊接程序許多技術可用於完成燈頭與（P C B ) /散開板組成之電氣連接。較佳燈頭具Babbit金屬層加至高壓墊及地墊，以幫助焊固定至P C B組成。燈頭連接墊宜於噴塗 Babbit金屬前噴砂。本發明一方法欲放置焊料於所欲連接區，然後加熱燈頭及P C B組成至2 0 0 °C，利用加熱板。以人工放置燈頭於適當位置，零件冷卻形成接合。形成燈頭與P C B組成電氣連另一方法如下。焊料預施於燈頭及/或P C B組成。燈頭置於P C B組成上，高安培電流經過燈頭及P C B組成於燈頭連接區。接觸區產生高熱，引起預施焊料熔化。斷電令接合冷卻形成。可使用夾治具固定燈頭及P C B組成一起。夾治具包含相對設置碳電極，可供高安培電流通過。電流加熱碳電極，乃加熱燈頭及P C B組成。如此可防止焊料於P C B組成其他部分軟熔，J1較爲快速。 4-4.4 可焊接嵌件根據本發明此特性，燈頭包含導通嵌件於高壓墊及/ 或地墊區，相較一體鋁墊可提高焊性。較佳嵌件材料不會於熔化鋁中熔化。尤其，材料可於嵌件與燈頭鋁部形成冶金接合。所選材料焊接性佳，可連接至P C B組成上銅區。適合者鎳、鍍白金之鎳、鎳合金具少量（少於2 5 % ) 鐵。 ^1· ! - - 1 I 1^1 1^1 In —^1 · In In m I i^i 、vi (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Λ4規格（2丨0X297公釐） -124- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 Γ 41713ο Α7 _____________Β7 五、發明説明彳22 ) 圖2 4 5爲木發明燈頭9 5 〇頂視圖。圖2 4 6爲燈通ί 9 5 0正視圖。燈頭9 5 〇具一嵌件9 5 1於高壓墊區 ’及嵌件9 5 2 a、9 5 2 b及9 5 2 c於燈頭9 5 0地墊各區。如上述’燈頭9 5 0經由真空射出成形一體形成=模 .具’ B N嵌件及/或碳化矽胚於成形中保持墊嵌件定位。圖2 4 7爲嵌件9 5 1於滲鋁前置於模9 5 4中放大部截面圖。另以β N嵌件9 5 6定位嵌件9 5 1 。就高壓墊嵌件9 5 1 ’其一端電連接與激發線圈連接之栓9 5 8。燈頭9 5 0可加工順著線9 6 0 — 9 6 0，以露出墊材內部 (3 圖2 4 8爲滲鋁前嵌件952a置於模954屮放大部分截面圖。嵌件9 5 2 a以碳化矽胚9 6 2保持定位。嵌件9 5 1及9 5 2 a — c形狀不拘，縱向截面均勻。代之，可爲不均勻縱向截面，於助成形時固定，或完成整合燈頭。圖2 4 9 - 2 5 1爲具短足段9 6 4之嵌件立體圖。圖2 5 2 - 2 5 4爲具通孔9 6 6嵌件之示意及立體圖。圖2 5 5爲具切口 9 6 8嵌件之立體圖。 4-4.5 分開R F源圖2 5 6爲RF源9 0 0立體圖，適合圖2 2 3-2 5 5有關分開燈頭。R F電源置於殻體9 〇 2中，再以固結件9 0 6固定至冷源9 0 4。同軸接頭9 0 8亦接至冷源9 0 4。 m ^^^^1 i n^i ^^^^1 1 ^^^^1 ϋ·ν ^^^^1 ^^^^1 ^^^^1 (請先閲讀背面之注^^項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標孪（CNS } Λ4規格（210X297公釐） _ ·|25 A7 r 417136 B7 _ 五、發明説明彳23 ) 圖2 5 7爲R F源9 0 0分解示意圖。其屮，R F源 9 0 0包含控制電路9 1 0，振盪器組成9 1 2，及流通器9 1 4，如下述連接。圖2 5 8爲電力連接R F源 9 0 0示意圖。動力經濾波組成9 1 6供至R F源9 0〇，苒一引線接地至冷源9 0 4，另一提供D C電力。圖2 5 9爲電力濾波組件9 1 6部分截而圖。電容器 9 1 8，瞬間電壓抑制器9 2 0及電阻9 2 2並聯於D C 供應電壓與地之間。例如，電容器9 1 8値約1 0 0 0 y F，額定5 Ο V，電壓抑制器9 2 0爲Motorola P6 KE 27A，電阻値6 . 6 K歐姆，額定均V瓦。 4.4.6 振盪器控制電路圖2 6 0 - 2 6 2爲本發明提供燈電力之各式R F電路方塊示意圖。本發明燈中，僅使用鹵化銦塡充物，點燃之冷燈相較燈點燃熱狀態，明顯具不同電氣條件（如阻抗 )。較佳對應各式燈參數提供多數調諧狀態。參數如光輸出水準，R F電力反射及光色。 4 . 3段所述振盪器特性中，可調整電容値調諧振盪器頻率。根據本發明此特性，提供控制電路切換電容値，以供適當振盪頻率。可提供一變化二極體串聯調諧電容器切換電容器値，提供二彼此串聯調諧電容器，以針頭二極體令其切換開或關，及二調諧電容器彼此並聯，其一由針頭二極體驅勋。控制電路如包含時間電路，根據所見燈操作特性， --- -m —^1 I 1 - - - I - I- — ^^1 1 —^1 (請先閲讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS 規格（210XW7公釐） -126- A7 B7 I* 417 136 五、發明説明（ί24 ) D C輸入電流監控’光水準輸出監控’及RF反射電力監控。 I I. --II - n^p --- I . I- ϋ— - - - 1 n i ^^1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖2 6 0爲臭控制電路9 2 4之R F電路圖，提供控制訊號至振盪器9 2 6。振盪器9 2 6輸出經流通器 9 2 8引至R F噩力燈9 3 0。控制電路9 2 4中，提供控制訊號獨立於其餘電路之任何回饋。例如，控制電路 9 2 4包含時間電路，根據燈打開期間提供控制訊號。計時期間如根據燈性能之實驗觀察。圖2 6 1爲R F電路，包含控制電路提供控制訊號至振盪器9 2 6。振盪器9 2 6輸出經由流通器9 2 8引至 R F電力燈9 3 0。控制電路9 3 2中，根據流通器回饋提供控制訊號。例如，控制訊號監控反射R F電力 > 並調整振盪器頻率，取得最少反射R F電力量*> 經濟部中央標準局男工消費合作社印製圖2 6 2爲RF電路圖，包含控制電路9 3 4提供控制訊號至振盪器9 2 6。振盪器9 2 6輸出經流通器 9 2 8引至R F電力燈9 3 0。控制電路9 3 4中，根據燈回饋提供控制訊號。例如，光感應器9 3 6監控光輸出或感應光色。控制電路監控測量量，並調整振盪器頻率。圖2 6 3爲本發明RF電路示意圖。時間電路9 4 2 提供控制訊號調整振盪器9 4 4頻率。振盪器9 3 4輸出供至流通器9 4 6。流通器9 4 6輸出接至同輸接頭 9 4 8中心導體。Take R F sealant fixed to and 2 1 4 as the first example after assembly > Section L® drawing along the line 2 1 5 — 2 1 5. Fig. 15 is a diagram of a lamp according to the present invention generally including an R F field. The power source is filtered, and the metal housing is sealed between the cut sections. Sealing involves the design of glue, compression straps, resistive films, and machinery to limit RF current flow and related radiation coupling. 2 1 6 is a schematic diagram of the oscillator plate 8 2 2 and the diffuser plate 8 2 6. 7 is a sectional view taken along line 2 1 7-2 1 7 of Fig. 2 1 6. Spread the plate 屮 to form a slot 8 4 8 to limit the heat transfer from the lamp holder 8 2 0 to the vibration— ^ 1 ^^^^ 1 1 ^ 1 HB ^ i —B ^^ i ^ ϋ «» IJB- n ^ i 03 * T (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 gauge (210X297 mm) -120- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy f 417136 A7 ________________B7 ____ V. Description of the invention 彳 18) Oscillator circuit. The oscillator plate 8 2 2 includes a cutout section 8 5 0 ′ and the diffuser plate 8 2 6 includes a corresponding recess 8 5 2. Therefore, the oscillator active component can be directly grounded to the diffuser plate 8 2 6. The schematic diagram of solid 2 1 8 is the lamp holder 8 2 〇 It is on the oscillator board 8 2 2 and the loose board 8 2 6. The oscillator board 8 2 2 has appropriate electrical components, as shown in Figure 2 8-2 0 9 with 4 . As mentioned in paragraph 3. 4.4.1 Cantilever Oscillator Board Figure 2 19 is another schematic diagram of the diffuser board 8 2 6. Figure 2 0 shows the oscillator board 8 2 2 placed on another diffuser board. Fig. 2 21 is a sectional view taken along the line 2 2 1-2 2 1 in Fig. 2 2 0. As shown in Fig. 2 1 2-2 2 1, the opening plate 8 · 6 is opened, the oscillator plate 8 2 2 is fixed, and a part of the opening plate is suspended above the opening 8 2 6. The lamp cap containing the capacitor stack is connected to the cantilever portion of the oscillator board. As shown in Figure 2 21, the oscillator board can be bent at the lamp head connection area. As described in paragraphs 4.1.8.1 and 4.1.8.3, the dielectric and conductive plate capacitors are stacked between the base and PCB. Different materials used in it can have different thermal expansion coefficients. For example, the dielectric material can be hard (glass or ceramic) or soft (plastic). This stack is usually connected to other components with tin-lead solder, and its characteristics are similar to those of plastic materials. When the lamp is heated, its container stacks. In particular, the & load compression capacitor stack generates high stress in the hard material, and the plastic material generates git: c [: release some preload). During the lamp thermal cycle, the stack assembly experiences tensile stress, which may cause the stack to delaminate and deteriorate. According to the characteristics of this article, in the lamp group, the PCB can be bent in the lamp head area. I --------------------------------- Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page. This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (2IOX297 Gongren) -121-Printed by the Consumers' Union of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ί '417 136 Α7 ___ Β7 ____ 5' Invention Note 19 '' So small actions due to different thermal expansion rates Can be included without lapse. Figure 2 2 is another schematic diagram of the printed circuit board layout of the oscillator board 8 2 2. Among them, the floor mat of the oscillator is cancelled, and the base of the lamp head is directly connected to the diffuser plate. 4.4.2 Sub-lamp housing Figure 2 2 3 is a perspective view of the g housing. The housing is contained in the sources 8 6 4 and 8 6 6, which are shorter than each of 2 8 and 8 3 0. R F power is supplied to the lamp cap from a suitable source via the same axis 8 6 8. The composition of the lamp head is small and can be kept away from the RF source. Figures 2 2-2 2 6 show the assembly details of the separate lamp housing. Figure 2 2 7 is an exploded view of the lamp cap / power line composition. The lamp holder 8 7 0 is placed on the power line component 8 7 2. The capacitor component 8 7 4 is placed between the lamp holder 8 7 0 high voltage board and the power line component 8 7 2 high voltage pad 8 7 6. Figure 2 8-2 30 is the assembly details of the lamp cap / power line. Figure 2 31 is an exploded schematic diagram of the power line components 8 7 2. The power line printed circuit board 8 7 8 is electrically and mechanically connected to the diffuser board 8 8 0. The diffuser board 8 8 0 with a slot 8 8 2 can accept the coaxial outer conductor 8 8 6 grounded outer conductor 8 8 4 to properly place the central conductor of the coaxial wire 8 8 8 on the power line printed circuit board 8 7 8 high voltage pad 8 7 6 on. The bracket 8 8 9 fixes the coaxial cable 8 8 6 to the diffuser plate 8 8 0 through the fixing member 8 9 0 (screw, etc.). Figure 2 3 2-2 3 4 shows the assembly details of the power line components 8 7 2. Figures 1 10 and 1 10 are schematic illustrations of the capacitors 8 7 4 on the opposite side. As mentioned in paragraph 4.1.1.8, the capacitor composition 8 7 4 is a suitable medium. --- --- I----· I--^^ 1. ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ —4 " · " , Τ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) -122- Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy f * 417 136 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 20) Electrical materials and thickness, provide the required capacitance. As shown in Fig. 1 1 0-1 1 1, the composition of the capacitor 8 7 4 is a conductive pad, and the through hole is aligned with the power line composition. 0 Fig. 2 3 5-2 3 9 shows another example of the capacitor stack of the present invention. The power line consists of a printed circuit board 8 7 1 on one side, with a power line pad 8 7 3 on one side, and the bonding board 8 8 0 on the other side with a bonding agent 8 7 0 »The high-voltage capacitor composition consists of a single-sided printed circuit board 8 7 5. One side is provided with the conducting pad 3 7 1 described in paragraph 4.1.8.3 with reference to FIG. 12 and the other side is provided with the bonding agent 8 7 5 a to join the capacitor composition to the power line composition. This replacement structure eliminates some solder layers in the capacitor stack. Compared to the previous example, this structure utilizes a minimum of well-controlled solder rods | reduces arcing. Figures 2 3 8 — 2 3 9 show another preferred example. One side of the single-sided printed circuit board 8 7 7 is provided with a power line pad 8 7 9. Figure 2 40 is an exploded view of the lamp cap. An open cup 8 9 2 (enclosing the bulb) is inserted into the opening of the lamp holder 8 7 0. Figure 2 4 1 — 2 4 2 is a schematic diagram of the opposite side of the lamp cap. Figure 2 3 4 is a sectional view of Figure 2 4 2 along 2 4 3 — 2 4 3. Figure 2 4 4 is the schematic diagram of the side of the lamp cap composed of power lines. ° As shown in Figure 2 40 — 2 4 4, the open cup 8 9 2 is placed in the lamp head, and the wedding ring-shaped coil is aligned with the bulb. The open cup 8 9 2 is fixed at the position outside the lamp holder 8 7 1 with a high-temperature adhesive 8 9 2. The open cup 8 9 2 is fixed by the lamp holder 8 7 0 outside to facilitate the thermal management of the lamp. The lamp holder 8 7 0 is provided with a high-voltage board 8 9 6 and the floor 8 9 8. The high-voltage heat 8 7 6 and the diffuser 8 8 0 are electrically connected to the power line to form 8 7 2. -^^ 1-III-I--I. «1 ^ ^^ 1 — ^^ 1 ^^ 1 ^^ 1 ^ ii.-* A (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size Applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -123- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 417 136 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (l21) 4.4.3 Examples of welding procedures for lamp holders Many techniques can be used for Complete the electrical connection between the lamp head and the (PCB) / diffusion board. It is better to add the metal layer of the lamp head to the high voltage pad and the floor pad to help welding and fixing to the PCB composition. The lamp head connection pad is suitable for sandblasting before spraying Babbit metal. In the method of the present invention, the solder is to be placed in the desired connection area, and then the lamp cap and PCB are heated to 200 ° C, and a heating plate is used. The lamp cap is manually placed in place, and the parts are cooled to form a joint. Another method of forming the electric connection between the lamp cap and PCB is as follows. The solder is pre-applied to the base and / or PCB composition. The lamp cap is placed on the PCB composition, and the high amp current passes through the lamp cap and PCB to form the lamp cap connection area. The contact area generates high heat, causing the pre-applied solder to melt. A power failure causes the joint to cool. The fixture and PCB can be fixed together with a fixture. The fixture includes a carbon electrode located oppositely for high amperage currents. The electric current heats the carbon electrode and consists of a heating lamp base and PCB. This can prevent the solder from melting in other parts of the PCB composition, and J1 is faster. 4-4.4 Weldable insert According to this feature of the present invention, the lamp cap includes a conductive insert in the high-voltage pad and / or floor pad area, which can improve weldability compared to an integrated aluminum pad. The preferred insert material does not melt in the molten aluminum. In particular, the material can form a metal bond between the insert and the aluminum part of the base. The selected material has good solderability and can be connected to the PCC B to form the upper copper area. Suitable for nickel, platinum-plated nickel, nickel alloys with a small amount (less than 25%) of iron. ^ 1 ·!--1 I 1 ^ 1 1 ^ 1 In — ^ 1 · In In m I i ^ i, vi (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS > Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) -124- Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs DU 41713ο Α7 _____________ Β7 V. Description of invention 彳 22) Figure 2 4 5 is a wooden invention lamp holder 9 5 〇 . Figure 2 4 6 is a front view of the lamp. The lamp holder 9 5 〇 has an insert 9 51 in the high-pressure pad area ′ and the inserts 9 5 2 a, 9 5 2 b, and 9 5 2 c in the lamp pad 9 5 0 ground pad area. As described above, the 'lamp base 9 50 is integrally formed by vacuum injection molding = mold. With' B N inserts and / or silicon carbide embryos to keep the pad inserts positioned during the forming. Fig. 2 7 is an enlarged sectional view of the insert 9 51 placed in the mold 9 5 4 before aluminizing. Another β N insert 9 5 6 is used to position the insert 9 5 1. As for the high voltage pad insert 9 5 1 ′, one end of the high voltage pad insert 9 5 8 is electrically connected to the bolt 9 5 8. The lamp holder 9 5 0 can be processed along the line 9 6 0 — 9 6 0 to expose the inside of the mat (3 Figure 2 48 is an aluminized front insert 952a placed in the mold 954 屮 enlarged section view. Insert 9 5 2 a is kept in position by silicon carbide 9 6 2. Inserts 9 5 1 and 9 5 2 a — c are not restricted in shape and have a uniform longitudinal section. Instead, it can be an uneven longitudinal section, which can be fixed during forming or integrated lamp base. Figure 2 4 9-2 5 1 is a perspective view of an insert with a short foot 9 6 4. Figure 2 5 2-2 5 4 is a schematic and perspective view of a 9 6 6 insert with a through hole. Figure 2 5 5 is a Cut-out perspective view of the 9 6 8 insert. 4-4.5 Dividing the RF source Fig. 2 6 is a perspective view of the RF source 9 0 0, suitable for Fig. 2 2 3-2 5 5 For separating the lamp holder. The RF power supply is placed in the housing 9 02 Then, it is fixed to the cold source 9 0 4 by the fixing piece 9 0. The coaxial connector 9 0 8 is also connected to the cold source 9 0 4. m ^^^^ 1 in ^ i ^^^^ 1 1 ^^^^ 1 ν · ν ^^^^ 1 ^^^^ 1 ^^^^ 1 (Please read the note ^^ on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297) (Centi) _ · | 25 A7 r 417136 B7 _ V. Description of the invention 23) Figure 2 5 7 is an RF source 9 0 0 decomposition diagram. Its The RF source 9 0 0 includes the control circuit 9 1 0, the oscillator component 9 1 2 and the flow device 9 1 4 as shown below. Figure 2 8 is a schematic diagram of the power connection RF source 9 0 0. The power is filtered to form 9 1 6 is supplied to RF source 900, one lead is grounded to cold source 904, and the other provides DC power. Figure 2 59 is a cut-away view of the power filter component 9 1 6. Capacitor 9 1 8 is the instantaneous voltage. The suppressor 9 2 0 and the resistor 9 2 2 are connected in parallel between the DC supply voltage and the ground. For example, the capacitor 9 1 8 値 approximately 1 0 0 0 y F, rated 5 0 V, the voltage suppressor 9 2 0 is Motorola P6 KE 27A, resistance 値 6.6 K ohms, rated average V watts. 4.4.6 Oscillator control circuit diagrams 2 60-2 6 2 are schematic block diagrams of various RF circuits that provide lamp power in the present invention. In the lamp of the present invention, only the Indium hafnium halide charge, the ignited cold lamp has different electrical conditions (such as impedance) compared to the lamp's hot state. It is better to provide most tuning states corresponding to various lamp parameters. Parameters such as light output level, RF power reflection and light In the characteristics of the oscillator described in paragraph 4.3, the capacitor can be adjusted to tune the frequency of the oscillator. According to the present invention Characteristic, a control circuit switches a capacitance Zhi, suitable for an oscillation frequency. A variable diode series tuning capacitor switching capacitor 値 can be provided, two tuning capacitors connected in series with each other can be switched on or off with a needle diode, and two tuning capacitors can be connected in parallel with each other, one driven by a needle diode. If the control circuit includes a time circuit, according to the operating characteristics of the lamp, --- -m — ^ 1 I 1---I-I- — ^^ 1 1 — ^ 1 (Please read the precautions below and fill out this Page) Consumption cooperation with employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed paper sizes applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS specifications (210XW7 mm) -126- A7 B7 I * 417 136 V. Description of the invention (ί24) DC input current monitoring 'light Level output monitoring 'and RF reflected power monitoring. I I. --II-n ^ p --- I. I- ϋ —---1 ni ^^ 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Figure 2 0 0 is the RF circuit diagram of the odor control circuit 9 2 4 and provides a control signal to the oscillator 9 2 6. The output of the oscillator 9 2 6 is led to the RF power lamp 9 3 0 through the flow device 9 2 8. The control circuit 9 In 2, 4, the control signal is provided independently of any feedback from the rest of the circuit. For example, the control circuit 9 2 4 includes a time circuit, which provides the control signal based on the period during which the lamp is turned on. During the timing, such as the experimental observation based on the performance of the lamp. The circuit, including the control circuit, provides control signals to the oscillator 9 2 6. The output of the oscillator 9 2 6 is The device 9 2 8 leads to the RF power lamp 9 3 0. In the control circuit 9 3 2, a control signal is provided according to the feedback of the flow device. For example, the control signal monitors the reflected RF power and adjusts the frequency of the oscillator to obtain the minimum reflected RF power. * > Printed by the Male Standards Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2 2 2 is the RF circuit diagram, including the control circuit 9 3 4 to provide control signals to the oscillator 9 2 6. The output of the oscillator 9 2 6 is passed through the flow device 9 2 8 Lead to the RF power lamp 9 3 0. The control circuit 9 3 4 provides a control signal based on the lamp feedback. For example, the light sensor 9 3 6 monitors the light output or the induced light color. The control circuit monitors the measurement and adjusts the oscillator frequency Figure 2 6 3 is a schematic diagram of the RF circuit of the present invention. The time circuit 9 4 2 provides a control signal to adjust the frequency of the oscillator 9 4 4. The output of the oscillator 9 3 4 is supplied to the flow device 9 4 6. The output of the flow device 9 4 6 is connected to Same as the input conductor 9 4 8 center conductor.

Η辰盪' 流通器爲非往復裝置，可降低燈負載及其SU 率、頻率、電流及電表^商通器提高1¾器本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準丁CNS )八4規格（2丨〇*><297公着) :12^ 4 1 7 K五、發明説明纟25 ) 調諧能力。 A7 B7Η Chen Dang 'flow device is a non-reciprocating device, which can reduce the lamp load and its SU rate, frequency, current and electricity meter. ^ Commercial equipment can be improved by 1 ¾. * > < 297 (publication): 12 ^ 4 1 7 K 5. Invention Description 发明 25) Tuning ability. A7 B7

根據實驗，本發明燈較佳以二調靖狀態操作。振盪器 JIL體D 2串聯於娠盪器頻率a低板結構如208-209所述，但· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製調諧電容器C 1 4。變化二極體關if# 對應第一調諧狀態）於變化二極體開時振盪器頻率（爲第二調諧狀態）。當點燃燈時穩定狀態，第一調諧狀態較佳。當燈點燃後而抵全輸出前，第二調諧狀態較佳（稱爲起動）。時間電路於燈打開後開始第一計時器。起初，變化二極體關，而燈爲第一調諧狀態運作。燈點燃一段時間後（實驗決定），第一計時器到期，時間電路切換變化二極體至振盪器第二調諧狀態。時間電路開始第二計時器，允許適當期間起動。第二計時器到期，變化二極體關上，燈於第…調諧狀態穩定運作。圖2 6 4爲圖2 6 3所述振盪器板之例示印刷電路板佈局。圖2 6 5爲本發明時間電路示意圖。積體電路U 1 爲四個二輸入反或閘極邏輯裝置。時間間隔決定於各電容元件衰減。反之，各控制電路9 2 4、9 3 2及9 3 4可包含微處理器電路或微控制器定程式提供控制訊號調整振盪器頻率。上述流通器回饋及/或感應器回饋可作爲微控制器之資訊。微控制器使用算法（如高頻率振動技術）利用資訊，以決定是否須調整頻率。例如，微控制器可定期對頻率小修正，以根據回饋資訊決定對燈性能之作用。此技術可 ^^1 ... ; ·- 1 1^1 .n . 11 ^^1 1-· - - - ^iJ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) Λ4規格U10X297公釐） _ Ί28 - Γ 417136 A7 ___B7 ^ 五、發明説明彳26 ) 自動即時調諧振盪器頻率。亦可用其他回饋（如雙向稱合器）》以上特定例說明本發明，但本發明不限於此。熟習此技術者根據圖不，說明及教導例等可思及各式變化。卜述例馑爲例不’本發明精神範圍界定於以下中請專利範園。 ^^^1 . ( —Jl^— ί ^ϋ— nn 1 J Ί (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中夬標準局負工消費合作社印製 -129- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) Α4规格（210Χ297公釐）According to experiments, the lamp of the present invention is preferably operated in a two-tuned state. Oscillator JIL body D 2 is connected in series to the low frequency of the oscillator. The structure of the board is as described in 208-209. The variable diode off if # corresponds to the first tuning state) when the diode is turned on (the second tuning state). When the lamp is steady, the first tuning state is better. When the lamp is ignited but before the full output, the second tuning state is better (called starting). The time circuit starts the first timer after the light is turned on. Initially, the diode is switched off, and the lamp operates in the first tuning state. After the lamp is lit for a period of time (experimentally determined), the first timer expires and the time circuit switches to change the diode to the second tuning state of the oscillator. The time circuit starts a second timer, allowing the appropriate period to start. The second timer expires, the change diode is turned off, and the lamp operates steadily at the first ... tuning state. Figure 26.4 is an example printed circuit board layout for the oscillator board described in Figure 26.3. Figure 2 65 is a schematic diagram of the time circuit of the present invention. The integrated circuit U 1 is four two-input inverting OR gate logic devices. The time interval depends on the attenuation of each capacitive element. Conversely, each of the control circuits 9 2 4, 9 3 2 and 9 3 4 may include a microprocessor circuit or a microcontroller program to provide a control signal to adjust the frequency of the oscillator. The above-mentioned flow-through feedback and / or sensor feedback can be used as information for the microcontroller. The microcontroller uses information, such as high-frequency vibration technology, to use the information to determine whether the frequency must be adjusted. For example, the microcontroller can periodically make small frequency corrections to determine the effect on lamp performance based on feedback information. This technology can ^^ 1 ...; ·-1 1 ^ 1 .n. 11 ^^ 1 1- ·---^ iJ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China Standard {CNS) Λ4 specification U10X297 mm) _ Ί28-Γ 417136 A7 ___B7 ^ V. Description of the invention 彳 26) Automatically tune the oscillator frequency in real time. Other feedbacks (such as two-way scales) can be used to illustrate the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to this. Those skilled in the art can think of various changes based on the drawings, descriptions, and teaching examples. Illustrative Examples and Examples are not examples. The scope of the present invention is defined in the following patent domains. ^^^ 1. (—Jl ^ — ί ^ ϋ— nn 1 J Ί (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) China National Standard {CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm)

Claims

Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Annex II A No. 88 100207 Patent Application Chinese Patent Range Amendment July 1989 Amendment 1. An inductive coupling electrodeless lamp, including: a lamp ball, enclosing Excitation line 塡, the plasma discharge is formed when the charge is excited: an excitation coil, located close to the lamp ball, the effective electrical length of the excitation coil is less than one and a half wavelength of the added driving frequency; and a high-frequency power supply connected to the excitation coil, The high-frequency power supply can provide power to the 'excitation line' at the driving frequency, and the driving frequency is greater than 100 MHz. The excitation coil can inductively couple power to the excited plasma. 2 · If the inductively coupled electrodeless lamp of the first scope of the patent application, the effective electrical length of the excitation line 小于 is less than ^ wavelength. 3. If the inductively coupled electrodeless lamp of the first scope of the patent application, the effective electrical length of the excitation coil is less than M wavelength. 4. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the patent application, wherein the driving frequency is greater than 300 MHz. 5. For example, the inductively coupled electrodeless lamp of the first patent application range, wherein the driving frequency is greater than 5 0 Μ Η z. 6. Inductive stealing electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the patent application, where the driving frequency is greater than 700 MHz. 7 · If the inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 1 of the scope of patent application ', this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------- * ^ ---- I --- Order -------- line " (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) C8 D8 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 々, patent application The driving frequency in the range is greater than 90 MHz. 8. If the inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the high-frequency power supply includes a solid-state high-frequency power supply "9 If the inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of the scope of application of the patent item 1, further includes a series resonance coupling circuit for coupling High-frequency power to the excitation coil. 10. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, wherein the series resonance coupling circuit includes an excitation coil, a series resonance capacitor, and a low-inductance power line, which is connected to a power bearing a high-frequency power source, and supplies power to the series resonance capacitor, and A low-inductance conducting surface is connected between the series resonant capacitor and the ground with respect to the coupling circuit. 1 1. Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp as in item 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein the low-inductance conduction surface includes a latent plate structure β 1 2. Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp as in item 11 of the scope of patent application, where the resonance The capacitor is formed between a part of the submersible plate and a part of the exciting coil, wherein the part of the submerging plate provides a first electrode of the series resonance capacitor, the part of the exciting coil provides a second electrode of the series resonance capacitor, and a dielectric is provided between the first electrode and the second electrode between. 13. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, wherein the series resonance coupling circuit includes connecting a conductive low-inductance surface to receive power from a high-frequency power source. 14. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 13 of the patent application, wherein the conductive low-inductance surface has a blade structure. 15. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 14 of the scope of patent application, which includes a first capacitor formed in the first part of the blade and the excitation coil. The first paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297). (Mm) -2--------- | 丨. &Quot;! 1 --- Order — — — — ——--- line * * (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 417136 A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. Between the patent application department and the second capacitor formed between the department, among which the first part of the blade and the dielectric, and the second part of the blade and Exciting line quality. 16. If the scope of the patent application is the first one, the excitation coil is a non-spiral semi-cylindrical column. 17. If the scope of the patent application is the first, the conduction surface is a wedding ring shape. 18. If the scope of the patent application includes another ground conduction surface separated by 180 degrees. 19. According to the scope of patent application, the grounding conduction surface is the furnace tube. 2 0. If the scope of the patent application is the first, where the ground conduction and the excitation coil phase diameter, and the ground conduction surface is axially away from the corresponding approximately% to 1 excitation coil diameter 2 First, its low dielectric constant is 2 3. The scope of patents is patented, in which the thermal conductivity ceramic is boron nitride. 2 4. If the scope of the patent application, the inductive coupling electrodeless lamp with the second dielectric item 1 provided between the second part of the blade and the second part of the exciting coil of the excitation coil, the first surface, and the second dielectric part. , Less than one lap. Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of 16 items 1 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of 1 item 'Radially enclosing the excitation coil at least 18 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 18 1 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 8 corresponds to 1% of the excitation coil extension Above and below the excitation coil, its inductively coupled electrodeless lamp at a distance of 〇1, practically all the outer surface of the excitation coil. 2 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 1 Thermally conductive ceramic. 2 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 2 Inductive coupling electrodeless lamp of item 1, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) -3-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Γ 417 136 bI C8 DS 6. The scope of the patent application also includes an integrated lamp cap, which is made of a metal matrix composite covering the insulating ceramic, where the insulating ceramic includes an inner surface. The excitation coil is integrally carved on the inner surface of the insulating ceramic. 25. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the charge is one of sulfur, selenium and a mixture of sulfur and selenium. 26. If the inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the patent application scope, the rhenium charge is basically composed of selenium, halogenated planer and noble gas. 27. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the samarium charge is basically composed of indium halide, halogenated planer and noble gas. 28. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the rhenium charge is basically composed of erbium halide, indium halide and noble gas. 29. The inductively coupled electrodeless lamp according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the erbium charge is basically composed of indium halide and noble gas. 3 0 · —An excitation coil for inductively coupled electrodeless lamps. The excitation coil includes a substantially non-spiral semi-cylindrical conducting surface with less than one turn. 31. For example, the exciting coil of item 30 in the scope of patent application, where the conducting surface includes a wedding ring shape. 3 2. For the exciting coil of item 30 in the scope of patent application, the conducting surface has a thin radial thickness and an axial height. At least greater than the radial thickness. 3 3 · The exciting coil according to item 32 of the patent application range, wherein the axial height is between% and% of the diameter of the conducting surface. 3 4. ~ Kind of excitation coil for inductive coupling electrodeless lamp. The excitation coil includes a conduction mask wedding ring-shaped excitation coil and first and second leads bent into a tangent to the excitation portion and parallel to each other. The cross-sectional shape of the conduction surface is equivalent to capital- ------------------- Order · --I --- I * line. Γ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) -4-

i 41T 1 36 as BS C8 D8 hairpin, used for inductively coupled electrodeless lamps. The excitation coil contains more than one conducting surface and can provide at least two current loops, where the two current loops are separated from each other and are substantially parallel and in phase with each other. 36. If the excitation coil of the 35th item of the patent application scope, one or more of the conducting surfaces can provide two semi-circular current circuits, the two semi-circular circuits are substantially parallel to each other, and have the same axis and diameter, where the two current circuits are separated One height, about 40 to 60% of the diameter of the two semicircular current loops. 37. If the excitation coil of item 35 in the scope of patent application, one or more of the conduction masks have a single non-spiral semi-cylindrical surface, less than one frame. 38. If the exciting coil of item 35 of the patent application scope, one or more of the conduction masks and two non-spiral semi-cylindrical surfaces, each with less than one turn. 39. For example, the excitation line 项 of item 38 in the scope of the patent application, in which two non-spiral semi-cylindrical surfaces are connected in parallel. 4 0. An excitation structure for inductively coupled electrodeless lamps, the excitation structure includes two parallel excitation coils, each other. Separated and substantially parallel. 41. The excitation structure according to item 41 of the scope of patent application, wherein the distance between the two excitation coils is close to the Helmholtz configuration. 4 2. —An integrated lamp cap for inductively coupled electrodeless lamps, the integrated lamp cap includes: a metal matrix composite shell; an insulating ceramic, which is enclosed by the metal matrix shell, and the inner surface of the insulating ceramic and the excitation structure are integrally formed On the inner surface of the insulating ceramic. -------- 1 --- ^ 1111111 «— — — — — lit, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, this paper applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) -5-

417 13 6 bI _g _ VI. Scope of patent application 4 3. For the integrated lamp holder of item 42 of the patent application scope, one of which forms an excitation structure including an excitation coil. 44. The integrated lamp cap according to item 42 of the application, wherein the integrally formed excitation structure includes a wedding ring-shaped excitation coil. 45. If the integrated lamp cap body of the patent application item 42 forms an excitation structure including a cross-sectional shape of approximately the uppercase Greek letter 4 6. If the integrated lamp cap of the patent application item 42 item 2, wherein the integrally formed excitation structure includes a pre-shaped connection, Integrate the exterior of the lamp cap to the excitation structure 47. —Oscillator, including: amplifier with one input and one output; and impedance conversion network connected between amplifier input and amplifier output, where the impedance conversion network can provide appropriate positive feedback from the amplifier Outputs to amplifier inputs to inspire and maintain oscillation, and an impedance conversion network protects amplifier inputs from destructive feedback signals. 4 8. If the oscillator of the scope of patent application No. 4 7 is connected, a load is connected to the amplifier output, and the impedance conversion network can protect the amplifier input from the destructive feedback signal when the load changes from low impedance to high impedance 4 9. If the oscillator of the scope of patent application No. 48, in which the impedance conversion network can protect the amplifier when the load changes from a short circuit to an open circuit, the paper size of this paper applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) ----------- ί ^ ^ ---- I --- Order--I ----- line * I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Ministry of Economy Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives -6-r 4 1 Τ 1 3 Q A8 B8 C8 D8. The scope of patent application is not affected by destructive feedback signals. 50. The oscillator according to item 47 of the patent application scope, wherein the impedance conversion network only includes micro-strip transmission lines, short posts and non-inductive components. 51. The oscillator according to item 47 of the scope of patent application, wherein the impedance conversion network includes a micro-strip transmission line, a short post and a capacitor element. 5 2. If the oscillator in the scope of patent application No. 51, also includes a tuning circuit, with a micro-strip transmission line connected to the amplifier input, where the amplifier output generates RF output voltage, and its oscillation frequency has a third harmonic, where the tuning circuit The total length of the transmission line is the% wavelength of the third harmonic of the oscillation frequency. 53. The oscillator according to item 47 of the patent application, wherein the destructive feedback signal contains high voltage, and the impedance conversion network can prevent the high voltage from being established at the amplifier output. 54. The oscillator according to item 53 of the scope of patent application, wherein the impedance conversion network can additionally convert the high voltage on the output side of the amplifier to the high current on the input side of the amplifier. 5 5. The oscillator according to item 47 of the patent application scope, wherein the impedance conversion network includes a double feedback loop. 56. The oscillator as claimed in claim 55, wherein the double feedback loop is substantially symmetrical. 57. The oscillator according to item 56 of the patent application, wherein the dual feedback loop is coupled to the matching stub at the input of the amplifier. 5 8 · The oscillator of item 47 in the scope of patent application, where the amplifier includes a single active component, and the output power of the output signal exceeds 10 watts. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ I r ^ -------- ^ ---- I- --- ^ 'I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs AS B8 C8 DS 417136 VI. Application for patent scope 5 9. If the scope of patent application is No. 5 8 Oscillator, where the efficiency of the oscillator is greater than 50%. 60. The oscillator according to item 47 of the patent application scope further includes an output impedance matching circuit with a first termination to the amplifier output 'and a high-impedance impedance-coupled impedance conversion network. 6 1. The oscillator of item 60 of the patent application, where the amplifier output generates an RF output voltage, and the output impedance matching circuit includes a short post to limit the reflected voltage on the high-impedance end to the amplifier's R? Output voltage at most twice. . 6 2. — A set of lamp bulbs, including: a ceramic cup with an open end and a part of the closed end 'part closed end # 定-Guangyi lamp on the end of the ceramic cup and an anti-material, at least partly Cover; terminate part of the opening. % 6 3. If the scope of the patent application \ item 6.2 of the plus lamp lamp ball ′ therein, the reflective ceramic material is substantially full of the internal volume of the ceramic cup not occupied by the sense. • rr: ', 6 4. If the scope of the patent application is No. 6 !,: Ji, Item plus the set of lamp bulbs, wherein the ceramic cup contains a structural characteristic containing a floating in the upper open area outside the ceramic cup, the floating part Available for immediate grabbing to position the ceramic cup. 65. The additional lamp bulb according to item 62 of the patent application scope, wherein the ceramic cup includes at least a part of the implanted conductive element located in the ceramic cup to help start the lamp. 6 · — A set of extra-light bulbs, including the paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------ I ------ ^ '----- --Order--I ------ line * * ί Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ i 4 Π Α8 Β8 C8 D8 A ceramic cup with an open end and a closed end, a ceramic pad covering the open end of the ceramic cup, and an opening defined between the oscillator

^ H-reflective material inside the ceramic cup that is open at the end is filled with ceramic cups and it is not filled.

The internal sphere contains the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to print H—a method of sealing and enclosing the lamp bulb, filling the ceramic cup with anti-flow slurry; and oil separation; meticulous S Μ 6 δ : A discharge lamp: An RF power supply connected to the discharge lamp to provide RF power and a control circuit to control the driving frequency of the RF power supply. 6 9. If the lamp device of the patent application scope item 68 is in the most tuned state, the control circuit sets the driving frequency 7 0 If the patent application scope item 68 is operated, the lamp is operated in the first tuning state when the lamp is lit. During operation, where the control circuit includes a time circuit, the driving frequency is set according to the first period, and then the driving frequency is set according to the second tuning pattern. <Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 4 rate; The state is predetermined frequency Φ, where the rate is based on. The discharge is driven by the second tuning. The tuning state and the state setting drive are included in the package. 7.1. For example, the lamp device in the scope of patent application No. 68. The detector detects the operating parameters of the lamp, and the detector can provide according to the measured parameters.

Order --------- line This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) a4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -9-r 417 1 3S B8 C8 DS VI. Patent application range No. to control circuit. 7 2. The lamp device according to item 71 of the scope of patent application, wherein the operating parameters of the lamp include one of light output level, RF power reflection and light color. 73. The lamp device according to item 71 of the scope of patent application, wherein the detector includes a light detector that can receive the light from the discharge lamp, and the lamp operating parameters include one of the light output level and light color. 74. The lamp device according to item 71 of the scope of patent application, wherein the detector includes a flow device connected between the RF power source and the discharge lamp, and the lamp operating parameter corresponds to the RF power reflection. ----------- f, k -------- Order --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size printed by the Bureau's employees' cooperatives applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -10-